Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy.

, India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India

A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office – Madhapur – Hyderabad
Concept – P-BLOCK ELEMENTS 13TH GROUP

 The general electronic configuration 13th group elements is ns 2 np1

 Boron (B), Aluminum (Al), Gallium (Ga), Indium (In), Thalium (Tl) and
Nihonium(Nh) are 13th group elements
 In 13th group elements Boron is non metal and the remaining are metals
 Boron mainly occurs as
a. Orthoboric Acid - H 3 BO3
b. Borax - Na2 B4 O7 .10 H 2 O (Sodium tetra borate deca hydrate)
c. Kernite - Na2 B4 O7 , 4 H 2 O (Sodium tetra borate tetra hydrate)
 Isotopes of Boron are 10
B 19%  11 B  81% 
 Third most abundant element and most abundant metal in the earth’s crust
is Aluminium (8.3 % by Mass)
 Minerals of Aluminium
 Bauxite  Al2 O3 .2 H 2 O
 Cryolite  Na3 AlF6
 Atomic radii order : B  Ga  Al  In  Tl
 1st Ionization enthalpy order : In  Al  Ga  TI  B
 2nd Ionization enthalpy order : Al  In  Tl  Ga  B
 3rd Ionization enthalpy order : In  Al  Tl  Ga  B
 Electronegativity order : B  Tl  In  Ga  Al
 Density order : Boron to Thallium increases
 Melting point order : Ga  In  Ti  Al  B
 Boiling point oder : Tl  In  Ga  Al  B
 Highest liquid range metal is Ga (303 K to 2676 K)
 Positive SRP among  M 3 / M  Al , Ga, In and Tl is - Tl
 Stability of +1 oxidation state : Al  Ga  In  Tl (due to inert pair effect)
 AlCl3 achieves stability by forming a dimer
 In dimer of AlCl3  Al2 Cl6  Al  Cl terminal bond length is less than Al  Cl bridge
bond length.
 Hybridization of ‘B’ in  B  OH  4  is : sp 3
3
 Hybridization of ‘Al’ in  Al  H 2 O   is : sp3d 2
 6

 Aluminum is more electropositive than thallium

 In solution state Tl 3 is power full oxidizing agent
1
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
 Boron is unreactive in Crystaline form

 Amorphous boron on heating in air forms B2O3 and BN (at high temp)
 Aluminum on heating in air forms Al2 O3 and AlN (at high temp)
 B2 O3 is Acidic oxide
 B2O3 react with basic metallic oxides form metal borates
 Al2 O3 and Ga2 O3 are Amphoteric oxides
 Indium and thallium oxides are Basic
 At moderate temperature Boron does not react with acids and alkalies
 Aluminum dissolves in mineral acids and aqueous alkalies due to its
amphoteric character
 Aluminum is passive to concentrated nitric acid due to the formation of
protective oxide layer on the surface of Al
 13th group elements form EX 3 type trihalides except Tl.
 Trihalides of this group elements act as Lewis acids
 BCl3 has planar structure where as BCl3  NH 3 has Tetrahedral structure
 White fumes appear around the bottle of anhydrous aluminium chloride due
to partial hydrolysis with atmospheric moisture to liberate HCl gas
 13th group Tri-chlorides, bromides and Iodides covalent in nature
 Formation of F3 B  NH 3 from BF3 and NH 3 change in hybridization of boron
from to is sp 2 to sp 3
 The correct formula of borax is Na2  B4 O5  OH 4  .8H 2 O
2
 In  B4 O5  OH  4 

Number of tetravalent boron atoms 2, Trivalent Boron atoms = 2

1) No. of sp 2 ‘B’ atoms 2

2) No. of sp3 ‘B’ atoms 2
3) No. of six membered ring = 2
4) No. of B  O  B bonds = 5
5) No. of B  OH bonds = 4

 Aqueous solution of Borax is Alkaline

2
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

 Borax on heating gives opaque mass ( Na2 B4 O7 ) which on further heating

gives transparent glassy bead  NaBO2  B2 O3 
 Colour of CO  BO2 2 bead is Blue
 Orthoboric acid sparingly soluble in water but highly soluble Hot water
 H 3 BO3 is mono basic Lewis acid, but not protonic acid
 H 3 BO3 does not donate protons but accept OH  ions
370 K  X 
 H 3 BO3  StrongHeating
 Y  X  HBO2 , Y  B2 O3 
 Diborane is prepared by treating boron trifluoride with LiAlH 4 in diethyl
ether
4 BF3  3LiAlH 4  2B2 H 6  2LiF  3 AlF3

 Oxidation of sodium borohydride with iodine gives Diborane

2 NaBH 4  I 2  B2 H 6  2 NaI  H 2
 Diborane is produced on an industrial scale by the reaction of BF3 with
sodium hydride
450 k
2 BF3  6 NaH   B2 H 6  6 NaF
 Diborane is a colourless, highly toxic gas with B.P. of 180 K
 Diborane catches fire spontaneously upin expo sure to air
B2 H 4  3O2  B2 O3  3H 2 O H 0  ve
 Boranes are readily hydrolysis by water to give – Boric acid
 Diborane react with ammonia gives initially B2 H 6 .2 NH 3

 B2 H 6 .2 NH 3 exist as cation and anion complex, then are  BH 2  NH 3 2   BH 4 



 Further heating of  BH 2  NH 3 2   BH 4  gives Borazine or Borazole  B3 N3 H 6 


which is called Inorgnaic benzene.

 In Borazole the hybridization of both B and N is sp 2

3B2 H 6  6 NH3  3  BH 2  NH3 2   BH 4 


2B N H  12H
3 3 6 2

 Diborane readily burns with oxygen to produce B2O3
B2 H 6  3O2  B2 O3  3H 2 O
 Diborane when reacts with Lewis bases undergoes symmetrical cleaves and forms adducts.

3
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Diborane structure :

 Number of BH 2 groups in the same plane  2

 Number of atoms in the same plane  6
 Number of Bridge / Tau / Banana / 3 centre – 2 electron (B – H – B) Bonds
in B2 H 6 is 2
 Number of 2 centre – 2 electron bonds in B2 H 6  4
 In B2 H 6 Hybridization at Boron atoms sp 3
 In B2 H 6 B  HT Bond length less than B  Hb bonds ( H T - Terminal
Hydrogen, H B - Bridged Hydrogen)
 In organic synthesis NaBH 4 and LiBH 4 used as reducing agents
Uses of Boron and Aluminum

 Boron fibers are used in making bullet-proof vest and high composite
material for air craft
 Metal borides are used in nuclear industry as control rods
 In the manufacture of pyrex glass (Heat resistant borax glass – wool and
fiber glass) boric acid is used
 For soldering metals Borax is uses as Flux
 Borax is used for heat, scratch and stain resistant glazed coating to
earthenware and medicinal soaps.
 An aqueous solution of orthoboric acid is generally used as a mild antiseptic
 Aluminum form alloy with Cu, Mn, Mg , Si and Zn
 Aluminum foils used for packers
 The use of Aluminum and its compounds for domestic purposes is now
reduced due to its toxic nature.
Concept – P-BLOCK ELEMENTS 14 TH GROUP
 14th group elements are : Carbon (C), Silicon (Si), Germanium (Ge), Tin(Sn),
Lead (Pb) and Flerovium (Fl).
 17 most abundant element by mass in earth’s crust is : carbon
th

 Carbon in widely distributed in nature in free as well as in the combined

state.
 Natural occurring carbon contains two stable isotopes C12 and C13 .
 Radioactive isotope of carbon is C14 , which is used in radio carbon dating.
 Silicon is the second most abundant element in the earth’s crust (27.7% by
mass) in the form of silica and silicates.
4
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
SnO2
 Tin occurs mainly as Cassiterite or Tin stone -
 Lead occurs as Galena – PbS, Anglesite - PbSO4 , Cerussite - PbCO3
 Flerovium is synthetically prepared radioactive element
 Ultra-pure form of germanium and silicon are used to make transistors and
semiconductor devices
 The order of covalent radius  C  Si  Ge  Sn  Pb
 The order of Electronegativity : C  Pb  Si  Ge  Sn
 Density of silicon less than diamond but more than graphite
 The order of density increases down the group
 BP order : Si  Ge  Sn  Pb
 MP order : C  Si  Ge  Pb  Sn
 In 14th group carbon and silicon : non-metals
 Germanium : metalloid
 Tin and lead : metals
 The common oxidiation states of 14th group elements are +2, +4
 Carbon show negative oxidation state also (Ex : CH 4 )
 For Lead + 2 oxidation state is stable due to inert pair effect
 Sn2 act as reducing agent
 The maximum covalency of carbon is four
2
 In SiF62 , GeCl6  2 ,  Sn  OH 6  central atom hybridization is : sp3 d 2
 CO2 , SiO2 , GeO2 oxides are in acidic in nature, SnO2 , PbO2 are amphoteric in
nature.
 CO is neutral nature, SnO and PbO are amphoteric nature.
 Carbon, silicon lead and germanium are not affected by water.
 Tin reacts with steam to liberate dihydrogen.
Sn  2H O   SnO  2 H
2 2 2

 14th group elements from MX 2 and MX 4 halides

 MX 4 halides of 14th group are covalent in nature (except SnF4 .PbF4 )
 PbI 4 does not exist
 Ge and Pb from MX 2 halides
 GeX 4 more stable than GeX 2
 PbX 2 more stable than PbX 4
 Except CCl4 other tetra chlorides are easily hydrolysed.
 Silicon tetrachloride undergoes hydrolysis gives Silicic acid  H 4 SiO4 
2
  SiF6 
2
is known where as  SiCl6  is not due to large size of chlorine atoms
 The order of catenation ability : C  Si  Ge  Sn
 The 14th group element which does not exhibit catenation ability : Lead (Pb)
5
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
 The crystalline allotropes of carbon are : diamond, graphite and fullerene
 Hybridisation of carbon in diamond is sp 3 and C – C bond length in
diamond: 154 pm
 The natural hardest material on the earth : diamond
 Diamond does not conduct electricity.
 Graphite possesses 2D layers structure in which layers are held by vander
Waals forces.
 The distance between layers of graphite : 340 pm
 The size of planer ring in graphite is : hexagonal
 C – C bond length in graphite : 141.5 pm
 Hybridisation of carbon in graphite : sp 2
 The type of electrons delocalized in between layers of graphite :  electrons
 The soft and slippery nature of graphite is due to weak Vander Waals forces
between the layers.
 Graphite is a good conductor of electricity which conducts electricity along
the sheet
 Graphite is used as : dry lubricant, in making electrodes
 Fullerenes are made by heating of graphite in an electric arc in the presence
of inert gas.
 C60 fullerene is known as: Buckminister fullerene
 The structure of fullerene is : cage like
 Fullerene appears as : soccer ball
 Allotrope of carbon without dangling bond : fullerene
 Number of five membered rings in C60 fullerene : 12
 Number of six membered rings in C60 fullerene : 20
 Five membered rings in C60 fullerene is fused with six membered rings only
 Six membered rings in C60 fullerene is fused with both five membered and
six membered rings.
 The aromatic allotrope of Carbon : fullerene
 C – C single bond and C=C double bond length in C60 fullerene : 143.5 pm
and 138.3 pm
 Order of thermodynamic stability of crystalline allotropes of carbons :
graphite > diamond > fullerene
 Amorphous allotropes of carbon : coal, coke, carbon black, charcoal, gas
carbon, petroleum coke
 Carbon black is used as black pigment in black ink and as filler in
automobile tyres.
 Coke is used as a fuel and reducing agent in metallurgy.
 Carbon forms carbon monoxide (CO) and carbon dioxide  CO2 
 Carbon monoxide can be prepared from
2C  s   O2  g  

 2CO  g 

6
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

HCOOH 373K

conc. H 2SO4
 H 2 O  CO  small scale 
4731273 K
C  S   H 2 O  g    CO  g   H 2  g  (on commercial scale)
 The mixture of CO and H 2 is known as water gas or synthesis gas
 The mixture of CO and N 2 is known as producer gas, prepared by
2C  s   O2  g   4 N 2  g  
1273 K
 2CO  g   4 N 2  g 
 CO acting as a powerful reducing agent and used in the extraction of many
metals from their oxides
 Alkali and alkaline earth metal oxides, aluminium oxide is not reduced by
CO
 In CO molecule, there are one sigma and two  bonds between carbon and
oxygen atoms.
 CO binds with haemoglobin. This is a reason for the death of human beings.
 CO having lone pair of electrons on C forms metal carbonyls.
 CO2 is acidic in nature, it forms H 2CO3 which is a weak dibasic acid
 Increased content of CO2 in atmosphere causes “Greenhouse effect”.
 Biologically CO2 is important in photo synthesis
 Solid CO2 is called dry ice.
 Dry ice is used as a refrigerant for frozen food and ice creams.
 CO2 is used as fire extinguisher.
 In CO2 molecule C undergoes sp hybridization.
 The shape of CO2 molecule is linear, and dipole moment is zero.
 Silicon dioxide, commonly known as silica.
 It is widely found in nature as Quartz.
 Silicon dioxide is covalent.
 Crystalline form of silica are : Quartz, Cristoballite, Tridymite
 Kieselghur, an amorphous form of Silica is used in filtration plants.
 Each Si atom is surrounded by 4 oxygen atoms and each oxygen atom is
bonded to 2 silicon atoms.
 In Silica, hybridization of Si atom : sp3
 Fluorine when reacted with SiO2 it produces SiF4 and O2 .
 SiO2 reacts with HF to produce H 2 SiF6 (Hexa fluoro silicic acid)
 Quartz is extensively used as a Piezoelectric material.
 Silicones, they are a group of organosilicon polymers, which have  R2 SiO  as
a repeating unit.
 Silicones can be obtained from alkyl or aryl substituted silicon chlorides,
R n SiCl .
 4 n 
 Hydrolysis of dimethyl dichlorosilane, CH 3 SiCl2 followed by condensation

7
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
polymerization yields straight chain polymers
 Silicones have low thermal conductivity and chemical reactivity.
 Silicones have high thermal stability and dielectric strength.
 Silicones can repel water.
 Silicones are used as sealant, greases, electrical insulator and for water
proofing of fabrics.
 Silicones are used in surgical and cosmetic plants.
 The basic structural units of silicates is SiO44
 Feldspar, Zeolites, mica and asbestos are examples of silicates

 In silicates silicon atom is bounded to four oxygen atoms in tetrahedron

fashion.
 The SiO44 tetrahedral may exist as discrete units or may polymerise into
large units by sharing corners with oxygen atoms.
 The important man-made silicates are glass and cement.
 Zeolite are alumino-silicates
 Zeolites are widely used as a catalyst in petrochemical industries for
cracking of hydrocarbons and isomerisation.
 The zerolite catalyst (ZSM – 5) converts alcohols to gasonline.
 Hydrate zeolites are used as ion exchanger in softening of hard water.

Concept – P-BLOCK ELEMENTS 15TH GROUP

 Group 15 includes nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, antimony, bismuth and

moscovium.
 Nitrogen and phosphorus are non-metals, arsenic and antimony metalloids
and bismuth is a typical metal.
 Molecular nitrogen comprises 78% by volume of the atmosphere. In the
earth’s crust, it occurs as sodium nitrate, NaNO3 and potassium nitrate KNO3 .
Chile saltpetre - NaNO3 ; Indian saltpetre - KNO3
 It is found in the form of proteins in plants and animals.
 Phosphorus occurs in minerals of the apatite family, Ca9  PO4 6 .
CaX 2  X  F , Cl or OH  and fluorapatite Ca9  PO4 6 . CaF2
 The stability of +5 oxidation state decreases down the group due to inert
pair effect.
 The only well characterized Bi(V) compound is BiF5 .
 Nitrogen does not form compounds in + 5 oxidation state with halogens as
nitrogen does not have d-orbitals.
 In the case of nitrogen, all oxidation states from + 1 to + 4 tend to
disproportionate in acid solution.
For example. 3HNO2  HNO3  H 2 O  2 NO
 In case of phosphorus nearly all intermediate oxidation states
disproportionate into + 5 and – 3 both in alkali and acid
8
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
4 H 3 PO3  3H 3 PO4  PH 3
 Nitrogen is restricted to a maximum covalency of 4 since only four (one s and
three p) orbitals are available for bonding.
 Nitrogen differs from the rest of the members of this group due to its small
size, high electronegativity, high ionization enthalpy and non-availability of d
orbitals
 Nitrogen can form p  d bond, rest of the elements do not form p  p bond
 Nitrogen cannot form p  d  bond the rest of elements can form p  d and
d  d bonds.
 Compounds like P  C2 H 5 3 and As  C6 H 5 3 act as ligands.

HYDRIDES

 Order of stability NH 3  PH 3  AsH 3  SbH 3  BiH 3

 Order of reducing character of the hydrides NH 3  PH 3  AsH 3  SbH 3  BiH 3
 Basicity of hydrides decreases in the order NH 3  PH 3  AsH 3  SbH 3  BiH 3
 Order of boiling points BiH 3  SbH 3  NH 3  AsH 3  PH 3
 Order of melting points NH 3  SbH 3  AsH 3  PH 3
 Order of bond angles NH 3  PH 3  AsH 3  SbH 3
 The oxide in the higher oxidation state of the element is more acidic than
that of lower oxidation state. Order of acidic character N 2 O3  NO2  N 2 O5
 N 2 O & NO are neutral oxides.
 Trioxides of As and Sb are amphoteric.
 These elements react with halogens to form two series of halides: EX 3 & EX 5
Example. PCl3 , PCl5
 Covalent nature of halides EX 3  EX 5
 Stability order of Nitrogen trihalides NF3  NCl3  NBr3  NI 3
 N 2 can be obtained by the trihalides NF3  NCl3  NBr3  NI 3
 NH 4 2 Cr2 O7 
Heat
 N 2  4 H 2 O  Cr2 O3
 N 2 can be obtained by decomposition of ammonium nitrite

NH 4 NO2   N 2  2 H 2 O
 Very pure nitrogen can be obtained by the thermal decomposition of sodium
or barium azide.
Ba  N3 2  Ba  3N 2 ; 2 NaN3  2 Na  3N 2 
 Dinitrogen combines with dioxygen only at very high temperature (at about
2000 K) to form nitric oxide, NO.
N 2  g   O2  g  
Heat
 2 NO  g 

9
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Ammonia

 NH 3 can be prepared from

NH 2 CONH 2  2H 2 O   NH 4  2 CO3  2 NH 3  H 2 O  CO2
(Urea)
2 NH 4Cl  Ca  OH 2  2 NH 3  2 H 2 O  CaCl2
 NH 4 2 SO4  2 NaOH  2NH 3  2H 2O  Na2 SO4
 On large scale, ammonia is manufactured by Haber’s process
N 2  g   3H 2  g   2 NH 3  g  ;  f H   46.1 kJ mol 1 . Applying Le Chatelier’s
principle, high pressure would favour the formation of ammonia.
 Pressure of 200 105 Pa (about 200 atm), a temperature of 725 – 775 K and
the use of a catalyst such as iron oxide with small amounts of K 2 O and
Al2 O3 increases the rate of attainment of equilibrium.

 NH 3 acts as Lewis base due to presence of lone pair electrons.

 Aqueous NH 3 reacts with Cu 2 and Ag  ions to form complex compounds
2
Cuaq2   4 NH 3aq   Cu  NH 3 4  aq 
 blue  ( deep blue )

Agaq   2 NH 3aq   Ag  NH 3 2  aq 
(colour less)
Oxides

 N 2O and NO are colourless gases and neutral.

 N 2 O3 blue solid, acidic.
 NO2 brown gas, acidic.
 N 2 O4 colourless solid / liquid, acidic.
 N 2 O5 colourless solid, acidic.
 Correct order of oxidation state : N 2 O  NO  N 2 O3  NO2  N 2 O5
 Oxides with N-N bonds are N 2 O3 , N 2 O4 and N 2 O
 NO2 contains odd number of valence electrons. On dimerization, it is
converted to stable N 2 O4 molecule.
 Number of oxygen atoms around each nitrogen atom in N 2 O5 is 3
O O

N N

O O O
Nitric Acid  HNO3  :
 Nitric acid is prepared by heating KNO3 or NaNO3 and concentrated H 2 SO4 in a

10
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
glass retort. KNO3  H 2 SO4  KSHO4  HNO3
 On a large scale, Nitric acid is prepared by Ostwald method
Pt / Rh
4 NH 3  5O2 
500 K ,9 bar  4 NO  6 H 2 O
2 NO  O2  2 NO2
3NO2  H 2O  2HNO3  NO
 Oxidising properties of HNO3 :
Iodine is oxidized to iodic acid, carbon to carbon dioxide, sulphur to H 2 SO4 ,
and phosphorus to phosphoric acid.
I 2  10 HNO3  2 HIO3  10 NO2  4 H 2 O
C  4 HNO3  CO2  4 NO2  2 H 2 O
S8  48 HNO3  8 H 2 SO4  48 NO2  16 H 2 O
P4  20 HNO3  4 H 3 PO4  20 NO2  4 H 2 O
 Conc. HNO3 attacks most metals except noble metals like gold and
platinum.
 Copper reacts with dil. HNO3 and conc. HNO3 to give NO & NO2
3Cu  8HNO3  3Cu  NO3  2  2 NO  4 H 2 O
Cu  4HNO3  Cu  NO3 2  2 NO2  2H 2O
 Zinc react with dil HNO3 to give N 2 O & NO2
4Zn  10 HNO3  dilute   4Zn  NO3 2  N 2 O  5H 2 O
Zn  4 HNO3  conc.  Zn  NO3 2  2 H 2 O  2 NO2
 Cr and Al do not dissolve in conc HNO3 because of formation of passive film
oxide on surface.

Brown Ring Test

 This test for nitrates depends on the ability of Fe2  to reduce nitrates to
nitric oxide, which reacts with Fe2 to form a brown coloured complex.
NO3  3Fe2  4 H   NO  3Fe3  2 H 2 O
2 2
 Fe  H 2 O 6   NO   Fe  H 2 O 5  NO    H 2O
(brown)
White phosphorus
 White phosphorus less stable and more reactive than the other forms
because of angular strain in the P4 molecule where the angles are only
600 .
 White phosphorus readily catches fire in air to give dense white fumes
of P4O10 . P4 5O2  P4O10 
^
 P4 is a tetrahedral molecule where P O P is 60 0
 Red phosphorus is obtained by heating white phosphorus at 573K in an
inert atmosphere for several days.

11
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
 When red phosphorus is heated under high pressure, a series of a phases
of black phosphorus is formed.
 Red phosphorus is polymeric, consisting of chains of P4 tetrahedral
linked together.
 Black phosphorus has   and   forms.
   Black phosphorus is formed when red phosphorus is heated in a
seated tube at 803 K.
   Black phosphorus is prepared by heating white phosphorus at 473K
under high pressure
Phosphine

 White phosphorus dissolves in boiling NaOH solution in an inert

atmosphere giving PH,
P4  3NaOH  3H 2 O  PH 3  3NaH 2 PO2
(sodium hypophosphite)
 Phosphine is also prepared by the reaction of calcium phosphide with
water or dilute HCl.
Ca3 P2  6 H 2O  3Ca  OH 2  2 PH 3
Ca3 P2  6 HCl  3CaCl2  2 PH 3
 PH 3 it is non inflammable but becomes inflammable owing to the
presence of P2 H 4 or P4 vapour. To purify it from the impurities, it is
absorbed in HI to from phosphonium iodide  PH 4 I  which on treating with
KOH gives off phosphine. PH 4 I  KOH  KI  H 2 O  PH 2
 The solution of PH3 in water decompose in presence of light giving red
phosphorus and H 2 .
 When absorbed in copper sulphate or mercuric chloride solution, the
corresponding phosphides are obtained.
3CuSO4  2 PH 2  Cu3 P2  3H 2 SO4
3HgCl2  2 PH 3  Hg3 P2  6 HCl
 Phosphine is weakly basic and reacts with strong acids like HI forming
phosphonium compounds PH 3  HI  PH 4 I
 The mixture of calcium carbide and calcium phosphide are used as
Holme’s signals.
 PH 3 is also used in smoke screens.
Phosphorus Halides

 PCl3 is obtained by passing dry chlorine over heated white phosphorus.

P4  6Cl2  4 PCl3
 PCl3 can also be prepared by the action of thionyl chloride with white
phosphorus.
P4  8SOCl2  4PCl3  4SO2  2S2Cl2
 PCl3 fumes in the presence of moisture due to hydrolysis
12
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
PCl3  3H 2 O  H 3 PO3  3HCl
 PCl5 is prepared by the reaction of white phosphorus with excess of dry
chlorine
P4  10Cl2  4 PCl5
 PCl5 can also be prepared by action of sulphuryl chloride  SO2 Cl2  on
phosphorus.
P4  10SO2Cl2  4PCl5  10SO2
 PCl5 is a yellowish white powder and in moist air, it hydrolysis to POCl3
and finally gets converted to phosphoric acid.
PCl5  H 2 O  POCl3  2 HCl
POCl3  3H 2 O  H 3 PO4  3HCl
 In gaseous and liquid phases. PCl5 has a trigonal bipyramidal structure.
The three equatorial P-Cl bonds are equivalent, while the two axial bonds
are longer than equatorial bonds. This is due to the fact that the axial
bond pairs suffer more repulsion as compared to equatorial bond pairs.

 In solid state it exists as

3 3 2
sp sp d

 PCl4   PCl6 
 
 octahedral

Tetrahedral

Oxo acids of Phosphorus

 All these acids contain at least one P = 0 bond and one P-OH bond.
 Either P-P (e.g., in H 2 P2 O6 ) or P-H (e.g. in H3 PO2 )
 These acids in + 3 oxidation states. For example, orthophosphorus acid
(or phosphorous acid) on heating disproportionate to give
orthophosphoric acid (or phosphoric acid) and phosphine.
13
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
4H 3 PO3  3H 3 PO4  PH3

 The acids which contains more number of P-H bonds are strong reducing
agent.
 P – OH bonds are ionisable and cause the basicity.
 Hypophosphorous acid is good reducing agent as it contains two P-H
bonds. It reduces AgNO3 to metallic silver.
4 AgNO3  2H 2 O  H 3 PO2  4 Ag  4 HNO3  H 3 PO4
 Cyclo tri meta phosphoric acid  HPO3 3

 Hypo phosphorus acid (Phosphinic acid) H 3 PO2

-
Orhto phosphorus acid (Phosphonic acid) - H 3 PO3
Ortho phosphoric acid - H 3 PO4
Pyrophosphoric acid - H 4 P2 O7
Peroxy phosphoric acid - H 3 PO5

Concept – P-BLOCK ELEMENTS 16TH GROUP

 Oxygen, sulphur, selenium, tellurium, polonium, liverimorium includes
in 16th group elements.
 Oxygen, sulphur, selenium, tellurium are known as chalcogens.
 Due to non-availability of d-orbitals oxygen differs with other elements of
this group in several aspects.
 Oxygen has less negative electron gain enthalpy due to small size of
oxygen than sulphur.
s
 Order of electron gain enthalpy is S  e  Te  Po  O
 Elements of group 16 show lower first I.P. than group 15 due to half-filled
p-orbitals
 Common oxidation state of group-16 is ‘-2’
 The stability of ‘+4’ oxidation state increases down the group due to inert
pair effect
 Sulphur and selenium exist as staggered 8-atom rings.
14
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
 Rhombic or octahedral or  - sulphur is common form of sulphur
^
 S S S Bond angles in S8 and S6 are 1070 and 102.20
 In cyclo S 6 the ring adopts the chair form
 ' S2 ' molecule is paramagnetic like ' O2 '
 Rhombic sulphur is insoluble in water but readily soluble in CS 2 .
 Monoclinic sulphur is prepared by melting Rhombic sulphur in a dish
and cooling.
 Monoclinic sulphur is stable above ‘369 K’
 Rhombic and monoclinic sulphur are in equilibrium at 369 K (transition
temperature)
 Group 16 elements from volatile bivalent hydrides of the type H 2 M
 Order of volatility : H 2 O  H 2Te  H 2 Se  H 2 S
 Order of Melting point : H 2Te  H 2 Se  H 2 S
 Acidic character increases from H 2 O to H 2Te
 Thermal stability decreases from H 2 O to H 2Te
^
 Ease of formation and H M H bond angle decreases from - H 2 O to H 2Te
M  O, S , Se, Te 

 ' O2 ' can be obtained by heating chlorates, nitrates and permanganates


 2 KClO3 MnO
 2 KCl  3O2
2

2 KNO3  2 KNO2  O2
573 K
2 KMnO4   K 2 MnO  MnO2

 Thermal decomposition of Ag 2 O and HgO gives oxygen

 Oxygen is used in oxy acetylene welding.
 Ozone is allotropic form of oxygen.
 ' O3 ' acts as a powerful oxidant due to liberation of nascent oxygen.
O3  O2  O 
 Quantitatively O3 can be estimated with the help of “Potassium iodide”
(KI), Hypo and Borate buffer.
 Ozone used as germicide, disinfectant and sterilizing water.
 Nitrogen oxides particularly (Nitric Oxide) combine rapidly with ozone
might be depleting the concentration of ozone layer
 NO  g   O3  g   NO2  g   O2  g 
1
 The oxidation state of oxygen in super oxide is ' ' and peroxide is ‘-1’.
2
 SO2 reacts with chlorine in presence of charcoal to give - SO2 Cl2
SO2  Cl2  SO2 Cl2
 Moist SO2 behaves as a reducing agent
 SO2 is oxidized to SO3 in presence of V2 O5 catalyst
2SO2  O2  2SO3
15
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
 Moist SO2 converts Fe(III) to Fe(II)
2 Fe3  SO2  2 H 2 O  2 Fe 2  SO42  4 H 
 Moist SO2 decolourises acidified KMnO4 solution
KMnO4  5SO2  2 H 2 O  5SO42  2 Mn 2  4 H 
 SO2 in presence of moisture acts as bleaching agent
SO2  2 H 2 O  H 2 SO4  2  H 
 The number of d   p bonds in SO2 is ‘1’
 The number of p  p bonds in SO2 is ‘1’
 The molecule of SO2 is angular and has two canonical forms.

OXO ACIDS OF SULPHUR

 Sulphuric acid H 2 SO4

 Pyrosulphuric acid (oleum) H 2 S2O7
 Sulphurous acid H 2 SO3
 Peroxodisulphuric acid (Marshall’s acid) - H 2 S2 O8
 Peroxomonosulphuric acid (caro’s acid) - H 2 SO5
 Absorption of SO3 in H 2 SO4 gives Pyro sulphuric acid (oleum) H 2 S 2 O7
H 2 SO4  SO3  H 2 S2 O7
 Sulphuric acid obtained by contact process is 96-98% pure.
 Oxidation of SO2 is reversible and exothermic.
 Conc. H 2 SO4 is added to CaF2 gives CaSO4 and HF.
CaF2  H 2 SO4  CaSO4  2 HF
 SO3 is passed through water gives H 2 SO4
SO3  H 2 O  H 2 SO4

 Conc. H 2 SO4 is a strong dehydrating agent

H 2 SO4
C12 H 22 O11  12C  11H 2 O
 The number of ' S  O ' bonds present in H 2 SO3 , H 2 S 2 O8 and
H 2 S 2 O7 respectively are 1,4,4

 Pyrosulphuric  H 2 S2 O7  acid does not contains S-S bonds.

 The correct sequence of decreasing number of  - bonds is
H 2 S 2 O7  H 2 SO4  H 2 SO3
 Both metals and non metals are oxidized by conc H 2 SO4
Cu  2 H 2 SO4  CuSO4  SO2  2 H 2O
C  2 H 2 SO4  CO2  g   SO2  g    2H 2O
16
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
S  2 H 2 SO4  3SO2  2 H 2 O
 H 2 SO5 , H 2 S2 O8 contains peroxy  O  O   bonds.

Concept – P-BLOCK ELEMENTS 17 TH GROUP

Introduction :

 17th group contains; F, Cl, Br, I, At, Tennessine

 Radioactive elements in this group – Astatine (At) & Tennessine
 F, Cl, Br, I are called halogens

Occurrence:

 Fluorine is present mainly as insoluble fluorides.

Fluorspar  CaF2  , Cryolite  Na3 AlF6  , Fluorapatite

3B2 H 6  6 NH 3  3  BH 2  NH 3  2 

 BH 4 
 

2B3 N3 H 6  12H 2

 Sea water contains chlorides, Bromides, Iodides of Na, K, Mg, Ca

 Sea water mainly contains : NaCl (2.5% by mass)
 Seaweeds contains 0.5% of Iodine.
Chile salt petre  NaNO3  contains 0.2% of sodium iodate.

General Properties:

 General electronic configuration of this group : ns 2 np5

 Order of atomic radii & ionic radii : F  Cl  Br  I
 Ionisation enthalpy  kJ mol 1  : F  Cl  Br  I
 Electron gain enthalpy
 kJ m o l  :
1
Cl  F  Br  I
(  34 9 ) (  3 33) (  3 2 5) (  2 9 5)
 The negative electron gain enthalpy of fluorine is less that of Chlorine.
It is due to small size of fluorine atom.
 The most electronegative element is F.
 Hydration enthalpy :
F  Cl  Br  I
 515 kj / mol   381 kj / mol   347 kj / mol   305 kj / mol 
 Physical state of Halogens :
F2  g  Cl2  g  Br2  l  I 2  s 
 Melting & Boiling points : F  Cl  Br  I
 Colour of Halogens :

17
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

F2 Cl2 Br2 I2
yellow gas greenish yellow gas red liquid violet solid

 F2 react with H 2 O to form O2 & O3

 Cl2 & Br2 reacts with water to give hydrohalic & hypohalous acids
 I 2 insoluble in water to give hydrohalic & hypohalous acids
 Bond dissociation enthalpy
Cl2  Br2  F2  I2
 247 kJ mol  193 kJ mol  159 kj mol  151 kj mol 
1 1 1 1

 Enthalpy of dissociation of F2 is less that of Cl2 . Reason : The relative

large electron-electron repulsion among the lone pairs in F2 molecule
where they are much closer to each other than in case Cl2
 Fluorine is a stronger oxidizing agent than chlorine.
Reason : 1) It is due to low enthalpy or dissociation of F- F bond
(II) High hydration enthalpy of F 

Oxidation States

 A non metal that does not exhibit positive oxidation state is F.

 Common oxidation state of Halogens is -1
 Element shows only -1 oxidation state in its compounds is ‘F’
 Cl, Br, I show +1,+3,+5,+7 oxidation states
 The reason for showing variable oxidation states of Cl, Br, I is due to
availability of ‘d’ orbitals
 Oxiding power of halogens :
F2  Cl2  Br2  I2
E 0 value  2.87 V 
1.36 V  1.09 V   0.54 kj mol 1 
 Halogen oxidizes other halide ions of higher atomic number

 F2 can displace Cl , Br  , I 
F2  2 KX  2 KF  X 2
Where X is (Cl, Br, I)
 Cl2 can displace Br , I
 

Cl2  2 KX  2 KCl  X 2
Where X is  Br , I 
 Br2 can displace I
Br2  2 KI  2 KBr  I 2
Reaction with Alkalies
 Reactions of Cl2 (or) Br2 with Alkali are disproportionation reactions.
 Halides & Hypothalites are formed when Cl2 (or) Br2 reats with cold/dil
Alkali

18
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

X2  NaOH  NaX  NaOX  H 2O

 Cl2 (or ) Br2   cold / dil   Halide   Hypohalite 
 C l2 or Br2 reacts with Hot/conc.Alkali then forms Halides & Halates

Reaction with Hydrogen (Hydrides)

 The reactivity order of Halogens with Hydrogen F2  Cl2  Br2  I 2
 Physical state of Hydrogen Halides is
HF HCl HBr HI
liquid gas gas gas

 Order of ionic character of Hydrogen Halides HF  HCl  HBr  HI

 Order thermal stability of Hydrogen Halides is HF  HCl  HBr  HI
 Order of reducing nature of Hydrogen Halides is
HI  HBr  HCl  HF
 Order of acidic nature of Hydrogen Halides is HI  HBr  HCl  HF
 Order of melting points HCl  HBr  HF  HI
 Order of boiling points HCl  HBr  HI  HF
 Order of Bond length of H- X in HF  HCl  HBr  HI
 HF has highest boiling point among the hydrogen halides due to the
strongest hydrogen bonding
Reaction with Oxygen (Oxides)
 Compounds of ‘F’ with oxygen are Oxygen fluorides  OF2 & O2 F2 
 OF2 is thermally stable is 298
 O2 F2 is used to oxidizes Pu to PuF6 . This reaction is used in removing
plutonium as PuF6 from spent nuclear fuel.
 Oxides of ‘Cl’ are Cl2 O, ClO2 , Cl2 O6 , Cl2 O7
 The stability order of halogen oxides is  oxides of I > Oxides of Cl >
Oxides of Br
 Higher stability of Oxides of Iodine is due to greater polorizability of O-I
bond
 The stability of oxides of chlorine is due to formation and multiple
bonds between Cl-O.
 Oxides of chlorine used as bleaching agent for paper pulp. Textiles and
in water treatment is Cl2 O
 The bromine oxides Br2 O, BrO2 , BrO3 are the least stable halogen oxides
Chlorine ( Cl2 ) :
 By heating manganese dioxide with conc. HCl gives Cl2
 MnO2  4 HCl  MnCl2  H 2O  Cl2
 2 KMnO4  16 HCl  2 KCl  2 MnCl2  8 H 2O  5Cl2
 Deacons process used to manufacture of Chlorine
4 HCl  O2 
CuCl2
723 K
 2Cl2  2 H 2O
19
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
 Chlorine reacts with excess of ammonia
3Cl2  8 NH 3  6 NH 4Cl  N 2
excess
 Excess of chlorine reacts with ammonia
3Cl2  NH 3  NCl3  3HCl
excess Explosive
 Slaked lime reacts with chlorine and forms bleaching powder
2Ca  OH 2  2Cl2  Ca  OCl 2  CaCl2  2 H 2O
 Chlorine is obtained by the electrolysis of brine solution by product in
Nelson cell process
 Cold and dilute NaOH reacts with chlorine and forms chloride and
hypochlorte
2NaOH  Cl2  NaCl  NaOCl  H 2O
 Hot and Conc. NaOH reacts with chlorine and forms chloride and
chlorate
6 NaOH  3Cl2  5 NaCl  NaClO3  3H 2O
 Chlorine water on standing loses its colour and forms HCl and HOCl
Cl2  H 2 O  HCl  HOCl
 Cl2 in H 2 O acts as oxidizing agent and bleaching agent due to the
formation of HCl and HOCl, in which HOCl gives nascent oxygen.
Cl2  H 2 O  2 HCl  O
 Composition of bleaching powder : Ca  OH 2 .CaCl2 .Ca  OCl2  .2 H 2O
 Cl2 is used in the preparation of poisonous gases like phosgene  COCl2  ,
tear gas  CCl3 NO2  , mustard gas
 Formula of mustard gas  Cl  CH 2  CH 2 2 S
 Oxidation number of Cl in CaOCl2 (Bleaching Powder) : +1 and -1
 The chemical name of Bleaching powder is calcium chloro hypochlorite
(or) calcium oxychloride (or) chlorinated lime.

Hydrogen Chloride (HCl)

 HCl is prepared by heating NaCl with H 2 SO4
 NaHSO4  HCl
 NaCl  H 2 SO4
 NaHSO4  NaCl  Na2 SO4  HCl
 Aqua regia is a mixture of 3 : 1 ratio of concentrated HCl & HNO3
 Gold (Au) and Platinum (Pt) dissolves in aqua regia
Au  4 HCl  HNO3  H  AuCl4   NO  2 H 2O
 gold  Chloroauric acid

20
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

3 pt  18 HCl  4 HNO3  3H 2  ptCl6   4 NO  8 H 2O

Platinum Chloro platinic acid

 Chlorine nitrate on hydrolysis gives HOCl & HNO3

 NO3Cl  HCl  HNO3  Cl2 
 HCl decomposes salts of weaker acids
Na2CO3  2 HCl  2 NaCl  H 2O  CO2
NaHCO3  HCl  NaCl  H 2O  CO2
Na2 SO3  2 HCl  2 NaCl  H 2 O  CO2
 Ammonia reacts with HCl forms ammonium chloride.
NH 3  HCl  NH 4Cl  white dense fumes 
 When HCl reacts with finely powdered iron. It forms ferrous chloride but not
ferric chloride.
Because in this process, liberated H 2 prevents the formation of ferric chloride.
Fe  2 HCl  FeCl2  H 2
 Fe reacts with chlorine forms FeCl3
2 Fe  3Cl2  2 FeCl3
 Sulphur reacts with Chlorine forms S 2Cl2
S8  4Cl2  4 S 2 Cl2

OXOACIDS OF HALOGENS
 ‘F’ Forms only one oxoacid i.e. HOF (Hypofluorous acid)
 Oxo acids of ‘Cl’ are HOCl , HClO2 , HClO3 , HClO4
 Order of acidic character of oxoacids of ‘Cl’ is
HOCl  HClO2  HClO3  HClO4
 Hybridisation of ‘Cl’ in all Oxoacids Sp 3
 Shape of chloric acid is pyramidal.
 No. of lone pair electrons on ‘Cl’ in HOCl , HClO2 , HClO3 , HClO4 are 3,2,1,
zero respectively
 Disproportionation of Hypo chorous acid
1 1 5
3HO Cl  2 H Cl  H Cl O3
+5 5 5
H Cl O3 , H Br O3 , H I O3 are called halic (V) acids.

 No. of Cl = 0 bonds in chlorous acid, chloric acid & Perchloric acid are
1,2,3 respectively

21
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
INTER HALOGEN COMPOUNDS

 The general composition of inter halogen compounds is XX n1 .

 If XX 1 is a inter halogen compound then X is larger size halogen and
is small size halogen
 Shape of ClF3 is T-shape and sp3 d hybridization
 Shape of IF5 is square pyramidal and sp 3 d 3 hybridization
 Shape of IF7 is pentagonal bi pyramidal with sp 3 d 3 hybridization
 Inter halogen compounds are covalent molecules and diamagnetic in
nature
 Inter halogen compounds are more reactive then halogens except ‘ F2 ’
 ‘ICl’ more reactive than ‘ I 2 ’ because I-Cl bond is weaker than I-I bond.

Concept – P-BLOCK ELEMENTS 18 TH GROUP

 Helium (He), Neon (Ne), Argon (Ar), Krypton (Kr), Xenon (Xe), Radon (Rn),
Organesson (Og) are 18th group elements.
 All noble gases except Rn and Og occurs in atmosphere up to 1% by
volume. Among them Ar is most abundant noble gas in atmosphere.
 He and Ne are found in minerals of radioactive orgin Pitchblende,
monazite,cleveite,
 The main commercial source of He is natural gas.
226
 Radon is obtained as a decay product of 88 Ra .
88 Ra 88 Rn 42 He
226 222

 1 Litre of dry air contains 10 ml of noble gas mixture.

 CP / CV ratio of noble gases is 1.67 (Monoatomic)
 All noble gases have electronic configuration ns 2 np6 except He
 Atomic radii, Density, M.P & B.P order is He  Ne  Ar  Kr  Xe
 I.E order is He  Ne  Ar  Kr  Xe  in kJmol 1 
 Electron gain enthalpy order is Ne  Ar  Kr  Xe  Rn  He
 Noble gases have low M.P & B.P. due to weak dispersion forces
 ‘He’ has lowest B.P. of 4.2 K and diffuses unusually through rubber,
glass (or) plastics.
 Noble gases are unreactive due to
i) Stable electronic configuration
ii) High ionization enthalpy
iii) High positive electron gain enthalpy
 Bartlett prepared compound O2 PtF6 (Red colour)
 I.E. of Oxygen ( O2 ) is (1175 kj mol 1 ) similar to I.E, of Xe(1170 kj mol 1 )
 Xe forms compounds with more E.N atoms like F and Oxygen.
 Krypton forms KrF2 and Radon forms RnF2
 Order of polarizability of noble gases Xe  Kr  Ar  Ne  He
22
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
 Xenon form XeF2 , XeF4 , XeF6
673 K ,1 bar
Xe g   F2 g    XeF2 s 
(Excess)

873 K ,7 bar
Xe g   2 F2 g    XeF4 s 
(1 : 5 ratio)

573 k
Xe g   3F2 g  
60 70 bar  XeF6 s 
(1:20) ratio

XeF4  O2 F2 
143 k
 XeF6  O2

 They are readily hydrolysed by traces of water

2 XeF2  S   2 H 2 O l   2 Xe g   4 HF aq   O2 g 

 Complete hydrolysis of XeF4 and XeF6 with H 2 O gives XeO3

6 XeF4  12 H 2 O  4 Xe  2 XeO3  24 HF  3O2
XeF6  3H 2 O  XeO3  6 HF
 Partial hydrolysis of XeF6 gives Oxyfluorides like XeOF4 and XeO2 F2
XeF6  H 2 O  XeOF4  2 HF
XeF6  2 H 2 O  XeO2 F2  4 HF
 Xenon Fluorides react with Fluoride Ion acceptors to form cationic
species and Fluoride ion donors to form fluoro anions.
XeF2  PF5   XeF   PF6 
 

XeF4  SbF5   XeF3   SbF6 

 

XeF6  MF  M   XeF7 

 M  Na, K , Rb, Cs 
 The hybridization of Xe in XeF2 , XeF4 & XeF6 are sp 3 d , sp 3 d 2 & sp 3 d 3
respectively.
 The number of lone pairs on Xe in XeF2 , XeF4 & XeF6 are 3,2 & 1
respectively.
 Bond length order of Xe  F in XeF6 , XeF4 & XeF2 is XeF2  XeF4  XeF6
 Dipole moment of XeF2 & XeF4 is zero.
 The hybridization of Xe in XeO3 & XeO4 is sp3 .
 The number of lone pairs on Xe in XeO3 & XeO4 are 1 and 0 respectively.
 XeO3 is a colourless explosive solid
 XeOF4 is a colourless liquid and has a square pyramidal geometry.
 Helium is non-inflammable and lighter gas, hence it is used to fill
meterological balloons.
 ‘He’ is used in gas cooled nuclear reactors.
 Due to low B.P. (4.2 k) of ‘He’ Liquid. ‘He’ is used as cryogenic agent.
23
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
 ‘He’ is used in superconducting magnets, hence used in NMR
spectrometer and MRI systems.
 ‘He’ has low solubility in blood and hence used as a diluents of Oxygen
in modern diving apparatus.
 Due to bright light, Neon lamps used in discharge tubes, fluorescent
bulbs for advertisements and also used in botanical gardens and green
houses.
 Argon is used to provide an inert atmosphere for metallurgical process
(are welding of metals or alloys) and for filling electric bulbs, and also
used in air sensitive substances. Kr and Xe used in light bulbs designed
for special purpose.

24
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

EXERCISE – 1
13th group or boron group
1) General introduction of 13th group
(Occurrence of 13th group elements, Abundance of 13th group elements, Electronic
configuration of 13th group elements, Atomic and ionic radius of 13th group elements,
Ionization enthalpy of 13th group elements, Electronegativity of 13th group elements,
Metallic or electropositive nature of 13th group elements, Density of 13th group
elements, Melting and boiling points of 13th group elements, Oxidation potentials and
reducing nature of 13th group elements, Physical states of 13th group elements,
Hydration of ions of boron family, Oxidation states of 13th group elements)

1) Among the IIIA group elements , the difference in the atomic radius is large in
between

a) Al and B b) Ga and Al
c) Tl and In d) Ga and In

Ans : A
Sol : Greater shielding effect of “ Al ”.

2) Which of the following pairs of elements have same atomic radius.

a) B, Al b) Al , Ga c) Ga , In d) In , Tl

Ans : B
Sol : Size of Al is larger than expected due to shielding effect of 2s 2 2 p6 electrons of
Al , Al and Ga have almost same radius.

3) Stability of monovalent and trivalent Ga, In, Tl lie in the following sequence

a) Ga   In 3  Tl 3 b) Ga 3  In 3  Tl 3

c) Tl 1  In 1  Ga 1 d) Ga 1  In 1  Tl 1

a) 1 only b) 2,3 only c) 1,3 only d) 2,4 only

Ans : B

4) Among the IIIA group elements , the difference in the atomic radius is large in
between

a) Al and B b) Ga and Al c) Tl and In d) Ga and In

Ans : A
Sol : Greater shielding effect of “ Al ”.

25
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
5) Aluminium is usually found in +3 oxidation state. In contrast, thallium exists in +1
and +3 oxidation states. This is due to : (JEE MAIN 2019
SHIFT-1)
a) Lanthanoid contraction b) Lattice effect
c) diagonal relationship d) inert pair effect
Ans: (d)
6) The correct order of atomic radii in group 13 elelments.
a) B  Al  In  Ga  Tl b) B  Al  Ga  In  Tl
c) B  Ga  Al  Tl  In d) B  Ga  Al  In  Tl

Ans : (d)

7) Indium and Thalium of IIIA group have nearly similar atomic radii due to poor
screening effect shown by f-electrons in the
a) Penultimate shell of thalium b) Anti penultimate shell of indium
c) Anti penultimate shell of thalium d) Penultimate shell of indium

Ans : (c)

8) The metal that has very low melting point and its periodic position is closer to a
metalloid is
a) Al b) Ga c) Se d) In
Ans : (b)
Solution :
Al  933 K
Ga  303 K
In  430 K
Se  490 K
9) The correct explanation for the lower atomic radius of Ga as compared to Al is
a) Poor shielding effect of the 2d – electrons
b) Poor shielding effect of the 3d – electrons
c) Poor shielding effect of the 3p – electrons
d) Poor shielding effect of the 2s – electrons
Ans : (b)
Solution :
Because of poor shielding effect of 3d orbital electrons, effective nuclear charge
experienced by the valence electrons in ‘Ga’ is much more than ‘Al’.

26
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
10) Choose the correct stability order of group 13 elements in their + 1 oxidation state.
[JEE MAIN 26-06-2022 Shift-1]
a) Al < Ge < In <Tl b) Tl < In < Ge < Al
c) Al < Ga < Tl < In d) Al < Tl < Ge < In
Ans : (a)
Solution : Moving down the group stability of lower oxidation state increases

11) Which of the following group’s elements have smaller atomic radii?
a) group 1 elements b) group 2 elements
c) group 13 elements d) all have size
Ans : (c)
Solution : Group 13 have smaller atomic & ionic radii than those of alkali and alkaline
earth metals due the greater effective nuclear charge. Atomic radius increases gowing
down the group with an abnormally at Ga.
12) Which of the following elements will remain as liquid inside pure boiling water?
[JEE MAIN 06-04-23 SHIFT-2]
a) Cs b) Ga c) Li d) Br
Ans : (b)
Solution : Ga reacts with H 2 O above 1000 C [ MP = 290 C , BP = 24000 C ]
13) The liquid metal expanding on solidification
a) Al b) Ga c) Zn d) Cu
Ans : (b)
Solution : Ga is a soft silvery white metal and is liquid at room temperature. When it
solidifies, it expands by 3.1 percent. Therefore, it should not be stored in glass (or)
metal containers.
2) Chemical properties of boron group elements
(Reaction with air of 13th group elements : a)Reaction of 13th group elements with
nitrogen, b) Reaction of 13th group elements with oxygen in air, Reaction of 13th
group elements with water, Reaction of 13th group elements with acids, Reaction of
13th group elements with non-metals, Reaction of 13th group elements with alkali,
Reaction of 13th group elements with metals, Reaction of 13th group elements with
ammonia : a)Borazine (inorganic benzene), b) Structure and bonding in borazine,
c)Physical and chemical properties of borazine, d) Uses of borazine , Other chemical
properties of boron group elements)

14) Which of the following elements of the Boron family is non-metallic in nature?
a) Ga b) I c) Tl d) B
Sol : D – Typical non metal, Al – Metal but shows similarities to boron, Ga, In & Tl –
are almost exclusively metallic.

27
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
15) Gallium remains liquid up to _____ Kelvin
a) 2176 b) 2376 c) 2476 d) 2276
Sol : Due to it consists of Ga 2 molecule and Ga remains liquid upto 2276 K. Hence
it is used in high temperature thermometer.
3) Extraction of elements of group 13
4) Anomalous behaviour of boron
(Similarities of boron with other group members, Dissimilarities of boron with other
group members, Diagonal relationship-anomalous behaviour of boron)
16) Which of the following properties describes the diagonal relationship between boron
and silicon?
a) Bcl3 is not hydrolysed while SiCl4 can be hydrolysed
b) Both form oxides, B2O3 amphoteric SiO2 is acidic
c) Both metals dissolved in cold and dilute nitric acid
d) Borides and silicides are hydrolysed by water
Ans: d
Sol: borides and silicides are hydrolysed by water.
5) Compounds of 13th group elements
A) Oxides of 13th group elements
(Preparation of oxides (reaction with oxygen)of 13th group elements, Physical and
chemical nature of oxides of 13th group elements, Chemical reactions of oxides of
13th group elements, Solubility of oxides of 13th group elements, Stability of oxides of
13th group elements, Ionic or covalent nature of oxides of 13th group elements, Uses
of oxides (alumina thermite process) of 13th group elements)
17) Which of the following are basic
a) B2O3 b) Al2O3 c) Ga2O3 d) Tl2O3
Ans : (d)

18) Group-13 elements react with O 2 in amorphous form to form oxides of type M 2 O3
( M – element) Which among the following is the most basic oxide?
[JEE MAIN 06-04-2023 SHIFT-2]
a) Al 2 O 3 b) Ga 2 O 3 c) Tl 2 O 3 d) B2 O3
Ans : (3)
Solution : As electropositive  es basic character of oxides  es .
B2O3  Al2O3  Ga 2O3  In 2O3  Tl2O3
acidic Amphoteric Basic

28
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
19) Which of the following oxides are basic?
a) B2 O3 b) AlO3 c) In 2 O 3 d) Al2 O3
Ans : (c)
Solution : As electropositive  es basic character of oxides  es .
B2O3  Al2O3  Ga 2O3  In 2O3  Tl2O3
acidic Amphoteric Basic
20) Borazole,  B3 N 3H 6  is related to benzene as
a) Isoeletronic b) Isostructural
c) both 1 & 2 d) None of these
Ans : (c)
Reaction : Because due to the polar nature of B-N bond.

B) Hydroxides of 13th group elements

(Preparation of hydroxides of 13th group elements, Physical and chemical nature of
hydroxides of 13th group elements, Chemical reactions of hydroxides of 13th group
elements, Solubility of hydroxides of 13th group elements, Stability of hydroxides of
13th group elements, Ionic or covalent nature of hydroxides of 13th group elements)

21) The set in which compounds have different nature is:(JEE MAIN 2021 SHIFT-2)
a) B(OH )3 and H 3 PO3 b) B(OH )3 and Al (OH )3
c) Be(OH ) 2 and Al (OH )3 d) NaOH and Ca(OH ) 2
Ans: (b)

Sol:
B  OH 3  Acidic
Al  OH 3  Amphoteric
BF3 and B(OH )3 are isoelectric, but the former is a gas, whereas the lather is a solid
22)
because
a) BF3 is Lewis acid where as B(OH )3 is not
b) In BF3 F  smaller in size than OH  in B(OH )3
c) Molecular association is not possible in BF3 where as it is possible in B(OH )3
d) They have different polarities.
Ans: c
Sol: molecular association is not possible in BF3 but possible in boric acid.

29
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
23) Borazine, also known as inorganic benzene can be prepared by the reaction of 3-
equivalent of ‘x’ with 6-equivalents of ‘Y’. ‘X’ & ‘Y’ respectively
a) B  OH 3 & NH 3 b) B2 H 6 & NH 3
c) B2 H 6 & HN3 d) NH & B O
3 2 3
Ans : (b)

3B2 H 6  6 NH 3  3  BH 2  NH 3 2  BH 4  

2 B3 N3 H 6  12 NH 2
24) Which of the following is only acidic in nature?
a) Be  OH 2 b) Mg  OH 2 c) B  OH 3 d) Al  OH 3
Ans : (c)
Solution : Except B  OH 3 all other hydroxides are metallic hydroxides having the
basic nature. B(OH) is the hydroxide of non-metal showing the acidic nature.
25) The incorrect statement from the following for borazine is
[JEE MAIN 13-04-2023 SHIFT-1]
a) It has electronic delocalization b) It contains banana bonds
c) It can react with water d) It is a cyclic compound
Ans : (b)
H

B
H
N N H

B B
H H
N

Solution : H
Two banana bonds.

C) Halides of 13th group elements

(General preparation of halides of 13th group
elements,Aluminiumhalides,Boronhalides,Physical and chemical nature of halides
(Lewis acid and base nature) of 13th group elements, Chemical reactions of halides of
13th group elements, Solubility of halides of 13th group elements, Stability of halides
of 13th group elements,Ionic or covalent nature of halides of 13th group elements)

30
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
26) Boron compounds behave as lewis acids, because of their
a) ionization property b) electron deficient nature
c) acidic nature d) covalent nature
Ans: (b)
Sol : Lewis acids are accept a pair of electrons
27) In which one of the following molecules strongest back donation of an electron pain
from halide to boron is expected? (JEE MAIN 2021 SHIFT-1)
a) BBr3 b) BCl3 c) Bl3 d) BF3
Ans: d
28) In the adduct formation of trim ethyl amine with boron halide
BX 3  N (CH 3 )3   X 3 B  N (CH 3 )3  the enthalpy change is more negative in the case of

a) BF3 b) BCl3 c) BBr3 d)all are correct

Ans: (c)
sol: Lewis acidic strength: BF3  BCl3  BBr3 .
29) Boron cannot form which one of the following anions

a)  B  OH  4  b) BO2 c) BF63 d) BH 4

Ans : (c)
Sol : because of non-availability of d-orbitals, boron is unable to expand its octet.
Hence the maximum covalence of boron cannot exceed 4.

30) Aluminium (iii) chloride forms a dimer because aluminium

a) belongs to 3rd group
b) can have higher co-ordinationnumber
c) cannot form a trimer
d) has high Ionization energy
Ans : (b)
Sol : AlCl3 forms a dimer, as Al due to presence of 3d-orbitals can expand its covalency
from four to six alsodimerisation enables Al atoms to complete their octets.
Cl
Cl Cl
Al Al
Cl Cl Cl

31
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
31) The geometry around boron in the product ‘B’ formed from the following reaction is
NO 2 NH 2

Sn/HCl [JEE MAIN 25 -07-22 Shift-1]

2H 2 O
6  H

A  NMe3  B
2  BH 3  NMe3 

a) trigonal planar b) tetrahedral c) Pyramidal d) square planar

Ans : (b)

H Me

H B N Me
Me
H
32) The order of acidic strength of boron trihalides
a) BF3  BCl3  BBr3  BI3 b) BI3  BBr3  BCl3  BF3
c) BCl3  BBr3  BI3  BF3 d) BBr3  BCl3  BF3  BI3
Ans : (a)
Boron trihalides are lewis acids. The order of their acidic strength is option (A).
BF3 is less acidic due to  - back bonding
33) Boric acid in solid, where as BF3 id gas at room temperature because of
[JEE MAIN 30-01-2023 SHIFT-2]
a) Strong ionic bond in boric acid
b) Strong vander waal’s interaction in Boric acid
c) Strong hydrogen bond in Boric acid
d) Strong covalent bond in BF3
Ans : (c)
Solution : Boric acid has strong H-bonding while BF3 does not.
34) The lewis acid character of boron tri halides following the order
[JEE MAIN 31-01-2023 SHIFT -2]
a) BBr3  BI 3  BCl3  BF3 b) BCl3  BF3  BBr3  BI 3
c) BF3  BCl3  BBr3  BI3 d) BI 3  BBr3  BCl3  BF3
Ans : (d)
Solution : They contain and electrons in their outermost orbit except F. Inorder to
complete their octet, they accept 2 electrons.

32
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

35) BF3 is used as catalyst in several industrial processes due to its

a) strong reducing agent b) weak reducing agent
c) strong lewis acid nature d) weak lewis acid character
Ans : (c)
Solution : It can accepts pair of electrons from donor so behaves as lewis acid.
The covalency and oxidation state respectively of boron in  BF4  are

36)
a) 4 & 3 b) 4 & 4 c) 3 & 4 d) 3 & 5
Ans : (a)
Solution :
F

B
F F
F
No. of covalent bonds – 4
Fluorine oxi. Number = -1
Oxi. No. of B = + 3
37) The main factor responsible for weak acidic nature of B-F bonds in BF3 is
a) high electronegativity of F
b) Three centred two electron bonds in BF3
c) P π  d back bonding
d) p  pπ
π
back bonding
Ans : (d)
D) Hydrides of 13th group elements
(Preparation of hydrides of 13th group elements,Physical properties of hydrides of 13th
group elements,Chemical properties of hydrides of 13th group elements, Boranes
structure of reactivity,Types of boranes,Nidoboranes,Arachno boranes Uses of
hydrides)

38) Which 13th group element does form hydrides?

a) B b) Al c) Ga d) Tl
Ans : (d)
Sol : Because of electronegativity values of Tl & H will not suitable for hydride
formation.
39) What is the hydrides nature of group-13 elements?
a) Lewis acid b) Lewis bases
c) Amphoteric d) Neutral
Ans : (a)
Sol : Because group 13 hydrides have less no. of electrons.
33
 Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
E) Nitrides of 13th group elements
(Preparation of nitrides of 13th group elements,Structure of nitrides of 13th group
elements,Chemical and physical properties of nitrides of 13th group elements,Uses of
nitrides of 13th group elements)

40) The reaction of H 3 N3 B3Cl3  A  with LiBH 4 in be trahydrofuran gives inorganic

benzene (B) and then the reaction of A with C leads to H 3 N3 B3  Me  .
3
Compounds (B) & (C)
a) Boron nitride, MeBr b) Diborane, MeMgBr
c) Borazine, MeBr d) Borazine, MeMgBr
Ans : (d)
Solution :
B3 N 3 H 3Cl3  LiBH 4  B3 N 3 H 6  LiCl  BCl3
B3 N 3 H 3Cl3  3CH 3MgBr  B3 N 3 H 3  CH 3 3  3MgBr
(c)
MISCELLANEOUS

41) Aqueous solution of which of the following boron compounds will be strongly basic in
nature? [JEE MAIN 29-06-2022 Shift-2]
a) NaBH 4 b) LiBH 4 c) B2 H 6 d) Na2 B2 O7
Ans : (d)
Solution : Na2 B4 O7 gives H 3 BO3 and NaOH (strong base) in water
42) When orthoboric acid  H 3 BO3  is heated, the residue left is
a) Metaboric acid b) Boron c) Boric anhydride d) Borax
Ans : (3)
Solution : 2 H 3 BO3  B2O3  3H 2O
6. Compounds Of Boran

A) Diborane

(Preparation of diboranes,Structure and bonding of diborane,Physical properties of

diborane,Chemical properties of diborane,Uses of diborane)

43) The Maximum number of hydrogen atoms present in the same plane in diborane
molecule is :----------? (JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT-2)
a) 2 b) 4 c) 6 d) 3
Ans: b

34
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
44) The number of hydrogen atoms bridging the boron atoms in a diborane molecule is ?
(JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT-1)
a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 6
Ans: b

45) The maximum number of hydrogen atoms present in the same plane in diborane
molecule is ______?
a) 2 b) 4 c) 6 d) 3
Ans: b

46) The number of hydrogen atoms bridging the boron atoms in a diborane molecule is ?
a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 6
Ans: b

47) The number of electrons shared between two B-H-B bonds in B2 H 6

a) 2 b) 3 c) 4 d) 6
Ans: C

48) The structure of diborane contains

a) Four 2 C – 2e bonds and four 3C- 2e bonds
b) Two 2c-2e bonds and two 3c-3e bonds
c) Two 2 c -2e bonds and four 3c-2e bonds
d) Four 2c-2e bonds and two 3c-2e bonds
Ans: (d)

49) The number of Hybrid orbitals involved in formation of B2 H 6 is ?

a) 6 b) 8 c) 4 d) 2
Ans: B

50) Given below are the statement about diborane. (JEE MAIN 2021 SHIFT-1)
a) Diborane is prepared by the oxidation of NaBH 4 with I 2 .
b) Each boron atom is in sp 2 hybridized state.
c) Diborane has one bridged 3 centre-2-electron bond
d) Diborene is a planar molecule
The option with correct statement (s) is:
a) (c) only b) (a) and (b) only c) (c) and (b) only d) (a) only
Ans: 4
Sol: 2 NaBH 4  I 2  B2 H 6  2 NaI  H 2

35
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
51) Consider the following statements for diborane:
1. Boron is approximately hybridized
2. angle is
3. There are two terminal bonds for each boron atom
4. There are only 12 bonding electrons available
Of these statements:
a) 1, 3 and 4 are correct b) 1, 2 and 3 are correct
c) 2, 3 and 4 are correct d) 1, 2 and 4 are correct
Ans: A
Sol:

B) Oxy acids of boron

(Metaboricacid,Pyroboricacid,Tetraboricacid,Boric acid)
52) The Maximum number of hydrogen atoms present in the same plane in diborane
molecule is :----------? (JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT-2)
a) 2 b) 4 3) 6 4) 3
Ans: (b)
c) Borates
(General methods of preparation of borates,Orthoborates,Pyroborartes, Metaborates,
Chainmetaborates , Cyclic metaborates, Sheet borates,Complexborates,Chemical and
physical properties of borates,Uses of borates)
0
53) B2 H 6  NH 3 
120 C
 X . Where X is ______
 
a)  BH 2  NH3 2   BH 4  b)  BH 2  NH3 2   BH 3 
 

 
c)  BH 4   BH 2  NH 3 2  d)  BH 3   BH 3  NH3 2 
 

Ans: A
0
Sol : B2 H 6  2 NH 3 
120 C
 B2 H 6 .2 NH 3


  BH 2  NH 3 2   BH 4 
0 
B2 H 6  2 NH 3 
120 C

D) Orthboric acid
(Preparation of orthoboric acid,Structure of orthoboric acid,Physical and chemical
properties of orthoboric acid,Uses of orthoboric acid)

36
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
54) Which of the following statements about H 3 BO3 is not correct.
a) It has a layer structure in which planar BO3 units are joined by hydrogen bonds.
b) It does not act as proton donor but acts as a Lewis acid by accepting hydroxyl ion
c) It is a strong dibasic acid
d) It is prepared by acidifying aqueous solution of borax.

Ans : C
Sol : H 3 BO3 is a weak mono basic acid

E) Carboranes
(Preparation of carboranes, Classification of carboranes, Closocarboranes,
Nidocarboranes, Arachnocarborane, Physical and chemical properties of carboranes
Uses of carboranes)

55). Methylation of diborane gives ?  Me  Methyl 

a) B2  Me 6 b) B2 H  Me 5
c) B2 H 2  Me 4 d) B2 H 3  Me 3
Ans: C
Sol: B2 H 6  4MeI  B2 H 2  Me 4 Tetramethyl diborane + 4HI

56) Diborane reacts with carbonmonixide to form_______

a) BH 3CO b) B3 N 3 H 6 c) H 3 BO3 d) B2C2 H 2
Ans: A
Sol: With CO diborane undergo symmetrical cleavage gives addition product

F) Borax
(Preparation of borax, Structure of borax,Physical and chemical properties of borax
Uses of borax)

MISCELLANEOUS

57) The green colour produced in the borax bead test of a chromium (III) salt is due to
[ JEE ADV 2019]
a) Cr  BO 2 3 b) Cr2  B4O 7 3 c) Cr2 O3 d) CrB
Ans : (a)
Sol : 

Na 2 B4 O7 .10H 2O 
 
 Na 2 B4 O7  10H 2 O    2NaBO 2  B2O3

Cr2  SO 4 3 +3B2 O3  2Cr  BO 2 3 + 3SO3

green colour bead

37
 Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

58) In borax bead test of Co the blue colour of bead is due to

+2

a) Co3 B2 b) Co  BO 2 2 c) CaO d) none

Ans : (2)
Sol : Na 2 B4 O 7 .10H 2 O  2NaBO 2 +B 2 O 3 +10H 2 O
B2 O3  CoO  Co  BO 2 2
(Blue)
7. Compounds Of Aluminium

A) Ultramarines
B) Lithium aluminium hydride
C) Alumina
(Synthesis of alumina,Structure and classification of alumina,Chemical and physical
properties alumina,Uses of alumina)

D) Alums
(General formula and discussion,Preparation of alums,Physical and chemical alums,
Pseudo alums,Uses of alums)

59) Which of the following minerals does not contain aluminium?

a) Cryolite b) Mica c) Feldspar d) Fluorspar

Ans : (d)
Solution : Cryolite - Na 3 AlF6
Feldspar - KAlSi3O8
Mica - K 2 O.3 Al2O3 .6 SiO2 .2 H 2O
Fluorspar - CaF2
60) Al2 O3 can be converted to anhydrous AlCl3 by heating
1) A mixture of Al2 O3 and carbon in dry Cl2 gas
2) Al2 O3 with Cl2 gas
3) Al2 O3 with HCl in solid state
4) Al2 O3 with NaCl in solid state
Ans : (a)
Solution : Al 2 O3  3C  3Cl 2  2AlCl3  3CO

61)
38
 Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
62) General formula of aluminium alums is
a)  M  H 2O 6   Al  H 2 O 6   SO4  3
  
   
b)  M H 2 O 4   Al H 2O 4   SO4  4
  
   
c)  M H 2 O 4   Al H 2O 6   SO4  2
  
   
d)  M H 2 O 6   Al H 2 O 6   SO4  2
  
Ans : (4)
63) Al2 O3 formation from aluminium and oxygen involves evolution of a large quantity of
heat. Which makes aluminium use in
a) deoxidiser b) confectionary c) indoor photography d) thermide welding
Ans : (4)
63) Alums are used for
a) tanning of leather b) coagulation c) purification of water d) all
Ans : (4)
8. Other compounds of 13th group or boron group
64) For compound having the formula GaAlCl4 . The correct option from the following
a) Ga is more electronegative than Al and is present as a cationic part of the salt
GaAlCl4
b) Oxidation states of the Ga in the salt GaAlCl4 is + 3
c) Cl forms bond with both Al & Ga in GaAlCl4
d) Ga is coordinated with Cl in GaAlCl4
Ans : (a)
0
Solution : 2Ga + Ga  GaCl4  2Al2Cl6 
O
 4Ga + AlCl3-

Ga is cationic part of salt Ga  AlCl4

Cl

Ga + Cl Al
Cl
Cl

65) Identify the correct statement about the compound GaAlCl4

a) Chlorine atom is borded to both Ga & Al
b) Ga is cationic part and less electronegative than Al
c) Chlorine atom forms co-ordinate bond with Ga
d) Chlorine atom is bonded to Al
Ans : (d)
39
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Group 14 or carbon family

1. General introduction of 14th group

(Occurrence of 14th group,Abundance of 14th group,Electronic configuration of 14th

group, Atomic and ionic radii of 14th group, Ionization enthalpy of 14th group,
Electronegativity of 14th group, Metallic or electropositive nature of 14th group,
Density of 14th group, Melting and boiling points of 14th group, Oxidation potentials
and reducing nature of 14th group, Physical states of 14th group, Hydration of ions of
carbon family, Oxidation states of 14th group, Allotropy of 14th group : a) Graphite,
b) Diamond, c)Fullerene, d) Other allotropes of carbon, e) Allotropes of silicon.,
Catenation property of 14th group)

1) The hybridization of carbon in Buckminster fullerene is (JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT 2)

a) sp 3 b) sp c) sp 2d d) sp 2
Ans: (d)

2) Each molecule of Buck minster fullerene contains – no of hexagon rings

a) 20 hexagon rings b) 18 hexagon rings

c) 12 hexagon rings d) 16 hexagon rings

Ans : (a)
Sol: C-60 is a molecule that consists of 60 carbon atoms arranged as 12
pentagones and 20 hexagons

3) The following bond has highest bond energy (JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT-2)
a) Si  Si b) C  C c) Sn  Sn d) Pb  Pb
Ans: (b)
Sol: The bond energy gradually decreases from top to bottom in group. Due to
the small size of carbon the attractive forces between the shared pair of
electrons of C-C bond each C nucleus is greater than in the case of other
element in group

4) The IV A group with highest and lowest first ionization potential values
a) C, Pb b) C, Sn c) C, Si d) Si, Pb
Ans: (b)
Sol: Ionization potential order is C  Si  Ge  Pb  Sn

5) The chloride that cannot get hydrolysed is (JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT 1)
a) SiCl4 b) SnCl4 c) PbCl4 d) CCl4
Ans: (d)

40
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: For hydrolysis to take place the central atom must have vacant d-orbital
since ‘C’ does not have vacant d-orbital so CCl4 will not undergo hydrolysis

6) The element that does not show cateanation is (JEE MAIN 2020 SHIFT-1)
a) Sn b) Ge c) Si d) Pb
Ans: (d)
Sol: Catenation tendency C  Si  Ge  Sn  Pb

7) The correct order of catenation is

a) C  Sn  Si  Ge b) C  Si  Ge  Sn c) Si  Sn  C  Gi d) Ge  Sn  Si  C
Ans: (b)
Sol : Conceptual Catanation order of IV A group is C  Si  Ge  Sn  Pb

8) The incorrect statement regarding the structure of C60 is (JEE MAIN 2021 SHIFT-2)
a) If contains 12 six memberd rings and 24 five member ribgs
b) The six memberd rings are fused to both six membered and five membered
ring
c) Each carbon ato from three sigma bonds
d) The five membered rings are fused only to six membered
Ans: (a)
Sol: C60 contains 20 six membered rings and 12 fives membered rings
9) Which does not have dangling bond?
a) Diamond b) Graphite c) Fullerence d) All of these
Ans: (b)
Sol: Fullerence does not have dangling bond.

10) Compound A is used as a strong oxidizing agent is amphoteric in nature. It is

the part of lead storage batteries. Compound A is (JEE MAIN 2021 SHIFT-1)
a) Pb3O4 b) PbSO4 c) PbO d) PbO2
Ans: (d)
Sol: PbO2 is used as lead storage battery. Hence Oxidization state is +4 is
always reduced.

11) Which of the following oxide is amphoteric:

a) b) c) d)
Ans: 2
Sol: is an amphoteric oxide.

41
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
12) The correct order of bond enthalpy  KJ mole 1
 is
a) Si  Si  C  C  Sn  Sn  Ge  Ge
b) Si  Si  C  C  Ge  Ge  Sn  Sn
c) C  C  Si  Si  Sn  Sn  Ge  Ge
d) C  C  Si  Si  Ge  Ge  Sn  Sn
Ans : (d)
13) Which of the following has least bond enthalpy?
a) Pb – Pb b) Si – Si c) Ge – Ge d) Sn – Sn
Ans : (a)
14) Ionic radius is highest for
4
a) Si b) Pb4 c) Ge4 d) Sn4
Ans: (b)
2. Chemical properties of group 14 or carbon family
A) Hydrides of group 14 elements or carbon family
(Hydrides of carbon (homologous series),Silanes, Germanes,Physical properties of hydrides
of group 14 elements or carbon family,Chemical properties of Hydrides of group 14
elements or carbon family, Uses of hydrides of group 14 elements or carbon family)

15) The C  C bond length is maximum in (JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT-2)

a) graphite b) C70 c) diamond d) C60
Ans: (c)

16) The C  C bond length in diamond is

a) 1.2 A0 b) 1.54 A0 c) 1.42 A0 d) 1.34 A0
Ans : (b)

17) Acetylene produces on hydrolysis of which carbide

1) SiC 2) Al4 C3 3) CaC2 4) Mg 2C3
Ans : (c)
Solution : CaC2  2 H 2O  C2 H 2  Ca  OH 2
B) Oxides of group 14 elements or carbon family
(Monoxides of group 14 elements or carbon family, Dioxides of group 14 elements or
carbon family, Other oxides of group 14 elements or carbon family, Physical properties
of oxides of group 14 elements or carbon family, Chemical properties of oxides of
group 14 elements or carbon family, Structure of oxides of group 14 elements or
carbon family, Stability of oxides of group 14 elements or carbon family, Uses of group
14 elements or carbon family - Oxides of group 14 elements or carbon family)

42
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
18) In SiO2 , each silicon atom is surrounded by
a) 4 oxygen atoms in a square planar manner
b) 4 oxygen atoms in a tetrahedral manner
c) 6 oxygen atoms in a octahedral manner
d) 3 oxygen atoms in a planar fashion
Ans : (b)
19) Nature of CO2 and SiO2 are respectively
a) Acidic, Basic b) Basic, Basic
c) Acidic, Acidic d) Basic, Acidic
Ans : (c)
20) The anhydride of carbonic acid is
a) CO b) CO2 c) C3O2 d) C2 O
Ans : (b)
21) The reaction of Pb  NO3 2 and NaCl in water produces a precipitate that dissolves
upon the addition of HCl of appropriate concentration. The dissolution of the
precipitate is due to the formation of
PbCl2 2
b) PbCl4
2
a) c)  PbCl4  d)  PbCl6 

Ans : (a)
Solution:
Pb  NO3 2  2 HCl  PbCl2  2 HNO3
 aq   aq  s  aq 
22) Addition of hydrochloric acid to an aqueous solution of lead nitrate gives a colour
a)Yellow b) Red c) Black d) White

Key : (d)
Solution :
 
Pb NO3 2  2HCl  PbCl2  S   2HNO3
(whiteppt)
23) Formation of which complex among the following is not a confirmatory test of Pb 2
ions.
a) Lead charomate b) Lead iodide
c) Lead nitrate d) Lead sulphate
Key : (c)
24) The delicate balance of CO2 and O2 is not distributed by
a) Burning of cool b) Deforestation
c) Burning of petroleum d) Respiration
Key : (d)

43
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
25) Man dies in an atmosphere of carbon manoxide, because it
a) Carbine with the O2 present in the body to form CO2
b) reduces of the organic matter of tissues
c) Combines with haemoglobin of blood making it incapable of binding O2
d) dries up the blood
Key : (c)
C) Halides of group 14 elements or carbon family
(General discussion on types of halides of group 14 elements or carbon family,
Physical properties of halides of group 14 elements or carbon family,Stability of
halides of group 14 elements or carbon family, Chemical properties of halides of
group 14 elements or carbon family,Uses of group 14 elements or carbon family)

26) Which of the following compounds of element n group (14) would you expect to
most ionic in character (JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT-2)
a) CCl4 b) SiCl4 c) PbCl2 d) PbCl4
Ans: (c)
Sol: PbCl2 is most ionic because on going down the group the metallic character
increases and also the insert pair effect predominates

27) Which of the following is true regarding the thermal stability of halides of carbon
family
a) CX 4  SiX 4  GeX 4  SnX 4  PbX 4
b) CX 4  SiX 4  GeX 4  SnX 4  PbX 4
c) CX 4  SiX 4  GeX 4  SnX 4  PbX 4
d) CX 4  SiX 4  GeX 4  SnX 4  PbX 4
Ans: (a)
Sol : All the elements of carbon family give tetrahedral and covalent halides of the
type MX 4 The thermal stability follows in the decreasing order of
CX 4  SiX 4  GeX 4  SnX 4  PbX 4

28) In which one of the following compounds of groups-14 elements is not known?
(JEE MAIN 2021 SHIFT- 1)
a) [GeCl6 ]2 b) [ SlF6 ]2 c) [ Sn(OH )6 ]2 d) [ SlCl6 ]2
Ans:4
Sol:  SiCl6  is not known.
2

44
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
29) Select correct order about stability of cations
a) Ge4   Sn 4  Pb 4 b) Ge 2  Sn 2  Pb 2
c) Pb 2  Pb 4  Sn 4  Sn 2 d)all are correct statements
Ans: d
sol: based on inert pair effect & stable electronic configuration.

D) Reaction of group 14 elements or carbon family with acids

30) Which of the following reacts with silica?
a)HF b) HCl c) HBr d) HI
Ans : (a)
31) In hydroflurosilicic acid the covalency of Si is
a) 2 b) 4 c) 6 d) 8

Ans : (c)
Sol: H 2 SiF6  2 H   SiF6 
 2

Reaction of group 14 elements or carbon family with water

32) Silicones are formed by hydrolysis of
a)Silicondioxide b) Silanes c) Silicates d) Chlorosilanes
Ans : (d)
Sol: Chlorosilanes on hydrolysis produce silicanes
33) Which of the following can decompose steam in to hydrogen and gives dioxide?
a) Sn b) C c) Si d) Ce

Ans : (a)
Sol: Sn  2 H 2O  SnO2  2 H 2
E) Reaction of group 14 elements or carbon family with alkali
34) Silica is insoluble
a) HF b) NaOH c) KOH d) HNO3

Ans : (d)
Sol: SiO2 soluble in bases like NaOH, KOH due to formation of soluble silicates.
SiO2 only soluble in HF (acid) and insoluble in other acids
35) Which of the following does not form Na2 SiO3 on reaction with silica
Na2CO3 b)
Na2O c) NaOH d) Na
a)

Ans : (d)
Sol: Sodium metal does not form Na2 SiO3 due to no reaction between sodium and
SnO2 .

45
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
F) Carbides
(Ionic carbides, Covalent carbides, Metallic; interstitial or refractory carbides, Physical
and chemical properties of carbides)

3. Compounds Of Silicon
A) Silica

36) The amorphous form of silica is : (JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT-2)

a) quartz b) kieselguhr c) cristobalite d) tridymite
Ans: a

37) Which is the crystalline form of silica ?

a) agate b) jaspar c) onyx d) cystobalite
Ans : d

38) Al4 C3 on hydrolysis produce

a) C2 H 6 b) CH 4 c) C2 H 2 d) C6 H 6
Ans : (b)
Al4C3  12 H 2O  3CH 4  4 Al  OH 3
B) Silicates
(Orthosilicates, Pyrosilicates, Cyclic or ring silicates, Chain silicates, Two dimensional sheet
silicates,Three dimensional sheet silicates,Glass, Physical and chemical properties of
silicates)

39) The basic structural unit of feldspar, zeolites, mica, and asbestos is :
(JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT-2)
R

 Si O n  RMe

a)  SiO3  c)  SiO4 
2 4 R
b) SiO2 d)
Ans: c

40) Which silicate is formed from  SiO4 4 tetrahedral units by sharing three
oxygen atoms ?
a)Sheet Silicates b) Pyro Silicates
c) Linear Chain Silicates d) 3D Silicates
Ans : a

46
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
41) On controlled hydrolysis and condensation R3SiCl yields (JEE MAIN 2020 SHIFT-2)
R R

Si  O  Si 
d) O O

 Si  O  Si 

a) R3Si  O  SiR3 b) R3SiOH c)  R3Si  O  SiR3  n R R

Ans: a

42) Among the following substituted silanes the one which will give rise to cross
linked silicone polymer on hydrolysis is
a) R4 Si b) R2 SiCl2 c) R SiCl3 d) R3SiCl
Ans: c

C) Silicones
(Preparation of silicones, Properties and uses of silicones, Physical and chemical
properties of silicones)

43) Correct statement among (a) to (d) regarding silicones are

(JEE MAIN 2021 SHIFT-1)
A) They are polymers with hydrophobic character
B) They are biocompalible
C) In general they have high thermal stability and low dielectric strength
A) (a),(b) and (c) only B) (a) and (b) only
C) (a), (b) and (d) D) (a) (b) and (d) only
Ans: d
Sol: These are properties and uses of silicones © is wrongs they have high dielectric
strength

44) Silicones are:

1) repeating unit polymer
2) repeating unit polymer
3) repeating unit polymer
4) repeating unit polymer
Ans: c
Sol: repeating unit polymer.

D) Other compounds of silicon

4) Other compounds of 14th group

47
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
A) Compounds of tin
45) What is the best reagent for the selection reduction of a nitro group to Aniline ?
a) Ni / HCl b) Pt / HCl c) Pd/HCl d) Sn/HCl
Ans : (4)

NO 2 NH 2

Sn/HCl
2H 2O
6 H

B) Compounds of lead
46) Which of the following does not exists?
a) PbF4 b) SnF4 c) CCl4 d) PbI 4
Ans : (d)
Solution : The iodine reduces the lead to Pb(II) and Pb oxidizes the Iodide to Iodine.
47) Among the following, amphoteric oxide is formed by which element
a) C b) Si c) Ge d) Pb
Ans : (d)
C) Organo-metallic compounds of 14th group
48) The element present in silicons
a) Mg b) Al c) Si d) Pd
Ans : (c)
Sol : Silicones contain R2 SiO is repeats unit.
P-Block Elements Part 2
Group15 or Nitrogen family
1) General characteristics
(Occurrence and abundances,Electronicconfiguration,Atomic and physical state,
Atomic and ionic radii,Ionizationenthalpy,Electronegativity,Metalliccharacter,Melting and
boiling point,Electrical and thermal conductivites,Allotropy, Atomic volume and density,
Catenation,Atomicity,Oxidationstates, Valency and nature of bonding: a)Maximum
covalency.,Nature of bonding,Multiple bonding.

1) Which one of the following has the lowest melting point?

a) N 2 b) P4 c) As4 d) Sb4

Ans : (a)

48
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: N 2 exists as N 2 in gaseous form at room temperature , other exists as solid at
room temperature. Their small size results in weak vanderwaals interactions results in
low boiling and melting point.

2) Chemical properties:
(General reactivity,Reactions with hydrogen, oxygen, halogen, heat&metals)
2) Nitrogen can combine directly at higher temperature to give nitrides with
a) Mg b) Ne c) Au d) Pt
Ans : (a)
Sol : Au, pt, and noble gases cannot react with N 2 .
3) Some important class of compounds
A ) Hydrides :

(Nature of hydrides,Poisonous nature of hydrides,Preparation of hydrides, Solubility of

hydrides, Thermal stability,Lewis base character,Reducing nature,Hydrogen bonding,
Boilingpoint, Meltingpoint,Geometry of hydrides of group 15th
elements,Bondangle,Bond length,Bond dissociation energy & Solubility Preparation
and uses of hydrazine and hydrazoic acid)

3) A group 15 element, which is a metal and forms a hydride with strongest reducing
power among group 15 hydrides. The element is :[JEE MAIN 2021 March SHIFT1]

a) Sb b) P c) As d) Bi

Ans : (a)
Sol: As we go down the group M-H bond strength decreases and hence reducing
power increases.
3a) In the hydrides of VA group from NH to BiH3 3

a) Bond angle decreases

b) Bond length decreases
c) Basic nature increases
d) Bond energy increases
Ans : (a)

Sol: Bond length increases, bond angle decreases

B) Halides :
1)Trihalides :
(Reason for nitrogen forming only trihalide,Preparation of trihalides,Geometry of
trihalides, Bondangle, Bondlength, Bondstrength,Ionic character,Covalency, Stability,

49
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Lewis base strength of NX₃,Lewis strength of trihalides of P, As and Sb,Hydrolysis
of trihalides, Polarity of bonds in trihalides)
4) PCl3 on hydrolysis gives
a) H 3 PO 4 b) H 3 PO 3 c) POCl3 d) H 3 PO 2
Ans : (b)
Sol : PCl3  3 H 2 O  P (OH ) 3  3 HCl
2) Pentahalides :
(Preparation,High reactivity of AsCl₅ and BiCl₅, Lewis acid, behaviour, Hydrolysis,
Thermalstability, Geometry, Ionicnature,Reasons for the non-existences of phosphorus
pentaiodide,Reasons for the non-existences of bismuth pentafluoride)
5) Which of the following pentahalides of Bi exists?
a) BiCl5 b) BiBr5 c) BiI 5 D) BiF5
Ans : (d)
Sol : BiF5 exists small size of ‘F’
C) Metallic compounds :
(Oxidation states of metallic compounds, Sulphide formation of metallic compounds)
D) Oxides
(Reason for nitrogen to form multiple oxides,Different oxides of pnictogen based on
their oxidation number,General methods of preparation of oxides of phosphorus, arsenic&
bismuth,Acidity of oxides of nitrogen,Acidity of trioxides&pentoxides,Formation of
tetramers, Structures of phosphorus oxides, General chemical properties of oxides of
phosphorus and arsenic)
6) Which of the following is neutral oxide and also paramagnetic
1) N 2O 2) NO 3) NO2 4) N 2 O4
Ans : (2)
Sol : NO consists of odd number of electrons (7+8=15) and hence is paramagnetic.
E) Nitrogen and its compounds
(Anomalous behaviour of nitrogen, Inertness of nitrogen,
7) The correct statement with respect to dinitrogen is: (JEE MAIN 2020 SHIFT-2)
a) liquid dinitrogen is not used in cryosurgery
b) N 2 is paramagnetic in nature
c) it can combine with dioxygen at 250 C
d) it can be used as an inert diluents for reactive chemicals
Ans : (d)

50
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: Statement (d) is correct, statement (a) to (c) are incorrect.
Correct statements : (a) It is used in cryosurgery
(b) It is diamagnetic in nature
(c) It cannot combine with O2 at 250 C
7a) The chemical inertness of nitrogen is due to
a) half-filled ‘2p’ orbitals of Nitrogen
b) high bond dissociation energy
c) completely filled d-orbitals
d) its gaseous nature
Ans : (b)
Sol: Nitrogen is chemically inert due to high bond dissociation energy
F) Dinitrogen :
(Preparation of dinitrogen, Commercial method of preparation of dinitrogen,
Laboratory method of preparation of dinitrogen, Physical properties of dinitrogen,
Odour; taste and toxicity of dinitrogen, Stable isotopes of dinitrogen, Solubility of
dinitrogen, Freezing point of dinitrogen, Adsorption ability of dinitrogen, Chemical
properties of dinitrogen, General reactivity of dinitrogen, Reaction of metal with
dinitrogen, Reaction of dinitrogen with non-metals, Reaction of dinitrogen with
calcium carbide, Uses of dinitrogen, Active nitrogen Preparation of active nitrogen,
Uses of active nitrogen.)

8) On heating compound (A) gives a gas (B) which is a constituent of air. This gas when
treated with H 2 in the presence of a catalyst gives another gas (C) which is basic in
nature. (A) should not be (JEE MAIN 2020 SHIFT-1)

a)  NH 4  2 Cr2O7 b) NH 4 NO2 c) Pb  NO3 2 d) NaN 3

Ans : (c)
Sol: P b  N O  1
3 2 S   P b O S   2 N O 2 g   O2 g 
2

8a) Pure N2 gas can be obtained from

a) NH3  NaNO2 b) Ba  N3 2 c) N2 O  Cu d)  NH 4 2 Cr2 O7

Ans : (b)
Sol: Ba  N 3 2  Ba  3 N 2

2 NaN 3  2 Na  3 N 2
Very pure nitrogen can be obtained from thermal decomposition of sodium (or)
barium oxide.

51
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
8b) In the laboratory preparation of Nitrogen from NH 4Cl and NaNO2 the other by
product of Nitrogenformed are
a)NO b) HNO3 c) NaCl d) Both 1 & 2
Ans : (d)
Sol: NH 4Cl aq   NaNO2 aq   N 2 g   2 H 2O l   NaCl aq 

9) The gas produced by treating an aqueous solution of ammonium chloride with sodium
nitrite is [2022 june]
a) NH 3 b) N 2 c) N 2 O d) Cl2
Ans : (2)

10) Nitrogen gas is obtained by thermal decomposition of [2022 june]

a) Ba  NO3 2 b) Ba  N3 2 c) NaNO2 d) NaNO3
Ans : (b)

11) Among the given oxides of nitrogen; N 2 O, N 2 O3 , N 2 O4 and N 2 O5 , the number of

compound/(s) having N-N bond is : [JEE MAIN 2022 June Shift 1]
a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4
Ans : (c)

Sol:

52
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
G) Ammonia :
(Natural presences of ammonia in nature, Preparation of ammonia, Haber process,
Structure of ammonia, Physical properties of ammonia, Chemical properties of
ammonia, Stability of ammonia, Lewis base of ammonia, Basic nature of ammonia,
Reactions of ammonia with metal salt solution, Oxidation of ammonia, Reaction of
ammonia with metal, Reaction of ammonia with carbon dioxide, Reaction of
ammonia with Nessler's reagent, Reaction of ammonia with sodium hypochlorite,
Liquid ammonia as solvent, Ammonium ion and its compounds, Ammonium
hydroxide preparation, Ammonium salts preparation,Ammonium chloride or salt
ammoniac or nausadar preparation, Ammonium sulphate,
preparationAmmonium nitrite preparation, Use of ammonium nitrite in explosive,
Uses of ammonia.)
12) Which of the following on strong heating liberates NH 3 gas
1) NH 4 NO2 2) NH 4ClO4 3)  NH 4 2 Cr2O7 4)  NH 4 2 SO4

Ans : (4)

Sol :  NH 4 2 SO4 

 2 NH 3  H 2 SO4

H) Oxides of nitrogen:
(Oxidationstate,Bondorderandstability,Preparationmethods,General,physical
&chemical properties,Resonatingstructures,Bondlength,Bondangle,Hybridization,
UsesofDinitrogenmonoxide,Nitrogenmonoxide,Dinitrogentrioxide,Nitrogen
dioxide,Nitrogen tetroxide &Dinitrogen pentoxide)
13) The correct order of the oxidation states of nitrogen in NO, N2O, NO2 and N2O3 is :
(JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT-2)
a) NO2  N2O3  NO  N2O b) NO2  NO  N2O3  N2O
c) N2O  N2O3  NO  NO2 d) N2O  NO  N2O3  NO2
Ans : (d)
Sol : N2O  NO  N2O3  NO2
+1 +2 +3 +4
13a) Copper reacts with dil. HNO3 to form a nitrate and
a) NO2 b) NO c) N2O3 d) N2O5
Ans : (b)
Sol : Cu  dilHNO3  Cu ( NO3 )2  NO  H 2O

53
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
14) The reaction of NO with N2 O4 at 250 K gives :(JEE MAIN 2020 SHIFT-2)
a) N2 O5 b) NO2 c) N2 O3 d) N2 O
Ans : (c)
Sol:Reaction between N2O4 and NO at 250 K is 2NO  N2O4  2N2O3
14a) The NO molecule
a) Often act as a one electron donar, in contrast to most ligands which donate two
electrons
b) Often act as a two – electron donar as it is true for most ligands
c) Often act as a three electron donar , in contrast to most of ligands which donate two
electrons
d) Does not act as a donar
Ans : (c)

Sol: The structure of NO is N O due to the repulsion between this odd

electron and lone pair. These 3 electrons can be donated and hence it act as a three
electrons donar.
15) On heating, lead (II) nitrate gives a brown gas (A). The gas (A) on cooling changes to
a colourless solid / liquid (B). (B) on heating with NO changes to a
blue solid (C). The oxidation number of nitrogen in solid (C) is : (JEE MAIN 2020
SHIFT-1)
a) + 5 b) + 3 c) + 4 d) + 2
Ans : (b)
Sol:Brown gas is NO2

Pb  NO3 2 

 PbO  2NO2  g 

A
N 2 O4
Cooling
 B
Colourless liquid


N 2 O4  liquid    2NO2
 B
NO 2  g   NO  g   N 2 O3

In N 2 O3 , Let oxidation number of N is x.

 2x  6  0,  x  3

54
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
15a) Oxide of Nitrogen which is acidic in nature and blue coloured liquid at 300 C
a) N2 O b) NO c) N 2 O3 d) NO2
Ans : (c)
Sol: N2O3 is an acidic oxide and present as a blue coloured liquid at 300 C . N 2O and

NO are neutral where as NO2 is brown coloured.

16) The set that represents the pair of neutral oxides of nitrogen is : [JEE MAIN 2021
March Shift 1]
a) NO and N 2 O b) N 2 O and N 2 O3

c) N 2 O and NO2 d) NO and NO2

Ans : (a)
N 2O & NO are neutral oxides of nitrogen , NO2 & N 2O3 are acidic oxides.
16a) The oxidation states of nitrogen in NO, NO2 , N 2 O and NO3 are in the order of :

a) NO3  NO2  NO  N 2 O b) NO2  NO3  NO  N 2 O

c) N 2 O  NO2  NO  NO3 d) NO  NO2  N 2 O  NO3
Ans : (a)
NO3  NO2  NO  N 2 O
(+5) (+4) (+2) (+1)
17) The oxide without nitrogen – nitrogen bond is : [JEE MAIN 2021 March
Shift 2]
N2O b) N 2 O 4 c) N 2 O3 d) N 2 O5
a)

Ans : (d)

55
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

I) Comparison between nitronium, nitrite&nitrate ions and nitrogen dioxide :

(Comparison on the hybridization, Comparison on the basis of bond angle,
Comparison on the basis of bond length, Comparison on the basis of hybridization,
Comparison on the basis of bond strength and stability.)
4) Oxoacids of nitrogen
A) Hyponitrous acid :
(Oxidation state of nitrogen in hyponitrous acid,Structure and geometry of
hyponitrous acid, Hybridization of hyponitrous acid, Bond parameters of hyponitrous
acid)
18) In hyponitrous acid, the number of hydroxy groups present are
a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4
Ans : (b)
Sol : Number of hydroxy groups = 2
OH
N N
HO H 2 NO2
B) Hydronitrous acid or nitroxylic acid :
(Oxidation state of nitroxylic acid, b) Structure and geometry of nitroxylic acid,
c) Hybridization of nitroxylic acid, d) Bond parameters of nitroxylic acid,.)
C) Pernitrous acid :
(Oxidation state of pernitrous acid, Structure and geometry of pernitrous acid,
Hybridization of pernitrous acid, Bond parameters of pernitrous acid.,)
D) Pernitric acid :
(Oxidation state of pernitric acid, Structure and geometry of pernitric
acid,Hybridization of pernitric acid,Bond parameters of pernitric acid)

56
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
19) Pernitric acid is
a) HNO2 b) HNO3 c) HNO4 d) HNO
Ans : (c)
Sol :
O

N
HO 
O
O

5) Nitrous acid
(Preparation of nitrous acid,Physical properties of nitrous acid,Oxidation state
ofnitrous acid,Structure and geometry of nitrous acid,Hybridization of nitrous acid,Bond
parameters of nitrous acid,Chemical properties of nitrous acid,Uses of nitrous acid)
6) Nitric acid or aqua fortis
(Preparation of nitric acid by laboratory method,Preparation of nitric acid by
commercial scale - Ostwald process,Oxidation state of nitrogen in nitric acid,Structure
and geometry of nitrogen in nitric acid,Hybridization of nitric acid,Bond
parameters of nitric acid,Physical properties of nitric acid,Acidic nature of nitric
acid, Oxidation nature of nitric acid,Nitrating agent of nitric acid,Reactions of different
elements with nitric acid,Reactions with dil. nitric acid,Reactions with very dilute
nitric acid,Reactions with metals that become passive with nitric acid,Reaction with
metal which doesn’t react with nitric acid,Action on organic compounds - Nitric acid or
aqua fortis,Reaction with protein-xanthoproteic test,Formation of nitrates from nitric acid)
20) Iodine reacts with concentrated HNO3 to yield’y’ along with other products. The
oxidation state of Iodine in y is (JEEMAIN 2019 SHIFT-2)
a) 5 b) 3 c) 1 d)7
Ans: (a)
Sol: I 2  10HNO3  2 HIO3  10 NO2  4H 2O

21) Which of the following is formed if Cu reacts with conce. HNO3

a) NO b) N2O c) NO2 d) N2O5

Ans: C
Sol: Cu  4 HNO3  Cu  NO3 2  2 NO2  2 H 2O
Conc

57
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
22) Choose the correct statement(s) in the following
a. Aqua regia is mixture of 1 part of conc. HCl and 3 parts of conc. HNO3
b. Hydrochloric acid reacts with NH 3 and gives white fumes of Ammonium chloride
c. Oxidation state of Au is +1 if Au dissolved in aqua regia
d. B.pt of HCl 189 K
Ans: (d)
Sol: 3 : 1 conc HCl and conc HNO3 respectively – Aqua regia

23) Aqua regia is used for dissolving noble metals (Au, Pt, etc.). The gas evolved in this
process is (JEE MAIN 2020 SHIFT-2)
1) N2 2) NO 3) N 2O5 4) N 2O3

Ans: 2
Aqua regia is mixture of conc. HNO3 and conc. HCl in 1:3 parts. It reacts with inert
metals
HNO3  3HCl  2 H 2 O  NO  3Cl 

(i) Au  3Cl  AuCl3 

HCl
 HAuCl 4

(ii) Pt  4  Cl  PtCl4 

HCl
 H 2 PtCl6

24) Gold dissolves in aqua regia to form a soluble complex, the oxidation state and
coordination number of gold in the complex formed is

a)+ 4, 6 b) +3, 4 c) +2, 4 d) +1, 4

Ans: (b)
The complex formed is H  AuCl4 
 
Aurochloric acid

 AuCl 
 4

x  4  1  1
x  3 (Oxidation number)
Co-ordination number is equal to number of chlorine atom linked to Au = 4

58
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
25) The industrial preparation of nitric acid by ostwald’s process involves
1) reduction of NH 3 2) oxidation of NH 3
3) hydrogenation of NH 3 4) hydrolysis of NH 3
An s: (2)
Sol : 4 NH 3  5O2  4 NO  6 H 2 O
7) Phosphorus and its compounds
A) Comparison of chemical behaviour of nitrogen and phosphorus
B) Occurrence of phosphorus
(Rock phosphate, Chlorapatite, Fluorapatite)
C) General methods of preparation of phosphorus
(Retort process,Electrothermal process - Modern process,Purification of phosphorus,
Allotropes of phosphorus,White phosphorus,Preparation of white
phosphorus,Structure of white phosphorus,Physical properties of white
phosphorus,Chemical properties of phosphorus,Uses of white phosphorus)
26) White phosphorous on reaction with concentrated NaOH solution in an inert
atmosphere of CO2 gives phosphine and compound (X). (X) on acidification with
HCl gives compound (Y). The basicity of compound (Y) is (JEE MAIN 2020
SHIFT-1)

a) 3 b) 1 c) 2 d) 4
Ans : 2
Sol:

HCl
P4  NaOH  H 2O  PH 3  NaH 2 Po2

H 3 Po2

P
H O H
H

Basicity is equal to 1.

59
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
D) Red phosphorus
(Preparation of red phosphorus,Structure of red phosphorus,Physical properties of red
phosphorus,Chemical properties of red phosphorus,Uses of red
phosphorus)
27) Red phosphorous  NaOCl
 A

NaOH
White phosphorous    B

A,B are oxoacids. Then the correct statements regarding A & B are

a)Both A and B are having same basicity

b) Both A and B are have P-P bonds

c) A has P-P bond and its basicity is 4

d) B has P-P bond and its basicity is 1
Ans : c

28) Which one of the following is formed (mainly) when red phosphorous is heated in a
sealed tube at 803 K? [JEE MAIN 2021]
a)White phosphorous b) Yellow phosphorus

c)  - black phosphorus d)  - black phosphorus

Ans : (d)
Sol : When red phosphorus is heated in a sealed tube at -black phosphorus is formed.

29) Consider the following reaction : [2022 june]

A + alkali  B (Major product)
If B is an oxoacid of phosphorus with no P-H bond, then A is:
a)White P4 b) Red P4 c) P2 O3 d) H 3 PO3
Ans: (b)

60
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
30) Heating white phosphorus with conc. NaOH solution gives mainly [2022 june]
a) Na3 P and H 2 O b) H 3 PO and NaH
c) P  OH 3 and NaH 2 PO4 d) PH 3 and NaH 2 PO2
Ans : (d)

1. Black phosphorus
(Preparation of black phosphorus,Structure of black phosphorus,Physical properties of
black phosphorus,Chemical properties of black phosphorus,Uses of black phosphorus)
2. Hydrides of phosphorus
3. Phosphine
(Preparation of phosphine,Structure of phosphine,Physical properties of phosphine,
Chemical properties of phosphine,Comparison between ammonia and phosphine, Uses
of phosphine)
4. Oxides of phosphorus
31) Number of P  O bonds in PO 4 10 is

a) 17 b) 16 c) 15 d) 6

Ans: b

Sol:
O

O P O
O O

O P P O

O P O

5. Phosphorus trioxide
(Preparation of phosphorus trioxide,Structure of phosphorus trioxide,Physical
properties of phosphorus trioxide, Chemical properties of phosphorus trioxide,Uses of
phosphorus trioxide)
6. Phosphorus tetraoxide
(Preparation of phosphorus tetroxides, Structure of phosphorus tetroxides, Physical
properties of phosphorus tetroxides,Chemical properties of phosphorus tetroxides,Uses
of phosphorus tetroxides)

61
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
7. Phosphorus pentoxide
(Preparation of phosphorus pentoxide, Structure of phosphorus pentoxide, Physical
properties of phosphorus pentoxide, Chemical properties of phosphorus
pentoxide, Uses of phosphorus pentoxide)
1) The hybridization of phosphorous atom in P4 O 6 and P4 O10 is
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
1) sp & sp 2) sp & sp 3) sp & sp 4) sp d & sp
Ans : ©
3 3
Sol: sp & sp because each ‘P’ atom form 4-bonds.
8. Chlorides of phosphorus
32) PCl3 is prepared by the action of dry Cl2 on
1) P2 O3 2) P2 O5 3) Heated white P 4) H 3 PO3
Ans : (3)
Sol : 2 Pwhite  3Cl2  2 PCl3

9. Phosphorus trichloride
(Preparation of phosphorus trichloride, Structure of phosphorus trichloride, Physical
properties of phosphorus trichloride, Chemical properties of phosphorus
trichloride
Uses of phosphorus trichloride)
33) The number of non-ionisable hydrogen atoms present in the final product obtained
from the hydrolysis of PCl5 is : [JEE MAIN 2021]
a) 0 b) 2 c) 1 d) 3
Ans : (a)

Solution :
62
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
10. Phosphorus pentachloride
(Preparation of phosphorus pentachloride, Structure of phosphorus pentachloride,
Physical properties of phosphorus pentachloride, Chemical properties of phosphorus
pentachloride Uses of phosphorus pentachloride)

34) The structure of PCl5 in the solid state is : (JEE MAIN 2020 SHIFT-1)
 
a) tetrahedral  PCl4  and octahedral  PCl6 
b) trigonal bipyramidal
 
c) square planar  PCl4  and octahedral  PCl6 
d) square pyramidal
Ans : (a)
Sol: PCl5 in solid state exists in both cationic complex with tetrahedral geometry and
anionic complex with octahedral geometry.

 PCl6 
 
2PCl5   PCl4 
Tetrahedral Octahedral
35) PCl5 does not react with

CH 3  C  H
a) CH3COOH b) c) CH3  CH3 d) CH 3  OH
Ans : (c)
Sol: PCl5 usually used to replace OH group (or) oxygen of carbonyl group

36) PCl5 is well known but NCl5 is not. Because [JEE MAIN 2022 JUNE SHIFT
1]
a) nitrogen is less reactive than phosphorus
b) nitrogen doesn’t have d-orbitals in its valence shell
c) catenation tendency is weaker in nitrogen than phosphorus
d) size of phosphorus is larger than nitrogen
Ans : (b)
11. Oxoacids of phosphorus
12. Hypophosphorous acid or phosphinic acid
(Preparation of phosphinic acid, Oxidation state and basicity of phosphinic acid,
Structure and bonding of phosphinic acid, Physical properties of phosphinic acid,
Chemical properties of phosphinic acid, Uses of phosphinic acid)
63
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Good reducing nature of H3PO2 is attributed to the presence of : (JEE MAIN 2019
SHIFT-1)
a) One P- OH bond b) One P-H bond
c) Two P-H bonds d) Two P-OH bonds
Ans : C
Sol: H3 PO2 is a good reducing agent, due to presence of 2 P-H bonds.
37) The structural formula of hypophosphorous acid is:
O O O O

P P P P
H OH H OH HO OH HO OOH
a) H b) OH c) OH d) OH
Ans : (a)
Refer the structure

13. Phosphorus acid or phosphonic acid

(Preparation of phosphonic acid, Oxidation state and basicity of phosphonic acid,
Structure and bonding of phosphonic acid, Physical properties of phosphonic acid,
Chemical properties of phosphonic acid, Uses of phosphonic acid)
38) The number of P-H and P-OH bonds in phosphonic acid is
a) 1,2 b) 2,1 c) 2,2 d) 0,2
Ans : (a)
O
OH
P
H

Sol: OH
14. Orthophosphoric acid or phosphoric acid
(Preparation of phosphoric acid,Oxidation state and basicity of phosphoric
acid,Structure and bonding of phosphoric acid,Physical properties of phosphoric
acid,Chemical properties of phosphoric acid,Uses of phosphoric acid)
0
39) When orthophosphoric acid is heated to 600 C , the product formed is
1) PH 3 2) P2 O5 3) H 3 PO3 4) HPO3
Ans : (d)
Sol: When orhtophosphoric acid  H 3 PO4  is heated and dehydration takes place. It
forms meta phosphoric acid.  HPO3 

64
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
15. Metaphosphoric acid
(Preparation of metaphosphoric acid, Oxidation state and basicity of metaphosphoric
acid,
Structure and bonding of metaphosphoric acid,Physical properties of metaphosphoric
acid,
Chemical properties of metaphosphoric acid,Uses of metaphosphoric acid)
40) The number of P-O-P bonds in cyclotrimetaphosphoric acid is
a) zero b) two c) three d) four
Ans : (c)
Solution:
There are 3 P-O-P bonds in tricyclic metaphosphoric acid.

16. Hypophosphoric acid

(Preparation of hypophosphoric acid,Oxidation state and basicity of hypophosphoric
acid,
Structure and bonding of hypophosphoric acid, Physical properties of hypophosphoric
acid,Chemical properties of hypophosphoric acid,Uses of hypophosphoric acid)
17. Pyrophosphorous acid
(Preparation of pyrophosphorous acid,Oxidation state and basicity of pyrophosphorous
acid,Structure and bonding of pyrophosphorous acid,Physical properties of
pyrophosphorous acid,Chemical properties of pyrophosphorous acid,Uses of
pyrophosphorous acid)
41) Which of the phosorusoxoacid can react silver mirror from AgNO3 solution?
[JEE MAIN JAN – 2023 SHIFT1]
a)  HPO3  n b) H 4 P2 O5 c) H 4 P2 O6 d) H 4 P2 O7
Ans : (b)

65
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
18. Pyrophosphoric acid or diphosphoric acid
(Preparation of pyrophosphoric acid or diphosphoric acid,Oxidation state and basicity
of pyrophosphoric acid or diphosphoric acid,Structure and bonding of pyrophosphoric
acid or diphosphoric acid,Physical properties of pyrophosphoric acid or
diphosphoric acid, Chemical properties of pyrophosphoric acid or
diphosphoric acid,Uses of pyrophosphoric acid or diphosphoric acid)
42) P – O – P bond is present in
a) H 4 P2 O 6 b) H 4 P2 O 7 c) Both a & b d) None of these
Ans : (b)
19. Peroxomonophosphoric acid
(Preparation of peroxomonophosphoric acid,Oxidation state and basicity of
peroxomonophosphoric acid,Structure and bonding of peroxomonophosphoric acid,
Physical properties of peroxomonophosphoric acid, Chemical properties of
peroxomonophosphoric acid,Uses of peroxomonophosphoric acid)

43) Which of the following acids forms three series of salts ?

a) H3PO2 b) H3 BO3 c) H3PO4 d) H3 PO3

Ans : C
Sol : Structure of H3 PO4 is

H3 PO4 has 3  OH groups i.e; has three ionisable H-atoms and hence forms three series

of salts. These three possible series of salts for H3 PO4 are as follows NaH 2 PO4 , NaHPO4
and Na3PO4
44) The pair the contains two P  H bonds in each of the oxoacids is :
(JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT-2)
a) H3PO2 and H 4 P2O5 b) H 4 PO
2 5 and H 4 P2O7

c) H3 PO3 and H3 PO2 d) H 4 PO

2 5 and H 3 PO3

Ans : A

66
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Solution:

45) The oxidation state of phosphorous in cyclotrimetaphosphoric acid is

a) +3 b) +5 c) -3 d) +2

Ans : B

Sol :

20. Pyrophosphoric acid

(Preparation of pyrophosphoric acid, Oxidation state and basicity of pyrophosphoric
acid, Structure and bonding of pyrophosphoric acid, Physical properties of pyrophosphoric
acid, Chemical properties of pyrophosphoric acid, Uses of pyrophosphoric acid)
21. Peroxodiphosphoric acid
(Preparation of peroxodiphosphoric acid, Oxidation state and basicity of
peroxodiphosphoric acid,Structure and bonding of peroxodiphosphoric
acid,Physical properties of peroxodiphosphoric acid,Chemical properties of
peroxodiphosphoric acid,Uses of peroxodiphosphoric acid)
24. Compounds of arsenic
(Arsenic oxide or arsenic trioxide or white arsenic,Preparation of arsenic
oxide,Oxidation state of arsenic oxide,Structure and bonding of arsenic oxide,Physical
properties of arsenic oxide, Chemical properties of arsenic oxide,Uses of arsenic oxide)

67
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
46) Amphoteric oxide among the following is
a) N 2 O5 b) As 2 O3 c) Bi 2 O3 d) P2 O5
Ans : (b)
Sol: As 2 O3 is a Amphoteric oxide.
25. Fertilizers
A) Natural fertilizers
B) Chemical fertilizers
C) Nitrogenous fertilizers
(Ammonium sulphate or sindri fertilizer preparation, Calcium cyanamide or nitrolime
preparation,Urea preparation)
47) Fertilizer having highest percentage of nitrogen is
a) Urea b) Calcium cynamide

c) Ammonium nitrate d) Ammonium sulphate

An s: (a)
48) Sindhri fertiliser is chemically known as
a) Ammonium sulphate b) Ammonium nitrate

c) Calcium nitrate d) Urea

Ans : (a)
D) Phosphatic fertilizers
(Calcium super phosphate or super phosphate of lime, Nitro phosphate or calcium
superphosphate,Triple superphosphate,Phosphatic slag or Thomas slag ,Potash
fertilizers
Potassium nitrate)
49) Superphosphate of lime is obtained by heating
a) Calcium phosphate wilth HCl
b) Calcium phosphide with HCl
c) Calcium phosphate with H 2 SO4
d) Calcium phosphate with NaOH
Ans : (c)
Sol :- Ca3  Po4 2  H 2 SO4  2CaSO4  Ca  H 2 PO4 2
Superphosphate of lime

68
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
50) Superphosphate of lime is
a) Ca3  PO4 2 .CaSO4
b) Ca  H 2 PO4 2
c) Ca  H 2 PO4 2 .CaSO4
d) Ca  H 2 PO4 2 .H 2 O.2CaSO4 .2 H 2O
Ans: (d)
Sol: Ca  H 2 PO4 2 .H 2 O.2CaSO4 .2 H 2 O

Group 16 or Oxygen family

1 General properties of group-16 elements
(Occurrence and abundance, Electronic configuration, Atomic and physical state,
Atomic and ionic radii, Ionization enthalpy, Electronegativity ,Metallic character and
non-metallic character, Melting and boiling point,Electrical and thermal ,Atomic
volume and density of General discussion of allotropy,Catenation,
Atomicity,Elemental state, Oxidation states Positive oxidation states , Negative
oxidation state ,Valency and nature , Maximum covalency ,Nature of
bonding,Multiple bonding)
1) Chalcogen group elements are: (JEE MAIN 2021 SHIFT-1)
a)O, Ti and Po b)S, Te and Pm
c)Se, Tb and Pu d)Se, Te and Po
Ans: (d)
2) The element with least melting point in VIA group is
a) O b) S c) Se d) Te
Ans : (a)
Solution: Melting point order O < S < Se < Te
3) Which of the following VIA group element has maximum catenation capacity
a) S b) O c) Se d) Te
Ans : (a)
Solution : Catenation power of sulphur is greater than oxygen.
4) Oxygen is divalent, where as Sulphur exhibits a valency of 2,4 or 6. This is due to
a) High electro negativity of oxygen than sulphur
b) Large size of sulphur atom
c) High ionisation potential of Oxygen
d) Availability of Vacant d-orbital’s in the valency shell of Sulphur.
Ans : (d)
Sol: d-orbital’s are unavailable in oxygen but present in Sulphur.

69
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
2. Chemical reactivity of group-16 elements
5) Sulphur on reaction with concentrated HNO3 gives ‘A’ which reacts with NaOH
gives ‘B’.
A and B are :
a) H 2 SO3 , Na2 S 2 O3 b) NO2 , Na2 S
c) H 2 SO4 , Na2 SO4 d) H 2 S 2O3 , Na2 S 2O3
Ans : (c)
Sol : A  H 2 SO4 , B  Na2 SO4
S  HNO3  H 2 SO4  6 NO2  2 H 2O
H 2 SO4  NaOH  Na2 SO4  H 2O
3. General reactivity of group-16
4. Reaction of group-16 with hydrogen
5. Reaction of group-16 with halogen
6) 2S  fused   Cl2  A;
A  H 2O  HCl  B  C
A, B and C in the above equations are :
a) S 2 Cl2 , SO2 , S b) SCl2 , SO2 , SO3
2
c) S 2Cl2 , SO3 , SO4 d) S 2Cl2 , SO2 , H 2 SO4
Ans : (a)
Sol :
A  S 2Cl2
S 2Cl2  H 2O  HCl  SO2  S
(disproportionation reaction)
6. Reaction of group-16 with heat
7. Reaction of group-16 with metals
7) Metal reacts with sulphur to give
a) sulphide b) sulphite c) sulphate d) thio sulphate
Ans : (a)
Sol : 2Na  S  Na2 S  Sulphide 

70
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
8. Some important class of compounds of group-16
(Hydrides, Nature of hydride, Preparation of hydrides ,Covalent character Solubility of
hydrides ,Thermal stability of hydrides ,Acidic characters of hydrides Reducing nature
of hydrides Volatility of hydrides Hydrogen bonding of hydrides ,Boiling point of
hydrides ,Melting point of hydrides Structure of hydrides of group-16 elements,Geometry
of hydrides )
8) Which of the following is more acidic in its aqueous solution
a) H 2 O b) H 2S c) H 2Se d) H 2 Te
Ans : (d)
Sol : Acidic nature increases H 2O to H 2Te
9) Which of the following has lowest boiling point?
a) H 2 O b) H 2 Se c) H 2 S d) H 2 Te
Ans : (b)
Sol: H 2 S  H 2 Se  H 2Te  H 2O
10) Which of the following is most volatile?
a) H 2 O b) H 2S c) H 2Se d) H 2 Te
Ans : (b)
Sol: Order of volatile nature H 2 S  H 2 Se  H 2Te  H 2O
11) Reducing character of the H 2 E hydrides of group 16 elements (given below) follows
order.
A) O B) S C) Se D) Te
1) A  B  C  D 2) A  B  D  C
3) B  A  C  D 4) D  C  B  A
Key : (4)
Solution : All the hydrides except water act as reducing agents, and their reducing
power increases from H 2 S to H 2Te ; H 2 O  H 2 S  H 2 Se  H 2Te
This is due to the decrease in thermal stability of the hydrides.
Greater the instability of hydride greater is its reducing character

12) The correct order of melting point of hydrides of group 16 elements is

[JEE MAIN 30-01-2023 SHIFT-2]
a) H 2 S  H 2 Se  H 2Te  H 2 O
b) H 2 O  H 2 S  H 2 Se  H 2Te
c) H 2 S  H 2Te  H 2 Se  H 2 O
d) H 2 Se  H 2 S  H 2Te  H 2 O
Key : (a)

71
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Solution :

Hydride M.P.
H 2O 273 K
H2 S 188 K
H 2 Se 208 K
H 2Te 222 K

13) Correct order of boiling point of group 16 hydrides.

a) H 2O  H 2 S  H 2 Se  H 2Te b) H 2Te  H 2 Se  H 2 S  H 2O
c) H 2 S  H 2 Se  H 2Te  H 2O d) H 2O  H 2Te  H 2 Se  H 2 S
Key : (c)
Solution : H 2O has maximum boiling point because it exhibits hydrogen bonding. On
moving down the group size of the atom increases and hence magnitude of vanderwaals
forces increased, therefore, the correct of boiling point is H 2 O  H 2Te  H 2 Se  H 2 S
9. Bond angle of hydrides Bond length of hydride Bond dissociation energy of
Burning of hydrides
14) The statements regarding hydrides of VIA group elements are
i) The order of volatility H 2O  H 2Te  H 2 Se  H 2 S
ii) The order of B.P. H 2 O  H 2Te  H 2 Se  H 2 S
iii) The order of bond angles H 2 O  H 2 S  H 2 Se  H 2Te
The correct combination is
a) All are correct b) Only i is correct
c) ii & iii are correct d) i & iii are correct
Ans : (a)
Sol : All are correct
15) Bond dissociation energy of E-H bonds of the “ H 2 E ” hydrides of group 16 elements
(given below) follows order. [JEE MAIN 30-01-2023 SHIFT-2]
a) O b) S c) Se d) Te
a) A > B > C > D b) A > B > D > C
c) B > A > C > D d) D > C > B > A
Key : (a)
As the size of central atom increases in the order O < S < Se < Te , there is an
increase in Bond length, Bond dissociation energy of E – H bonds decreases.

72
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
10 Oxides
(Different type of oxides , Oxidation state of sulphur in its different oxides)
16) Which of the following oxoacids of sulphur contain ‘S’ in two different oxidation
states? [JEE MAIN 28-06-2022]
a) H 2 S2 O3 b) H 2 S2O6 c) H 2 S2O7 d) H 2 S2 O8
Key : (a)
Sol :

17) The oxidation state of sulphur in the anions SO32 , S2 O42 and S2 O62 follows the order
a) S2 O62  S2 O42  SO32 b) S2 O42  SO32  S2 O62
c) SO32  S2 O42  S2 O62 d) S2 O42  S 2 O62  SO32
Key : (b)
2 2 2
 3   4   5 
Solution : S2 o4    S O3   S2 O6 
     
11. Dioxides
(Preparation of dioxide, Structure and hybridization of dioxide, Acid base character of
dioxide, Reduction-oxidation properties of dioxide, Polymeric forms of dioxide ,
Multiple bonding of dioxide)
18) When a colourless gas is passed through broming water only decolourisation takes
place the gas is ___
a) SO2 b) HBr c) HCl d) H 2 S
Ans : SO2
Sol : SO2 brings decolourisation of bromine water by reducing
SO2  Br2  2 H 2O  2 HBr  H 2 SO4

73
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
12. Trioxides
(Preparation of trioxide, Structure and hybridization of trioxide, Polymeric forms of
trioxide, Multiple bonding of trioxide)
19) The hybridization of sulphur in SO3 molecule is :
3 3 3 2 2
a) sp d b) sp c) sp d d) sp
Ans : (d)
2
Sol : In SO3 molecule, sulphur atom remains sp hybrid, hence it is trigonal planar
structure.
13. Halides of group-16 elements
(Halides of group-16 element with oxidation state +2, Halides of group-16 element
with oxidation state +4, Halides of group-16 elements with oxidation state +6,
Coordination number of halides of group-16 elements, Specific case of bond lengths of
Te₂Cl₂ and PO₂Cl₂)
14. Hexahalides of group-16
(Reason for formation of hexafluorides in all group-16 elements,Structures of
hexahalides
,Thermalstabilityofhexahalides,Hydrolysisofhexahalides,Sterichindrancesofhexahalide
s Covalency of hexahalides,Boiling point of hexahalides,Adduct formation of
hexahalides)
20) Which of the following substance is used as a gaseous by electric in high voltage
transformers?
a) SF4 b) SF6 c) SCl6 d) TeF6
Ans : (b)
SF6 is inert nature.
21) The correct order of decreasing stability of hexafluorides of group 16 members is :
1) TeF6  SeF6  SF6 2) SF6  TeF6  SeF6
3) SF6  SeF6  TeF6 4) TeF6  SF6  SeF6
Ans : (c)
Sol : S to Te : atomic size increases
15. Tetrahalides of group-16
(Formation of tetrahalides , Structure of tetrahalides ,Lewis base and Lewis acid
character of tetrahalides Steric hindrances in tetrahalides Polarity of tetrahalides
,Stability of tetrahalides Sulphur and selenium tetrafluorides acting as fluorinating
agent)

74
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
22) What is the hybridization of S in SF4 ?
3 2 3 3 3 3
a) sp d b) sp d c) sp d d) sp
Ans : (b)
Sol: SF4 is sp 3 d hybridised.
16. Dihalides of group-16
(Bond length of dihalides ,Bond angle of dihalides ,Structure and hybridization of
dihalides)
17. Monochlorides of group-16
(Bond parameters of monochlorides, Structure and hybridization)
23) Monohalides of selenium are dimeric in nature. Selenium monochloride undergoes
disproportionation to give Se and another compound X. The Geometry of X is :
a) Octahedral b) Square planar c) See-saw d) Trigonal pyramidal
Ans : (c)
Sol : 2 Se2Cl2  SeCl4  3Se
18. Oxygen and its compounds
19. Anomalous behaviour of oxygen
(Physical state of oxygen, Atomicity of oxygen, Non-metallic and metallic characters
of oxygen, Oxidation state of oxygen, Nature of compounds of oxygen, Multiple bonds
of oxygen, Hydrogen bonding of oxygen, Magnetic nature of oxygen)
20. Dioxygen
21. Preparation of dioxygen
(Dioxygen from oxides, Dioxygen from salts, Laboratory preparation of dioxygen)
24) Oxygen gas can be prepared from solid KMnO4 by:?
a) Treating the solid with H 2 gas
b) Strongly heating the solid
c) Dissolving the solid in dil. H 2 SO4
d) Dissolving solid in dil HCl
Ans : (b)
Sol : Strongly heating the solid
25) Which of the following liberates O2 up on hydrolysis? [JEE ADV 2020]
a) Pb3O4 b) KO2 c) Na 2O2 d) Li2O2
Key : (2)

75
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Solution :
a) Pb3O4  H 2 O  No reaction
b) 2KO2  2H 2O  2KOH  H 2O2  O2
c) Na2 O2  2 H 2 O  2 NaOH  H 2 O2
d) Li2 O2  2 H 2 O  2 LiOH  H 2 O2
26) Dioxygen can be prepared by
a) Heating KClO3
b) Thermal decomposition of oxides like Ag2 O,Pb3O4 etc.
c) Electrolysis of water
d) All of these
Key : (d)
Solution :
2KClO    2KCl + 3O
3 MnO2 2

Pb3O4 S   6 PbO  s   O2 g 

   
 

On electrolysis of H 2 O, O2 is obtained at anode.

22. Commerical method of preparation of dioxygen
(Preparation of dioxygen from liquid air,Preparation of dioxygen from water)
23. Physical properties of dioxygen
(Colour, odour and taste of dioxygen,Solubility of dioxygen, Isotopes of dioxygen,
Magnetic nature of dioxygen)
27) Which would quickly absorb oxygen?
a) Alkaline solution of pyrogallol
b) Conc. H 2 SO4
c) lime water
d) Alkaline solution of CuSO4
Ans : (a)
Sol : Oxygen is quickly absorbed by alkaline solution of pyrogallol
24. Chemical properties of dioxygen
(Action of litmus on dioxygen,Oxidation of dioxygen,Reaction of metal with
dioxygen, Reaction of non-metals with dioxygen, Reaction of sulphur dioxide with
dioxygen, Reaction of hydrogen chloride with dioxygen, Reaction of ammonia with
dioxygen, Reaction of hydrocarbon with dioxygen, Reaction of carbon disulphide
with dioxygen, Reaction of metal sulphide with dioxygen,Action of silent electric
discharge of dioxygen, Respiration and its relation with dioxygen)

76
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
28) Acetylene (ethyne) burning in oxygen to give carbon dioxide and steam. The
balanced reaction is
a) C 2 H 2 +5O 2  4CO 2 +2H 2 O
b) 2C 2 H 2 +3O 2  4CO 2 +2H 2 O
c) 2C 2 H 2 +5O 2  3CO 2 +2H 2 O
d) 2C 2 H 2 +5O 2  4CO 2 +2H 2 O
Ans : (d)
The equation for the combustion reaction of ethyne can be written as:
2C 2 H 2 +5O 2  4CO 2 +2H 2 O
25. Uses of dioxygen
(Use of dioxygen in flame,Use of dioxygen in rocket fuel,Use of dioxygen in
organic chemical, Use of dioxygen in liquid dioxide with other compounds as an
alternate of dynamite,Use of dioxygen in steel and metal fabrication,Use of dioxygen
in bleaching agent , Use of dioxygen in life support system)
1) The gas which is used in rockets as oxidizer is
a) Liquid hydrogen b) Liquid oxygen c) Liquid carbon dioxide d) liquid
nitrogen
Ans : (b)
Oxides
26. Classification of oxides on the basis of oxygen content
(Normal oxides preparation, Poly oxides preparation, Peroxides preparation,
Superoxides preparation, Suboxides preparation, Mixed oxides preparation)
29) Which one of the following is/are suboxides?
I. CrO5 II. PbO2 III. KO2 IV. C3O2
a) only II and III b) only IV
c) only I and IV d) only II,III and IV
Ans : (b)
Sol : PbO2 : normal oxide ; KO2 : superoxide ;
CrO5 : Peroxide; C3O2 : suboxide;
27. Classification based on chemical behaviour
(Acidic oxides or acidic anhydrides, Basic oxides, Neutral oxides, Amphoteric oxides)
30) Which of the following is not an acidic oxide?
a) CO2 b) CO c) NO2 d) P2 O5
Ans : (b)
77
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: CO : neutral oxide
28. General properties of oxides
29. Periodic trends of normal oxides
30. Ozone or trioxygen
31. Introduction and occurrence of ozone
31) Which of the following statements regarding ozone is not true?
a) Ozone is an allotrope of oxygen
b) The ozone layer protects the earth’s surface from an excessive concentration of
harmful ultraviolet radiation
c) The conversation of oxygen into ozone is an exothermic process
d) Ozone is much more powerful oxidizing agent than molecular oxygen
Ans : (c)
Sol : The conversation of oxygen into ozone is an endothermic process
32. Preparation of ozone
(Siemens ozoniser, Brodie's ozoniser, Siemens and Halske ozoniser, Pure ozone from
ozonized oxygen)
33. Physical properties of ozone
(Colour of ozone,Odour of ozone,Solubility of ozone, Magnetic nature of ozone)
32) Which is wrong about O 3
a) It is paramagnetic in nature
b) It has a linear structure
c) It decolourizes acidic KMnO4
d) All
Ans : (d)
Sol: O3 is diamagnetic , angular and does not decolourise acid KMnO4
33) Ozone readily dissolve in
a) water b) CS 2 c) ammonia d) turpentine oil
Ans : (d)
34) Ozone is not
a) Paramagnetic b) A bleaching agent c) An oxidising agent d) A reducing agent
Ans : (a)
Ozone is diamagnetic as all its electrons are paired
O
O O

78
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
34. Chemical properties of ozone
(Decomposition of ozone, Oxidizing nature of ozone, Bleaching property of ozone,
Reducing nature of ozone)
35) Which of the following metals loses its meniscus after reacting with ozone?
a) Pb b) Hg c) Cu d) Ag
Ans : (b)
Sol : O3  2 Hg  Hg 2O  O2
36) Which of the following brings about dry bleaching
a) ozone b) chlorine c) sulphur dioxide d) hydrogen peroxide
Ans : (a)
Ozone brings dry bleaching, ozone by decomposition gives nascent oxygen, other act
as bleaching agents but in presence of water.
35. Quantitative estimation of ozone
37) Estimation of ozone can be made quantitatively by
a) Decomposition in to O2 and adsorption of O2 into pyrogallol
b) Volumetric method using KI and tritration of liberated iodine using hypo solution
c) Oxidation ozonolysis method
d) All of the above
Ans : (b)
Solution : Below are the reactions that take place in volumetric method for estimation
of ozone using KI
2
The liberated I 2 is titrated using S 2O3 solution.
2 I   H 2O  O3  2OH   I 2  O2
I 2  2 Na2 S 2O3  Na2 S 4O6  2 NaI
Sodium Sodium
thiosulphate tetrathonate
36. Structure of ozone
38) The incorrect statement regarding structure of ozone.
a) The two oxygen – oxygen bond length in ozone are identical
b) It is linear
0
c) Bond angle is less than 120
d) Both (b) & (c)
Ans : (2)
0
Solution : Structure of ozone is angular and the bond angle is 117
O
O O

79
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

37. Test for ozone

39) Which of these is a characteristic test for ozone?
a) It does not give a brown solution with alcoholic benzidine.
b) It tails mercury to form Hg 2 O
c) It gives blue colour to trimethyl base paper.
d) All of these are confirming tests for ozone.
Ans : (b)
When ozone is passed through mercury, it loses its meniscus and sticks to the glass due to the
formation of mercurous oxide. This is called tailing of mercury. The meniscus can be restored
by shaking it with water characteristic test for ozone is its treatment with Hg2O.

38. Use of ozone

(Ozone in bleaching, Ozone as oxidizing agent, Other uses of ozone)
40) Which of the following are not uses of ozone?
a) To locate double bonds in unsaturated organic compounds
b) for bleaching delicate fabrics
c) in sterilizing drinking water by oxidizing all germs and bacteria
d) All of them
Ans : (d)
Sol : Fact
39. Sulphur and its compounds
(Extraction of sulphur, The sicilian process, Purification of sulphur, Extraction of
sulphur from Louisiana or Frasch process, Extraction of sulphur from alkali waste of
Leblanc process Extraction of sulphur from the spent oxides of the coal gas, Extraction
of sulphur from iron pyrite,From natural gas)
40. Allotropic forms of sulphur
41) The most stable allotropic form of sulphur at room temperature is
a) Rhombic b) Monoclinic c) Plastic d) Colloidal
Ans : (a)
41. Rhombic or octahedral or alpha sulphur
(Preparation of rhombic sulphur, Structure of rhombic sulphur,Stability of rhombic
structure)
42. Monoclinic or prismatic or beta sulphur
(Preparation of monoclinic sulphur, Structure of monoclinic sulphur, Stability of
monoclinic structure)

80
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
42) The temp. at which rhombic sulphur and monoclinic sulphur exist in equilibrium is
0 0 0 0
a) 98 C b) 95.5 C c) 240 C d) 120 C
Ans : (b)
43. Hydrides of sulphur
43) The geometry of H 2S and its dipole moment are
a) angular and non zero
b) angular and zero
c) linear and non zero
d) linear and zero
Ans: (a)
Sol : H 2S is angular in shape like H 2 O with a non zero dipole moment.
44. Hydrogen sulphide
(Preparation of hydrogen sulphide, Physical properties of hydrogen sulphide, Chemical
properties
of hydrogen sulphide, Bonding and structure in hydrogen sulphide Uses of hydrogen
sulphide)
44) H 2 S reacts with O2 to form
a) H 2O  S b) H 2O  SO2 c) H 2O  SO3 d) H 2 SO4  S
Ans : (a)
Sol : 2 H 2 S  O2  2 H 2O  2 S
45) Which type of bonds there in H 2 S molecule?
a) Ionic b) Covalent c) coordinate d) All of these
Ans : (b)
Sol : H 2 S molecule is constituted by two covalent bonds . H-S-H.

45. Oxides of sulphur

46) The oxoacid of sulphur that does not contain bond between sulphur atoms is :
(JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT-1)
A) H 2 S4O6 B) H 2 S2O7 C) H 2 S2O3 D) H 2 S2O4
Ans: B

81
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol :

47) Sum of number of S-S (only 1 bond) present in H 2 S2O4 , H 2S2O5 , H 2S2O8 is

A) 2 B) 0 C) 3 D) 1

Ans: A

Sol :

O O O O O
O

HO - S - S - OH HO - S - S - OH HO - S - O - O - S - OH

O O O

H 2 S2 O 4 H 2S2 O5 H 2S2O8

46. Sulphur dioxide

(Preparation of sulphur dioxide, Structure and bonding in sulphur dioxide, Physical
properties of sulphur dioxide, Chemical properties of sulphur dioxide, Redox
properties of sulphur dioxide, Bleaching action of sulphur dioxide, Uses of sulphur
dioxide)
48) A solution of SO2 in water reacts with H 2 S precipitating sulphur. Here SO2 acts as
a) an oxidising agent b) a reducing agent c) an acid d) a catalyst
Ans : (a)
Sol : 2 H 2 S  SO2  3S  H 2O
47. Sulphur trioxide
(Preparation of sulphur trioxid e, Structure and bonding of sulphur trioxide, Alpha
sulphur trioxide, Beta sulphur trioxide, Gamma sulphur trioxide, Physical properties
of sulphur trioxide, Chemical properties of sulphur trioxide Uses of sulphur trioxide)

82
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
49) Which of the following oxides exists as trigonal planar molecule in gaseous state and
cyclic trimer in the solid state?
a) SO2 b) SeO2 c) SeO3 d) SO3
Ans : (d)
Solution : In solid state, SO3 exists as a cyclic trimer.

50) The number of S-S bonds in the cyclic trimer of sulphur trioxide is
a) Three b) Two c) One d) Zero
Ans : (d)
Solution : Cyclic trimer of SO3 , no S-S bond is present
O
O
S

O O

O
S S
O O
O O
48. Oxoacids of sulphur
49. Thiosulphuric acid
(Oxidation state of sulphur in thiosulphuric acid, Bonding in thiosulphuric acid,
Structure of thiosulphuric acid, Preparation of thiosulphuric acid, Physical properties
of thiosulphuric acid
Chemical properties of thiosulphuric acid, Uses of thiosulphuric acid)
51) In thiosulphuric acid
a) each sulphur atom is in identical oxidation state
b) there is a S = S linkage present
c) one S atom is in + 2 and other sulphur atom is in +4 oxidation state
d) there is only one replaceable hydrogen atom
Ans : (b)
Sol: Thiosulphuric acid : H 2 S 2O3
S

HO - S - O - H

83
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
50. Sulphurous acid
(Oxidation state of sulphur in sulphurous acid, Bonding in sulphurous acid, Structure
of sulphurous acid, Preparation of sulphurous acid, Physical properties of
sulphurous acid, Chemical properties of sulphurous acid, Uses of sulphurous acid)
52) The oxidation state of sulphur and basicity in sulphurous acid?
a) 4, dibasic b) 6, dibasic c) 4,Tribasic d) 6,Tribasic
Ans : (a)

S
HO O
Sol : HO
51. Sulphuric acid
(Oxidation state of sulphur in sulphuric acid, Bonding in sulphuric acid, Structure of
sulphuric acid, Preparation of sulphuric acid, Contact process, Physical properties of
sulphuric acid, Chemical properties of sulphuric acid, Dehydrating nature of sulphuric
acid, Miscellaneous reactions of sulphuric acid, Uses of sulphuric acid)
53) When conc. H 2SO 4 comes in contact with sugar, it becomes black due to
a) Hydrolysis b) Hydration c) Decolourisation d) Dehydration
Ans : (d)
Sol : H 2SO 4 is a strong dehydrating agent
H 2SO4
C12 H 22O11  12 C  11H 2 O
sucrose Carbon(black)

54) When oxalic acid is dehydrated by conc. H 2SO 4 then it forms

a) C + CO 2 b) CO c) CO 2 d) CO + CO 2
Ans : (d)
Sol:
COOH H 2SO 4
CO + CO 2 HO 2

COOH
Oxalic acid

55) Which one of the following reacts with conc. H 2SO 4 ?

a) Au b) Ag c) Pt d) Pb
Ans : (2)

84
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
52. Dithionic acid
(Oxidation state of sulphur in dithionic acid, Bonding in dithionic acid, Structure of
dithionic acid, Preparation of dithionic acid, Physical properties of dithionic acid,
Chemical properties of dithionic acid, Uses of dithionic acid)
56) The no. of S  O bonds present in Thisulphurous acid & Dithionic acid respectively
(JEE MAIN 2021 SHIFT-2)
a) 1, 4 b) 2, 2 c) 3, 4 d) 4,1
Ans: a
O O

O HO - S - S - OH

Sol : HO - S - SH O O

56a) There is no S  S bond in

a) S 2O 2 4 b) S2O 25 c) S2O 23 d) S 2O 2 7
Ans: d
Sol:
O O
 
O S OS O

O O

57) In polythonic acid, H 2 S x O6  X  3 to 5  the oxidation state (s) of sulphur is/are:

(2021 JEE MAIN SHIFT-1)
a)0 and +5 only b)+5 only c)+6 only d)+3 and +5 only

Ans: (a)
Sol : Correct ans is (a)

58) Oxidation state of s in H 2 SO5 and H 2 S2O8 respectively are

a) 6, 6 b) 6, 4 c) 8,7 d) 4, 4

Ans: a

85
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: H 2 SO5
O
1 1
H OS OO H
peroxybond
O
x  2  1  2  1  3  2   0
x  6
H 2 S2O8

2 x  2  1  2  1  6  2   0
2 x  12
12
x  6
2
53. Pyrosulphuric acid
(Oxidation state of sulphur in pyrosulphuric acid, Bonding in pyrosulphuric acid,
Structure of pyrosulphuric acid, Preparation of pyrosulphuric acid, Physical properties
of pyrosulphuric acid, Chemical properties of pyrosulphuric acid, Uses of
pyrosulphuric acid)
59) The number of hydroxy grops present in pyrosulphuric acid?
a) 2 b) 3 c) 4 d) 0
Ans : (a)
Solution:
O O

OH  S O  S  OH

O O
54. Peroxymonosulfuric acid or Caro's acid
(Oxidation state of sulphur in peroxymonosulphuric acid,Bonding in
peroxymonosulphuric acid,Structure of peroxymonosulphuric acid, Preparation of
peroxymonosulphuric acid,
Physical properties of peroxymonosulphuric acid,Chemical properties of
peroxymonosulphuric acid, Uses of peroxymonosulphuric acid)
60) How many peroxy linkages are there in caro’s acid
a) 2 b) 1 c) 0 d) 3
Ans : (b)

86
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol :
O

HO  S O  OH

O
61) Which of the following acids contain peroxy linkage?
I. Oleum II. Marshall’s acid III. Caro’s acid IV. Sulphuric acid
a) I and II only b) II and III only
c) I,II and IV only d) II,III and IV only
Ans : (b)
Solution : Marshall’s acid : H 2 S 2 O8 (perdisulphuric acid)
Caro’s acid : H 2 SO5 (permonosulphuric acid)
Oleum : H 2 S 2 O7 (pyrosulphuric acid) (disulphuric acid)

55. Peroxydisulfuric acid or Marshall's acid

(Oxidation state of sulphur in peroxydisulfuric acid,Bonding in peroxydisulfuric acid
Structure of peroxydisulfuric acid, Preparation of peroxydisulfuric acid, Physical
properties of peroxydisulfuric acid, Chemical properties of peroxydisulfuric acid,Uses
of peroxydisulfuric acid)
-2
62) The no. of bonds between sulphur and oxygen atoms in S2 O8 and the no. of bonds
between sulphur atom and sulphur atoms in rhombic sulphur, respectively are
(oxo acids of sulphur) (2020 JEE MAIN SHIFT-1)
a) 8 & 6 b) 4 & 6 c) 8 & 8 d) 4 & 8
Ans : c
O O
S S S
O-S-O-O-S-O S S
S
O O S S

87
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
63) Which of the following does not have O-O linkage but have S-S linkage?

2
a) S2O8 b) S2 O72 c) S2O52 d) All

Ans : 3
O
O
O SS
O
O

56. Oxides of selenium and tellurium

57. Selenium dioxide
(Bonding in selenium dioxide, Structure of selenium dioxide, Preparation of selenium
dioxide, Physical properties of selenium dioxide, Chemical properties of selenium
dioxide, Uses of selenium dioxide)
64) Selenium dioxide on hydrolysis gives
a) H 2 SeO4 b) H 2 SeO3 c) H 2 SeO2 d) H 2 SeO5
Ans : (b)
Sol : SeO 2  H 2 O  H 2SeO 3
58. Tellurium dioxide
(Bonding in tellurium dioxide, Structure of tellurium dioxide, Preparation of tellurium
dioxide, Physical properties of tellurium dioxide, Chemical properties of tellurium
dioxide, Uses of tellurium dioxide)Bonding in tellurium dioxide)
65) Tellurium dioxide is _____ nature
a) acidic b) basic c) amphoteric d) none
Ans : (c)
59. Selenious acid
(Oxidation state of selenium in selenious acid, Bonding in selenious acid, Structure of
selenious acid, Preparation of selenious acid, Physical properties of selenious acid,
Chemical properties of selenious acid, Uses of selenious acid)
66) The weakest acid among the following is
a) H 2 SO4 b) H 2 SO3 c) H 2 SeO4 d) H 2 SeO3
Ans : (d)
60. Selenic acid
(Oxidation state of selenium in selenic acid, Bonding in selenic acid, Structure of
selenic acid, Preparation of selenic acid, Physical properties of selenic acid, Chemical
properties of selenic acid, Uses of selenic acid)

88
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
67) The oxidation state of selenium in selenious acid and selenic acid is
a) + 2, + 4 b) + 4, + 6 c) + 2, + 4 d) + 4, + 4
Ans : (b)
Solution : Selenious acid  H 2 SeO3   2  x  3  2   0
x  4
Selenious acid  H 2 SeO4  = 2  x  4  2   0
x  6
61. Tellurous acid
(Oxidation state of tellurium in tellurous acid, Bonding in tellurous acid, Structure of
tellurous acid, Preparation of tellurous acid, Physical properties of tellurous acid,
Chemical properties of tellurous acid, Uses of tellurous acid, Telluric acid, Oxidation
state of tellurium in telluric acid, Bonding in telluric acid, Structure of telluric
acid, Preparation of telluric acid, Physical properties of telluric acid, Chemical
properties of telluric acid, Uses of telluric acid)
68) The basicity of Tellurous acid and telluric acid is
a) 2, 2 b) 2,1 c) 1,1 d) 0,1
Ans : (a)
O

HO  Te  OH
Tellurousacid  H 2TeO3 
O

HO  Te  OH

O Telluric acid  H 2TeO4 

62. Telluric acid
(Occurrence and abundance, Electronic configuration elements , Atomic and physical
state, Atomic and ionic radii, Ionization enthalpy, Electronegativity, Metallic character
and non-metallic character, Melting and boiling point, Electrical and thermal
conductivites, Colour of halogens , Bond energy and reactivity , Solubility of halogens,
Enthalpy of fusion and vaporization , Atomicity of halogens, Oxidation state of
halogens, Reduction potential and oxidation nature of halogens)
69) Telluric hexa fluoride on hydrolysis results in formation of
a) TeO2 b) H 6TeO6 c) TeO3 d) TeO
Ans : (b)
TeF6  6 H 2O  H 6TeO6  6 HF
(ortho telluric acid)

Group-17 or Halogen family

89
 Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
1. General properties of halogen family
(Occurrence and abundance, Electronic configuration , Atomic and physical state, Atomic
and ionic radii, Ionization enthalpy, Electronegativity, Metallic character and non-metallic
character, Melting and boiling point, Electrical and thermal conductivites ,Colour of
halogens, Bond energy and reactivity ,Solubility of halogens, Enthalpy of fusion and
vaporization, Atomicity of halogens, Oxidation state of halogens, Reduction potential and
oxidation nature of halogens)
1) I 2 is insoluble in water but its solubility in water can be increased by addition of
_______
a) KI b) KCl c) KBr d) KF
Ans: (a)
Sol: I 2  KI  KI 3
KI 3 is ionic K  I 3
Hence solubility increases
2) The correct order of bond dissociation enthalpy of halogens is:
(JEE MAIN 2021 SHIFT-1)
a) Cl2  Br2  F2  l2 b) F2  Cl2  Br2  l2
c) Cl2  F2  Br2  l2 d) l2  Br2  Cl2  F2
Ans: (a)
Sol: bond dissociation order is Cl2  Br2  F2  l2 .
3) The chemical reactivity of halogens is in the order
a) F2  Cl2  I 2  Br2 b) F2  Br2  Cl2  I 2
c) F2  Cl2  Br2  I 2 d) F2  I 2  Br2  Cl2
Ans: (c)
Sol: as per bond dissociation energy.
4) Bond present in the compound KHF2 _______
a) Ionic bond b)Covalent bond
c) Hydrogen bond d) All
Ans : (d)
K   F ........H  F 

Solution :
Ionic bond , Covalent bond, Hydrogen bond
5) Greenland mineral is _______
a) NaCl b) CaF2 c) Na3  AlF6  d) K 2 HgI 4
Ans : (c)
Solution : Cryolite is Na3  AlF6  is the mineral found only in Greenland.

90
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
6) Sea salt producers are ______
a) Aerogens b) Pnicogens c) Halogens d) Chalcogens
Ans : (c)
7) Halogens are volatile due to ____
a) low bond dissociation energy
b) high density
c) weak vanderwaal’s forces
d) high reactivity
Ans : (c)
8) The only group in the periodic table in which all the physical states exists _____
a) VA group b) VIA group c) VIIA group d) Zero group
Ans : (c)
9) In any period in the periodic table, lowest atomic radii values are observed in ______
group element
a) Zero b) VII A c) VIA d) VA
Ans : (b)
Sol: due to more effective nuclear charge
10) The correct order of electronegativity in halogens ____
a) F2  Cl 2  Br2  I 2 b) F2  Br2  Cl 2  I 2
c) Cl2  Br2  F2  I 2 d) I2  Br2  Cl2  F2
Ans : (a)
11) Order of electron affinity in Halogen ______
a) Cl2  F2  Br2  I 2 b) F2  Cl2  Br2  I2
c) F2  Br2  Cl2  I2 d) F2  Cl2  I 2  Br2
Ans : (a)
Solution : Electron affinity of F2  Cl2 due to its small size and more electronic
repulsion between present electron and added electron is more.
2. Chemical properties of halogen
(Reactivity of halogens, Reaction of halogens with water - Chemical properties of
halogen, Reaction of halogens with metals, Reaction of halogens with non-metals,
Reaction of halogens with hydrocarbons, Reaction of halogens with water, Nature of
bonding of halogen, Oxidization power of halogen,Reaction of halogens with
hydrogen ,Reaction of halogens with oxygen)
12) The incorrect statement is: (JEE MAIN 2021 SHIFT-2)
a) F2 is more reactive than CIF
b) F2 is a stronger oxidizing agent than Cl2
c)on hydrolysis CIF forms HOCl and HF
d) Cl2 is more reactive than CIF
91
 Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Ans: (d)
Solution: Interhalogen compounds are more reactive than Cl2 , Br2 and I 2 ,
3. Fluorine and its reactions
13) The only element in the periodic table, which shows -1 oxidation states in all of its
compounds is ___
a) Fluorine b) Chlorine c) Bromine d) Iodine
Ans : (a)
14) F2 dissolved in water and gives a mixture of
a) O 2  N 2 b) N 2  H 2 c) O 2  O3 d) N 2  H 2
Ans : (c)
15) Among silver halides which one is soluble in water _______
a) AgF b) AgCl c) AgBr d) AgI
Ans : (a)
16) Among calcium halides, which one is insoluble in water ____
a) CaF2 b) CaCl 2 c) CaBr2 d) CaI 2
Ans : (a)
4. Anomalous behaviour of fluorine
(Reactivity comparison of fluorine with other halogens, Maximum covalency of fluorine,
Oxidation state of fluorine, Hydrogen bonding of fluorine, Nature of compounds of
fluorine, Oxidizing power of fluorine, Reactivity of halogen acids)
5. Comparison of fluorine and oxygen
6. Reasons for the difficulty in isolation of fluorine
7. Methods of isolation of fluorine
(Moissan's method, Dennis method, Whytlaw-Gray's method, Modern method for isolating
fluorine)
8. Precautions taken to prepare fluorine
9. Physical properties of fluorine
17) Which one of the following is more toxic in gaseous form ?
a) HCN b) CO c) HCl d) HF
Ans : (d)
Solution : Gaseous HF is very toxic (3 PPm)
HCN (10 ppm)
18) Which one of the following is a liquid at room temperature _____
a) HF b) HCl c) HBr d) HI
Ans : (a)
Due to hydrogen bonding

92
 Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
10. Chemical properties of fluorine
(Reactivity of fluorine, Reaction of fluorine with water, Reaction of fluorine with
hydrogen, Action of fluorine on alkalies, Oxidizing property of fluorine, Action of
fluorine on ammonia, Action of fluorine on hydrogen sulphide, Action of fluorine on
organic compounds - Chemical properties of fluorine, Action of fluorine on glass,
Reaction of fluorine with alkanes, Reaction of fluorine with methanol)
19) Which one of the following etches glass _______
a) HF b) HCl c) HBr d) HI
Ans : (a)
Solution : HF reacts with SiO2 of glass
20) The halogen that gives O3 with water is ____
a) F2 b) Cl 2 c) Br2 d) I2
Ans : (a)
Sol : 3F2  3H 2O  6 HF  O3
11. Uses of fluorine and its compounds
21) The gaseous insulator used in high voltage transformers is _______
a) SF6 b) SF4 c) SeF6 d) TeF6
Ans : (a)

22) The fluoride tooth paste contains _______

a) RnF2 b) SnF2 c) CaF2 d) XeF2
Ans : (b)

23) Which one of the following is used as Anaesthatic, called Fluothane _____
a) CHCl b) CH 3CH 2  O  CH 2CH 3  N 2O
3
c) CCl2 F2 d) CF3CHBrCl
Ans : (d)

12. Chlorine and its reactions

24) Horn silver is ______
a) AgF b) AgCl c) AgBr d) AgI
Ans : (b)

93
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
13. Methods of preparation of chlorine
(Methods of preparation of chlorine by oxidation of HCl, Methods of preparation of
chlorine from bleaching powder, Methods of preparation of chlorine from chlorides)
25) Catalyst used in deacons process to prepare Cl2
a) Cu 2 Cl2 b) MnO 2 c) CuCl 2 d) MnCl 2
Ans : (c)
14. Laboratory methods of preparation of chlorine
(Preparation of chlorine using manganese dioxide,Preparation of chlorine using
potassium permanganate and potassium dichromate, Preparation from pure Cl₂,
Weldon's process, Deacon's process, Preparation of chlorine by electrolysis of brine,
Preparation of chlorine by electrolysis or molten sodium chloride, Nitrosyl chloride
process)
15. Physical properties of chlorine

16. Chemical properties of chlorine

(Combustion reactions of chlorine, Reaction of hydrogen with chlorine, Reaction of
metals with chlorine, Reactions with non-metals with chlorine, Oxidization and
bleaching nature of chlorine, Action of alkalies on chlorine, Addition reaction of
chlorine, Reaction of carbon disulphide with chlorine, Substitution reactions of
chlorine)
26) Chlorine on reaction with hot and concentrated sodium hydroxide gives
(JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT-2)
a) Cl  and ClO2 b) Cl  and ClO3 c) Cl  and ClO d) ClO3 and ClO2
Ans: B
Sol: 3Cl2  6 NaOH  5 NaCl  NaClO3  3H 2 O
27) Bromine on reaction with cold and dil sodium hydroxide gives
a) Br  and BrO2 b) Br  and BrO3 c) Br  and BrO  d) BrO3 and BrO2
Ans : (c)

Sol : Br2  2 NaOH  NaBr  NaOBr  H 2O

28) 2KMnO 4 +16HCl  2KCl+2MnCl 2  8H 2O+5Cl 2

In this reaction, how many chloride ions are oxidised by 1 mole KMnO 4
a) 3 b) 10 c) 6 d) 5
Ans : (d)

94
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Solid Conc.
29) NaCl K 2 Cr2O 7  H 2SO 4  CrO 2Cl 2 Vapours. Colour of these vapours
a) blue b) yellow c) deep red d) violet
Ans : (c)
30) Chromyl chloride test is given by ____
a) Cl
-
b) Br  c) I d) All
Ans : (a)
31) Oxidation number of ‘Cr’ in CrO 2 Cl 2 ____
a) + 2 b) + 3 c) + 4 d) + 6
Ans : (d)
x 2 1
Sol : Cr O 2 Cl 2 x  4  2  0  x  6
17. Uses of chlorine
18. Bromine and its reactions
19. Methods of preparation of bromine
(By passing chlorine gas through aqueous bromide, By action of HCl on mixture of
potassium bromide)
20. Laboratory method of preparation of bromine
(By action of manganese oxide and conc. sulphuric acid)
21. Manufacture of bromine
(From carnallite mother liquor, From sea water)
22. Physical properties of bromine
23. Chemical properties of bromine
(Reaction of bromine with metals, Reaction of bromine with non-metals, Reaction of
bromine with boron, Reaction of bromine with phosphorus, Reaction of bromine with
arsenic, Oxidizing nature of bromine, Reaction of bromine with sodium thiosulphate,
Reaction of bromine with ammonia, Bleaching nature of bromine, Action of alkalies
on Bromine, Reaction of bromine with cold and dilute alkali, Action of ammonia on
bromine, Action of mercuric oxide on bromine)
32) Br2 dissolves in chloroform to give ____ colour
a) Blue b) Brown c) green d) violet
Ans : (b)
24. Uses of bromine
33) The silver halide, which is used in photography _____
a) AgF b) AgCl c) AgBr d) AgI
Ans : (c)

95
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
25. Iodine and its reaction
26. Preparation of iodine
( Oxidation of iodides by chlorine or ozone or hydrogen peroxide, By adding conc.
sulphuric acid, By adding potassium iodide, By action of sodium hydrogen sulphide,
By action of dil. sulphuric on mixture of potassium iodide, By heating cuprous iodide
in dry oxygen)
27. Laboratory method - Iodine and its reaction
(By action of manganese dioxide and sulphuric acid on potassium iodide)
28. Manufacture of iodine
(From sea weed, From caliche, Purification of iodine)
29. Physical properties of iodine
30. Chemical properties of iodine
(Combination with elements, Oxidizing properties, Reaction of alkalies on iodine,
Reaction of iodine with ammonia, Reaction of iodine with sodium thiosulphate, Action
of strong oxidizing agents on iodine, Reaction of iodine with mercuric oxide, Reaction
of iodine with chlorine, Reactions of iodine on starch)
34) Iodine on reaction with hot and concentrated sodium hydroxide give________ratio of
Iodide and Iodate ions respectively
a) 1:1 b) 5:1 c) 1:2 d) 2:1
Ans: (b)
Sol: 3I 2  6 NaOH  5NaI  NaIO3  3H 2O

35) The equivalent weight of Hypo in the following reaction

2Na 2S2 O3  I 2  2 NaI+Na 2S4 O 6
a) Mol. Wt. B) Mol. Wt./ 2 c) Mol. Wt./4 d) 2 Mol. Wt.
Ans : (a)
2 2.5
Sol : Na 2 S 2 O3  Na 2 S4 O 6
Change in 0.N of S-atom = 2.5 – 2 = 0.5 / atm.

But molecule Na 2 S2 O3 has 2 ‘S’ atoms.

 total change in 0 N = 2 x 0.5 = 1
M.Wt M.W
 Eq. Wt = 
Change 0. N 1

96
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
31. Basic properties of iodine
36) I2 gives _____ colour with starch
a) blue b) pink c) green d) orange
Ans : (a)
32. Uses of iodine
37) Nessler’s reagent is ___________
a) CHI3 b) Aqueous solution of I 2 in KI
c) K 2  HgI 4  d) AgI
Ans : (c)
38) A mixture of ½ OZ Iodine, ¼ OZ KI and 1 pint rectified spirit is called ___
a) Iodex b) Iodoform c) Tincture of iodine d) Iodine dye
Ans : (c)
39) The silver halide, which is used for artificial production of rain ______
a) AgF b) AgCl c) AgBr d) AgI
Ans : (d)
40) Deficiency of I 2 in the diet causes ___
a) Beri – beri b) Rickets c) Goitre d) Scurvy
Ans : (c)
33. Halogen acids or hydracids
41) The correct order of acidic character of hydrogen halides in aqueous solution.
a) HF  HCl  HBr  HI b) HCl  HF  HBr  HI
c) HI  HCl  HBr  HF d) HI  HBr  HCl  HF
Ans : (d)
General formation of halogen acid
42) Among hydrogen halides, which one has low boiling point ____
a) HF b) HCl c) HBr d) HI
Ans : (b)
34. General methods of preparation of halogen acid
(By direct combination between hydrogen and halogen, By heating an appropriate
halide with conc. sulphuric acid and conc. phosphoric acid, By hydrolyzing non-
metallic halides with water, By oxidizing of hydrogen sulphide and sulphur dioxide by
halogen, By action of water on a mixture of red phosphorus and bromine and iodine)
35. Specific methods of preparation of hydrogen fluoride
(From potassium hydrogen fluoride, From silver fluoride, From calcium fluoride)
43) All hydrogen halides are gases at room temperature except _____
a) HF b) HCl c) HBr d) HI
Ans : (a)

97
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol : due to intermolecular hydrogen bonding , HF is a liquid
(HF BP 19.50 C HCl - -850C HBr - -670 C
HI BP  -35.5 C )
0

36. Specific methods of preparation of hydrogen chloride

( By heating sodium chloride with conc. sulphuric acid, By hydrolysis of SiCl₄)
44) Muriatic acid is ____
a) HCl b) HNO3 c) H 2SO 4 d) H 2 C2 O 4
Ans : (a)
37. Specific methods of preparation of hydrogen bromide
( By action of bromine on cooled benzene, By heating bromide with conc.
orthophosphoric acid)
38. Specific methods of preparation of hydrogen iodide
(By heating iodides with conc. orthophosphoric acid, By hydrolysis of corresponding
phosphorus trihalides)
45) Among hydrogen halides strongest acid and weakest acid are respectively ________
a) HF, HCl b) HI, HF c) HCl, HI d) HI, HBr
Ans : (b)
Sol : HF is the weakest acid due to intermolecular H-bonding
General characterizes of halogen acids
(Nature of HX molecules, Monomeric and dimeric salt formation of halogens, State of
halogen acids, Volatile nature of halogen acids, Boiling point of halogen acid, Melting
point of halogen acid, Bond length of halogen acid, Bond strength of halogen acid,
Bond energy of halogen acid, Thermal stability of halogen acid, Solubility in water and
formation of azeotropic mixtures of halogen acids, Combustibility of halogen acid,
Covalent and ionic character of halogen hydrogen bond in gaseous HX molecules,
General chemical properties of halogen acids, Acidic nature of aqueous solution of HX
molecules, Action of silica and glass, Action of halide salts with AgNO3 solution,
Action on lead salts, Action mercury salts, Reaction with copper sulphate solution,
Action on alkaline earth metal chloride, Action on metal, Reducing properties of HX
molecule, Action on halogens, Action on ammonia, Formation of aqua regia, Reaction
with manganese dioxide and sulphuric acid, Solubility of metallic halides, Formation
of complexes of X-ions, Combination of HX and X-ions to form HX₂ -ion)
41. Comparison of hydrofluoric acid with other halogen acid
(Abnormal properties of hydrofluoric acid, Similarities between hydrogen fluoride and
water)

98
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
46) Which one of the following acts as an acid in liquid HF ___
a) H 2 SO4 b) HCl c) HNO3 d) HClO4
Ans : (d)
Solution : liquid HF acts as a solvent. The mineral acids like H 2 SO4 , HCl and HNO3
are forced to accept proton from HF, hence act as bases.
Exception : HClO4 acts as an acid in HF
42. Uses of halogen acids
(Hydrofluoric acid uses, Hydrochloric acid uses, Hydrobromic acid uses, Hydroiodic
acid uses)
43. Oxides of halogen
47) Which one of the following is not a halide ____
a) F2 O b) F2 O 2 c) NaCl d) Cl 2 O
Ans: (d)
Sol : Oxygen is more electronegative than chlorine, hence it is an oxide.
48) Which one of the following is not an oxide?
a) ClO 2 b) I 2 O5 c) F2 O d) Br2 O
Ans : (c)
44. Oxidation states different oxides of
49) Oxidation state of chlorine in chlorine dioxide is ____
a) + 1 b) + 3 c) + 4 d) + 5
Ans : (c)
x 2
Sol : Cl O 2 : x  4  0; x  4 ;

45. Oxygen difluoride

(Preparation of oxygen difluoride, Structure of oxygen difluoride, Oxidation state of
oxygen difluoride, Bond parameters of oxygen difluoride, Physical properties of
oxygen difluoride, Chemical properties of oxygen difluoride, Uses of oxygen
difluoride)
50) Bond angle in F2O is _____
a) 1090.281 b) 1110 c) 1030 d) 107 0.481
Ans : (c)
51) Bond angle in Cl2 O is ______
0 1 0
a) 109 .28 b) 180
0
c) 111 d) 900
Ans : (c)

99
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

46. Dioxygen difluoride

(Preparation of dioxygen difluoride, Structure of dioxygen difluoride, Oxidation state
of dioxygen difluoride, Bond parameters of dioxygen difluoride, Physical properties of
dioxygen difluoride, Chemical properties of dioxygen difluoride, Uses of dioxygen
difluoride)
47. Oxidation states of different oxides of chlorine
48. Chlorine monoxide
( Preparation of chlorine monoxide, Structure chlorine of monoxide, Oxidation state of
chlorine monoxide, Bond parameters of chlorine monoxide, Physical properties of
chlorine monoxide, Chemical properties of chlorine monoxide, Uses of chlorine
monoxide)
49. Chlorine dioxide
(Preparation of chlorine dioxide, Structure of chlorine dioxide, Oxidation state of
chlorine dioxide, Bond parameters of chlorine dioxide, Physical properties of chlorine
dioxide, Chemical properties of chlorine dioxide, Uses of chlorine dioxide)3
52) Euchlorine is a mixture of _____
a) CHCl3 +N 2 O b) Cl 2 +ClO 2 c) CaOCl 2 +Cl 2 d) Cl 2 +I 2
Ans. (b)
50. Dichlorine hexoxide
(Preparation of dichlorine hexoxide, Structure of dichlorine hexoxide, Oxidation state
of dichlorine hexoxide, Bond parameters of dichlorine hexoxide, Physical properties of
dichlorine hexoxide, Chemical properties of dichlorine hexoxide, Uses of dichlorine
hexoxide)
51. Dichlorineheptaoxide
(Preparation of dichlorineheptaoxide, Structure of dichlorineheptaoxide, Oxidation
state of dichlorineheptaoxide, Bond parameters of dichlorineheptaoxide, Physical
properties of dichlorineheptaoxide, Chemical properties of dichlorineheptaoxide, Uses
of dichlorineheptaoxide)
52. Oxidation states of different oxides of bromine
53. Dibromine monoxide
(Preparation of dibromine monoxide, Structure of dibromine monoxide, Oxidation
state of dibromine monoxide, Bond parameters of dibromine monoxide, Physical
properties of dibromine monoxide, Chemical properties of dibromine monoxide,
Uses of dibromine monoxide)

100
 Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
54. Bromate ion
(Preparation of bromate ion, Structure of bromate ion, Oxidation state of bromate ion,
Bond parameters of bromate ion, Physical properties of bromate ion, Chemical
properties of bromate ion, Uses of bromate ion)
55. Oxidation states of different oxides of iodine
56. Iodine pentoxide
(Preparation of iodine pentoxide, Structure of iodine pentoxide, Oxidation state of
iodine pentoxide, Bond parameters of iodine pentoxide, Physical properties of iodine
pentoxid, Chemical properties of iodine pentoxide, Uses of iodine pentoxide)
57. Oxo-acids of halogen
(Oxidation states of fluorine in different oxyacids, Fluoric acid, Preparation of fluoric
acid, Structure of fluoric acid, Acid strength of fluoric acid, Oxidation power of
fluoric acid, Bond parameters of fluoric acid, Physical properties of fluoric acid,
Chemical properties of fluoric acid, Uses of fluoric acid)
53) The no. of halogen/ (s) forming halic acids (VII) is _____ (JEE MAIN 2021 SHIFT-2)

a) 3 b) 4 c) 2 d) 1
Ans: (a)
Sol:
HClO4 , HBrO4 , HIO4 but not with fluorine.
54) In the following acids no. of Halogens exhibits +3 oxidation state
HOCl , HClO2 , HBrO3 , HIO3 & HIO4 _______
Ans: (a)
Sol: Only HClO2
58. Hypofluorous acid
(Preparation of hypofluorous acid, Structure of hypofluorous acid, Acid strength of
hypofluorous acid, Oxidation power of hypofluorous acid, Bond parameters of
hypofluorous acid, Physical properties of hypofluorous acid, Chemical properties of
hypofluorous acid, Uses of hypofluorous acid)
59. Oxidation states of chlorine in different oxyacids
60. Hypochlorous acid
(Preparation of hypochlorous acid, Structure of hypochlorous acid, Acid strength of
hypochlorous acid Oxidation power of hypochlorous acid, Bond parameters of
hypochlorous acid, Physical properties of hypochlorous acid, Chemical properties of
hypochlorous acid, Uses of hypochlorous acid)

101
 Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
61. Chlorous acid
(Preparation of chlorous acid, Structure of chlorous acid, Acid strength of chlorous
acid, Oxidation power of chlorous acid, Bond parameters of chlorous acid ,Physical
properties of chlorous acid, Chemical properties of chlorous acid, Uses of chlorous
acid)

55) Number of Cl-O bonds in chlorous acid, chloric acid and perchloric acid respectively
are (JEE MAIN 2021 SHIFT-1)
a)1,2 and 3 b)4,1 and 0 c)1,1 and 3 d)3,1 and 1
Ans: (a)
1. Chloric acid
(Preparation of chloric acid, Structure of chloric acid, Acid strength of chloric acid,
Oxidation power of chloric acid, Bond parameters of chloric acid, Physical properties
of chloric acid, Chemical properties of chloric acid, Uses of chloric acid)
56) The number of Cl  O bonds in perchloride acid is (JEE MAIN 2020 SHIFT-1)
Ans : 3
Perchloride acid is  HClO4
HClO4  H   ClO4
Structure of ClO4 :

O-

Cl
O O

O
No. of Cl = 0 bonds = 3.

2. Perchloric acid
(Preparation of perchloric acid, Structure of perchloric acid, Acid strength of perchloric
acid, Oxidation power of perchloric acid, Bond parameters of perchloric acid, Physical
properties of perchloric acid, Chemical properties of perchloric acid, Uses of perchloric
acid)

102
 Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
62.Interhalogen compounds
1. Classification of interhalogen compounds
(AX type, AX₃ type, AX₅ type, AX₇ type)
2. Methods of preparation of interhalogen compounds
(By direct combination of elements, From lower interhalogen compounds, Miscellaneous
methods)
3. Properties of interhalogen compounds
(Physical state of interhalogen compounds, Colors of interhalogen compounds, Diamagnetic
nature of interhalogen compounds, Heat of formation of interhalogen compounds, Boiling
point of interhalogen compounds, Thermal stability of interhalogen compounds, Reactivity
of interhalogen compounds, Hydrolysis of interhalogen compounds, Addition reaction of
interhalogen compounds, Thermodynamic stability of interhalogen compounds,
Interhalogen compounds as fluorinating agent, Addition reaction of interhalogen
compounds with alkali halides, Interhalogen compounds as non-aqueous ionizing solvent,
Miscellaneous reactions of interhalogen compounds)
57) Which one of the following is more reactive ______
a) I 2 b) Cl 2 c) ICl d) Br2
Ans : (c)
Sol: Inter halogen compounds are more reactive than Cl2 , Br2 and I2 but less reactive
than F2
58) Which of the following has linear structure ____
c)  IBrCl 

a) I3 b) ICl2 d) All
Ans : (d)
63. Other miscellaneous compounds and ions of 17th group elements
(Polyhalide ions , Types of polyhalides, Preparation of polyhalides, Shape of polyhalides,
Physical properties of polyhalides, Chemical properties of polyhalides, Uses of polyhalide
ions)
1. Pseudo halides
(Preparation of pseudo halides, Shape of pseudo halides, Physical properties of pseudo
halides, Chemical properties of pseudo halides, Uses of pseudo halides)
59) AgCl is soluble in ______
a) HNO3 b) Water c) NH 4OH d) C6 H 6
Ans : (c)
Sol : due to the formation of complex salt
AgCl  NH 4 OH   Ag  NH 3 2  Cl  H 2 O
Complex salt

103
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
60) The best known pseudohalide is ________
1) N3 2) CN  3) S CN  4) OCN 
Ans: (2)
2. Bleaching powder
(Preparation of bleaching powder, Shape of bleac
hing powder, Physical properties of bleaching powder, Chemical properties of bleaching
powder, Bleaching action of bleaching powder, Estimation of available chlorine, Uses of
bleaching powder)
61) Bleaching power is also called ______
a) chloride of lime b) calcium chloro hypo chlorite
c) calcium oxy chloride d) All
Ans : (d)
62) Bleaching powder is an example of ______
a) Simple salt b) Complex salt
c) double salt d) Mixed salt
Ans : (d)
Solution : Mixed salts are formed by action of one base with two different acids (or)
vise versa.
Cl
OH HCl
Ca Ca
OH HOCl OCl
63) Bleaching powder contains two chlorine atoms their oxidation numbers are _______
a) + 1, - 1 b) +1, + 5 c) -1, + 5 d) + 3, + 7
Ans : (a)
64) Which one of the following substances acts as bleaching agent by reduction, in
presence of moisture _____
a) CaOCl2 b) NCl3 c) Cl2 d) SO 2
Ans : (d)
Sol : SO 2 acts as bleaching agent by reduction.
65) % of available chlorine in a good sample of bleaching powder
a) 25-30% b) 90-95% c) 65-70% d) 35-38%
Ans : (d)
66) Which one of the following acts as Antichlor ?
a) MnO 2 b) K 2 Cr2 O7 c) Na 2S2 O 3 d) Na 2SO 4
Ans : (c)
Sol: Substances which can remove excess Cl2 after bleaching action in textile industry
is called antichlorine Na2 S 2O3  Cl2  H 2O  Na2 SO4  2 HCl   S
104
 Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Group-18 or Inert or Noble gases
1. Characteristics of noble gases
(Elements of 18th group, Sources, Position in periodic table, Reason of chemical inertness
Occurrences and abundances,History of discovery ,Isolation of noble gases from air :
i)Rayleigh-Ramsey first method, ii) Rayleigh-Ramsey second method, iii)Fischer-Ringe's
method, Separation by Dewar's method, Separation from liquid air : i) Separation of
helium and neon from l-fraction, ii)Separation of argon from II-fraction, iii) Separation of
krypton and xenon from III-fraction, Electronic configuration, Physical state, Monoatomic
nature, Melting point, Boiling point, Density, Atomic radii, Ionization energy, Electron
affinity, Adsorption over charcoal, Ease liquefaction, Solidification, Enthalpy of fusion,
Enthalpy of vaporization, Solubility in water, Conductivity & Spectra)
1) The noble gas that does not occur in the atmosphere is : (JEE MAIN 2019 SHIFT-1)

a) He b) Rn c) Ne d) Kr

Ans : b

2) The inert gases present in atmosphere are

a) He and Ne b) He, Ne and Ar

c) He, Ne, Ar and Kr d) He, Ne, Ar, Kr and Xe.

Ans: d
Sol : He, Ne, Ar, Kr and Xe
3) Valency of inert gases is ______
a) Zero valent b) Mono valent
c) Divalent d) Octa valent
Ans : (a)
Sol : Due to chemical inertness
CP
4) The value for inert gases (i.e. ratio of specific heat capacity at constant pressure to
CV
constant volume) is ______
a) 1.33 b) 1.4 c) 1.66 d) 1.0
Ans : (3)
5) Bond order in He 2 molecule is _____
a) one b) two c) three d) zero
Ans : (d)
Sol : He 2 molecule has 4 electrons
105
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
*
 
 Configuration 1s 2 1s 2
N  Na
 B.O. = b
2
22
=
2
= Zero

N b  No. of bonding electrons = 2

N a  No. of antibonding electrons = 2
6) All inert gases can be adsorbed by coconut charcoal at suitable temperatures, except
____
a) He b) Kr c) Xe d) Rn
Ans : (a)
7) The most modern method, to prepare inert gases on large scale is ______
a) Ramsay method b) Rayleigh method
c) Fischer-Ringe’s method d) Dewars method
Ans : (3)
8) The substance used in Fisher-Ringe’s method to prepare inert gases from air ______
Ca 3P2  CaC 2 CaC2  CaCl2
a) b)
(90 parts) (10 parts) (90 parts) (10 parts)
CaC2  CaCl2 Ca 3P2  CaCl2
c) d)
(10 parts) (90 parts) (10 parts) (90 parts)
Ans : (b)
9) The apparatus used to separate inert gases from liquid air ______
a) Claudes apparatus b) Bachmann’s plant
c) Siemann’s apparatus d) Brodies apparatus
Ans : (1)
10) Pair of inert gases whose B.P. less than N 2 _______
a) He, Ne b) Ne, Ar c) Ar, Kr d) Kr, Xe
Ans : (1)
11) Pair of inert gases whose BP is more than O2 ____
a) He, Ne b) Ne, Ar c) Ar, Kr d) Kr, Xe
Ans : (4)
12) The inert gas whose BP is more than N 2 but less than oxygen is ______
a) He b) Ne c) Ar d) Xe
Ans : (c)
106
 Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

Sol : B.P. N 2  196 C

0

Ar  1860 C
O 2  1830 C
13) Inert gases that can form hexa hydrates _____
a) He,Ne,Ar b) Ar, Kr, Xe c) Kr, Xe, Rn d) He, Ne, Rn
Ans : (2)

Sol : Ar.6H 2 O
Kr.6H 2 O
Xe.6H 2 O
2. Compounds of noble gases
(Hydrates,Clathrates , Interstitial compounds True chemical compounds of noble
gases, Chemistry of noble gas compounds, Xenon and its compounds)
The shape and structure of  xeF5  and xeO3 F2 respectively are

14)
(JEE MAIN 2020 SHIFT-1)
a) octahedral and square pyramidal
b) trigonal bipyramidal and trigonal bipyramidal
c) trigonal bipyramidal and pentagonal
d) pentagonal planar and trigonal bipyramidal
Ans: d
15) Geometry of BrCl5 and XeOF4 are respectively ________
a) Both are square planar
b) Both are trigonal bipyramidal
c) Trigonal bipyramidal and disturbed octahedral
d) Both are square pyramidal
Ans: d
Sol: Hybridisation in BrCl5  sp3 d 2 with 5 bond pairs and 1 lone pair

XeOF4  sp3 d 2 with 5 bond pairs and 1 lone pair

i) Xenon difluoride
(Methods of preparation of xenon difluoride, Physical properties of xenon difluoride,
Structure of xenon difluoride, Hybridization of xenon difluoride, Chemical properties of
xenon difluoride, Uses of xenon difluoride)

107
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
ii) Xenon tetrafluoride
( Methods of preparation of xenon tetrafluoride, Physical properties of xenon tetrafluoride,
Structure of xenon tetrafluoride, Hybridization of xenon tetrafluoride, Chemical
properties of xenon tetrafluoride, Uses of xenon tetrafluoride)
iii) Xenon hexafluoride
(Methods of preparation of xenon hexafluoride, Physical properties of xenon
hexafluoride,Structure of xenon hexafluoride, Hybridization of xenon hexafluoride,
Chemical properties of xenon hexafluoride, Uses of xenon hexafluoride)
16) A xenon compound A upon partial hydrolysis gives XeO2 F2 . The number of lone of
pair electrons present on the central atom of compound A is _____ (JEE MAIN 2021
SHIFT-2)
a) 3 b) 2 c) 1 d) 0
Ans: c
Sol:
H O
XeF6 
2  XeOF  2 HF
4
XeF6  2H 2 O 
 XeO2 F2  4 HF
17) The number of lone pairs of electrons present on the Xe in equatorial position in
 XeF5 


a) 3 b) 2 c) 1 d) 0
Ans: d
Sol: The  XeF5  anion shows the pentagonal planar structure in which two axial


positions are occupied by two lone pairs.

iv) Xenon trioxide :

( Method of preparation of xenon trioxide, Physical properties of xenon trioxide,
Structure of xenon trioxide, Hybridization of xenon trioxide, Chemical properties of
xenon trioxide, Uses of xenon trioxide)
v ) Xenon tetraoxide :
( Methods of preparation of xenon tetraoxide, Physical properties of xenon tetraoxide,
Structure of xenon tetraoxide, Hybridization of xenon tetraoxide, Chemical properties
of xenon tetraoxide, Uses of xenon tetraoxide)
vi) Xenon oxyfluoride :
( General methods of preparation of xenon oxyfluoride, General physical properties of
xenon oxyfluoride, General chemical properties of xenon oxyfluoride)
Vii ) Xenon oxytetrafluoride :
( Structure of xenon oxytetrafluoride, Hybridization of xenon oxytetrafluoride)
108
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
viii) Xenon dioxydifluoride :
( Structure of xenon dioxydifluoride, Hybridization of xenon dioxydifluoride)
3. Uses of noble gases
(Uses of helium, neon, argon, krypton, xenon & radon)

EXERCISE – 2
(INTEGER TYPE QUESTION)

P - Block Elements

13th group or boron group

General introduction of 13th group
(Occurrence of 13th group elements, Abundance of 13th group elements, Electronic
configuration of 13th group elements, Atomic and ionic radius of 13th group elements,
Ionization enthalpy of 13th group elements, Electronegativity of 13th group elements,
Metallic or electropositive nature of 13th group elements, Density of 13th group elements,
Melting and boiling points of 13th group elements, Oxidation potentials and reducing
nature of 13th group elements, Physical states of 13th group elements, Hydration of ions
of boron family, Oxidation states of 13th group elements)
1. An element ‘X’ shows inert pair effect and Exhibit +1 oxidation state what is the atomic
Number of an element ‘X’ than
Ans: 9
Sol: Thallium (Tl81) = =9
Chemical properties of boron group elements
(Reaction with air of 13th group elements : a)Reaction of 13th group elements with
nitrogen, b) Reaction of 13th group elements with oxygen in air, Reaction of 13th group
elements with water, Reaction of 13th group elements with acids, Reaction of 13th group
elements with non-metals, Reaction of 13th group elements with alkali, Reaction of 13th
group elements with metals, Reaction of 13th group elements with ammonia : a)Borazine
(inorganic benzene), b) Structure and bonding in borazine, c)Physical and chemical
properties of borazine, d) Uses of borazine , Other chemical properties of boron group
elements)

2. Identify ‘X’ in the following reaction


BCl3  NH 4Cl 
140 C
C6 H 5Cl
 A 
NaBH 4
 B.
Then the compound ‘B’ is B3N3HX. Than ‘X’ is
Ans: 6
Sol: Borazine formula B3N3H6
109
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
3. Find the number of isomers possible for disubstituted borazine ____
Ans: 4
Sol: 1,2-(B,N);1,3-(B,B),
1,4-(B-N) and 1,3(N,N)
4. Number of moles of H2 formed in the hydrolysis of a mole of borazole is ____

Ans:3

Sol: B3N3H6+9H2O 3NH3+3H3BO3+3H2

Extraction of elements of group 13

5. On a large scale boron is extracted from it’s minerals colemanite with molecular formula
CaXBYOZ. Then find the value of X+Z-Y is ______
Ans: 7
Sol: Colemanite Ca2B6O11
X=2, Y=6, Z=11
X+Z-Y= 2+11-6 = 7
Anomalous behaviour of boron
(Similarities of boron with other group members, Dissimilarities of boron with other
group members, Diagonal relationship-anomalous behaviour of boron)
6. The maximum covalence of boron is ____
Ans: 4
Sol: covalence of Boron is 4
7. In crystalline form boron exists as icosahedrons that has x faces and y atoms linked in this
unit. The value of (x - y)= ____
Ans: 8
Sol: x=20; y=12.
Compounds of 13th group elements
A) Oxides of 13th group elements
(Preparation of oxides (reaction with oxygen)of 13th group elements, Physical and
chemical nature of oxides of 13th group elements, Chemical reactions of oxides of 13th
group elements, Solubility of oxides of 13th group elements, Stability of oxides of 13th
group elements, Ionic or covalent nature of oxides of 13th group elements, Uses of oxides
(alumina thermite process) of 13th group elements)
8. 4B(s)+3O2(g) 2B2O3.The molecular weight of B2O3 is X. Than is ___
Ans: 7
Sol: Molecular weight of B2O3 is 70; =7

110
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

9. Metal ‘M’ belonging to group 13, M2O3+carbon A+B(g) , A is an ionic compound ,

which gives methane on hydrolysis by H2O. the total number of atoms in a molecule of ’A
is __
Ans: 7
Sol: Al2O3  C  Al4C3  O2 ; Al4C3  H 2O  CH 4  Al (OH )3

10. H3BO3 A B C the sum of the number of boron atoms present in both the
A and B molecule is _____
Key: 5.
0 0
Sol: H 3 BO3 
100 c
 HBO2 
160 c
 H 2 B4O7 
Re d Hot
 B2O3
B) Hydroxides of 13th group elements
(Preparation of hydroxides of 13th group elements, Physical and chemical nature of
hydroxides of 13th group elements, Chemical reactions of hydroxides of 13th group
elements, Solubility of hydroxides of 13th group elements, Stability of hydroxides of 13th
group elements, Ionic or covalent nature of hydroxides of 13th group elements)
11. How many moles of hydrogen gas evolved when boron reacts with potassium hydroxide
Ans: 3
Sol: 2B+6KOH  2K3BO3+3H2
Fusion

12. Number of compounds which is /are only acidic Be(OH)2, Mg(OH)2, Al(OH)3, B(OH)3,
Ti(OH)3, Ga(OH)3
Ans: 1
Sol: B(OH)3
C) Halides of 13th group elements
(General preparation of halides of 13th group
elements,Aluminiumhalides,Boronhalides,Physical and chemical nature of halides (Lewis
acid and base nature) of 13th group elements, Chemical reactions of halides of 13th group
elements, Solubility of halides of 13th group elements, Stability of halides of 13th group
elements,Ionic or covalent nature of halides of 13th group elements)
13a. Sum of the covalence and oxidation state. Of boron in [BF4]-are (JEE MAIN 2023
Mains)

Ans: 7

Sol: No of covalent bonds formed by boron is 4

Oxidation number of B is 3.

111
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
13b. Number of electrons transferred to vacant 2P-orbital of boron by fluorine in BF 3 is
Ans: 2
Sol: Fluorine transfers two electrons to vacant 2P-orbital of boron thus forming Pπ-Pπ
bond.
14. Among H3BO3, AlCl3, BF3, B2H6, Li[BH4], AlF63-, [BH4]-,the number of lewis acids are
____
Ans: 4
Sol: H3BO3, AlCl3, BF3, B2H6.
D) Hydrides of 13th group elements
(Preparation of hydrides of 13th group elements,Physical properties of hydrides of 13th
group elements,Chemical properties of hydrides of 13th group elements, Boranes structure
of reactivity,Types of boranes,Nidoboranes,Arachno boranes Uses of hydrides)
15. Closo borane is one of the three major structures of borane which has the chemical
formula B6H6n- the value of n is _____
Ans: 2
Sol: Example of closo borane is B6H62-
16. Among [BeCl2]n, [BeH2]n, B2H6, Al2(CH3)6, Al2Cl6, Be(BH4)2, Al(BH4)3; the number of
compounds having 3C-2e- bonds are ____
Ans: 5
Sol: (BeH2)n, B2H6, Al2(CH3)6, Be(BH4)2, Al(BH4)3
E) Nitrides of 13th group elements
(Preparation of nitrides of 13th group elements,Structure of nitrides of 13th group
elements,Chemical and physical properties of nitrides of 13th group elements,Uses of
nitrides of 13th group elements)
17. How many statements are correct about Boron Nitride (BN).
i) Used for thermal conductivity
ii) Used for mechanical strength
iii) Used for insulating coatings
iv) used for electrical circuits
Ans: 4
Sol: All these statements are correct.
Compounds of Boran
A. Diborane

(Preparation of diboranes,Structure and bonding of diborane,Physical properties of

diborane,Chemical properties of diborane,Uses of diborane)

18a. The two types of bonds present in B2H6 are covalent and bridged. The number of
covalent bonds are ________ (Adv 1994)
Ans: 4
112
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol:

18b. The bond angles of bridged hydrogen and terminal hydrogen are X+Y = Z then the
value of is _____
Ans: 9
Sol:
H H
H
B 97 B 120

H H H
X= 97, Y = 120
X + Y = 97+120 = 217 = = 9.
19a. Three moles of B2H6 are completely reacted with methanol. The number of moles of
boron containing product formed is _____ (JEE Adv 2015)
Ans: 6
Sol: 3B2H6+6CH3OH → 2[B(OCH3)3] + 6H2↑
19b. In the reaction 2X+B2H6 → [BH2(X2)]+[BH4]-
The number of lone pairs present on ‘X’ is ________
Ans: 1
Sol: B2H6 + 2 N  CH 3 3
B) Oxy acids of boron
(Metaboricacid,Pyroboricacid,Tetraboricacid,Boric acid)

20. The total number of protons donated by one molecule of boricacid is _____
Ans: 0
Sol: H3BO3 is not protonic acid
C) Borates
(General methods of preparation of borates,Orthoborates,Pyroborartes,
Metaborates,Chainmetaborates,Cyclic metaborates, Sheet
borates,Complexborates,Chemical and physical properties of borates,Uses of borates)
21. Borates are detected by treating the compound with HF which leads to the formation of
volatile compound ‘X’. The number of sigma bonds in ‘X’ is ____
Ans: 3
Sol: H3BO3 + 3HF → 2BF3+3H2O. In BF3 three sigma bonds are present.
113
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
D) Orthboric acid
(Preparation of orthoboric acid,Structure of orthoboric acid,Physical and chemical
properties of orthoboric acid,Uses of orthoboric acid)
22. The PKa value of orthoboric acid is ___
Ans: 9
Sol: H3BO3 is a weak electrolyte it’s pKa value is 9.25
E) Carboranes
(Preparation of carboranes, Classification of carboranes, Closocarboranes,
Nidocarboranes, Arachnocarborane, Physical and chemical properties of carboranes Uses
of carboranes)
23. The general formula of carboranes is represented by C2BnHn+2. Than ‘n’ ranging from x to
10 than the value of x is _____
Ans: 3
Sol: Carborane is represented by C2BnHn+2 n value ranging from 3 to 10
F) Borax
(Preparation of borax, Structure of borax,Physical and chemical properties of borax Uses
of borax)
24a. If the formula of Borax is
Na2BYOX(OH)y.ZH2O Find the value of X+Y+Z is ___ (JEE MAIN 2023 April
Shift-2)
Ans: 17
Sol: formula of borax is Na2B4O5(OH)4
X=5; Y=4; Z=8 = X+Y+Z = 5+4+8 = 17.
24b. Number of molecules of water of crystalization in octahedral form of borax is ___
Ans: 5
Sol: Octahedral form of borax is Na2B4O7.5H2O
25. How many of the following compounds cleave diborane symmetrically
CH3NH2, (CH3)2NH, (CH3)3N, CO, (CH3)2O, NH3
Ans: 3
26. In borax the number of boron atoms which are SP2 hybridized is _____
Ans: In Na2B4O7, two boron atoms are SP2 and two are SP3.
27. Find the no. of B-O bonds in peroxoborate _____
Ans: 8
Sol:
O O
OH
OH
B
B
OH
OH O O

114
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
28. The total number of tetrahedral and trigonal planar units in borax is _____
Ans:4
Sol: number of the tetrahedral units in borax=2
Number of the trigonal planar units in borax=2
Compounds of Aluminium
A) Lithium aluminium hydride
29. Compound ‘X’ on reduction with LiAlH4 gives a hydride ‘Y’ containing % hydrogen
along with other products. The compound ‘Y’ reacts with air explosively resulting in
boron trioxide. Find the percentage of hydrogen in ‘Y’:
Ans: 21
Sol: 4BCl3+LiAlH4 → B2H6+3AlCl3+2LiCl
(x) (y)
% H in B2H6 = × 100 = 21.42%
30a. The coordination number of Al in the crystalline state of AlCl3 is___ (JEE ADV -2009)
Ans: 6
Sol: AlCl3 is acidified aqueous solution crystallizes as octahedral [Al(H2O)6]+3Cl3-3.
30b. The number of electron deficient bonds in Al2Cl6 is___
Ans: 0
31a. the value of ‘n’ in the molecular formula BenAl2Si6O18 is ____ (JEE ADV
2016)
Ans: 3
Sol: 2n+6+24=36
n-3
total cationic charge=total anionic charge.
31b. consider the structure of Al2 Me6 compound and find the value of where, x=total
number of atoms that are SP3 hybridized and y=total number of 3c2e- bonds
Ans: 4
Sol: x=8, y=2
B) Alumina
(Synthesis of alumina,Structure and classification of alumina,Chemical and physical
properties alumina,Uses of alumina)
32. When Metal ‘M’ is treated with NaOH a white gelatinous precipitate ‘X’ is obtained,
which is soluble in excess of NaOH. Than the atomic weight of ‘M’ is ______
Ans: 27
Sol:

115
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

Al  NaOH Al(OH)3 3Na
(M) (x)
NaOH

Na[Al(OH)4]
At. Wt of Al = 27
C) Alums
(General formula and discussion,Preparation of alums,Physical and chemical alums,
Pseudo alums,Uses of alums)
33. What is the oxidation state of aluminium in potash alum is _________
Ans: 3
Sol: K2SO4. Al2 (SO4)3. 24H2O
Other compounds of 13th group or boron group
34. What is the charge of ‘n’ in the given complex [GaCl6]n- ________
Ans: 3
Sol: [GaCl6]3-
Group 14 or carbon family
General introduction of 14th group
(Occurrence of 14th group,Abundance of 14th group,Electronic configuration of 14th
group,Atomic and ionic radii of 14th group, Ionization enthalpy of 14th group,
Electronegativity of 14th group,Metallic or electropositive nature of 14th group, Density
of 14th group,Melting and boiling points of 14th group, Oxidation potentials and reducing
nature of 14th group, Physical states of 14th group, Hydration of ions of carbon family,
Oxidation states of 14th group,Allotropy of 14th group : a) Graphite, b) Diamond, c)
Fullerene,
d) Other allotropes of carbon, e) Allotropes of silicon.,Catenation property of 14th group)

1. In C60 X number of 6 membered rings are present and Y number of 5 membered rings are
possible then the difference of x and y are
Ans: 8
Sol: 20 six membered rings and 12 five membered rings
2a. The unit cell of diamond is _____ (JEE ADV 1991)
Ans: 4
Sol: it is Fcc pattern.
2b. Number of moles of free electrons responsible for electrical conductance of 12 g of
graphite are ____
Ans: 1
Sol: 12 gm of c  6e 
12 gmof c  1moleof ' c ' .
116
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Chemical properties of group 14 or carbon family
A) Hydrides of group 14 elements or carbon family
(Hydrides of carbon (homologous series), Silanes, Germanes, Physical properties of
hydrides of group 14 elements or carbon family, Chemical properties of Hydrides of
group 14 elements or carbon family, Uses of hydrides of group 14 elements or carbon
family)
3. Carbon has valency 4 in C2H6 its valency in acetylene is
Ans: 4
Sol: Common valency of carbon is 4

B) Oxides of group 14 elements or carbon family

(Monoxides of group 14 elements or carbon family, Dioxides of group 14 elements or
carbon family, Other oxides of group 14 elements or carbon family, Physical properties of
oxides of group 14 elements or carbon family,Chemical properties of oxides of group 14
elements or carbon family,Structure of oxides of group 14 elements or carbon
family,Stability of oxides of group 14 elements or carbon family,Uses of group 14
elements or carbon family - Oxides of group 14 elements or carbon family)
4. Total number of covalent bonds in C3O2 is
Ans: 8
Sol: O=C=C=C=O. The number of covalent bonds including and bonds are 8.
5. Number of oxides possible for carbon at normal condition is ____
Ans: 3
Sol: CO, CO2, C3O2
C) Halides of group 14 elements or carbon family
(General discussion on types of halides of group 14 elements or carbon family,Physical
properties of halides of group 14 elements or carbon family, Stability of halides of group
14 elements or carbon family, Chemical properties of halides of group 14 elements or
carbon family, Uses of group 14 elements or carbon family)
6. SiF4 on hydrolysis gives X and Y. SiCl4 on hydrolysis gives X and Z. Covalence of central
atom in y is C1 and that of halogen in Z is C2. Then C1+C2 is
Ans: 7
Sol: 3SiF4+2H2OSiO2+2H2SiF6
(x) y
SiCl4+2H2OSiO2+4HCl
(z)
D) Reaction of group 14 elements or carbon family with acids
C+2H2SO42H2O+X+Y

117
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
7. In the above reaction x and y are oxides of sulphur and carbon. What is the sum of
oxidation states of sulphur and carbon.
Ans: 8
Sol: C+2H2SO42H2O+2SO2+CO2
E) Reaction of group 14 elements or carbon family with water
9. How many group-14 elements do not reacts water C, Si, Ge, Pb
Ans: 4
Sol: C, Si, Ge, Pb do not reacts with water
F) Reaction of group 14 elements or carbon family with alkali
Si+2NaOH+H2OX+2H2
10. In the above reaction compound “X” contains how many oxygen atoms
Ans: 3
Sol: Si+2NaOH+H2ONa2SiO3+2H2
G) Carbides
(Ionic carbides, Covalent carbides, Metallic; interstitial or refractory carbides, Physical
and chemical properties of carbides)
11. Mg2C3+4H2O2Mg(OH)2+X In the above reaction compound “X” contains how many
sigma bonds
Ans: 6
Sol: Mg2C3+4H2O2Mg(OH)2+H3C-C  C-H
X
Compounds of Silicon
A) Silica
12. Maximum number of “O” atom are bonded with each Si in SiO2
Ans: 4
Sol: In SiO2, each silicon is bonded with four oxygen
B) Silicates
(Orthosilicates, Pyrosilicates, Cyclic or ring silicates, Chain silicates,Two dimensional
sheet silicates,Three dimensional sheet silicates, Glass, Physical and chemical properties
of silicates)
13. How many oxygen atoms are expected to be shared by each SiO4-4 tetrahedral to form a
cyclic silicate ion Si3O9-6
Ans: 2
Sol: In cyclic silicates- two oxygen per tetrahedra are shared
14. Sum of the number of oxygen shared in between two silicon atoms in Si 3 and
Si3 is:
Key:5

118
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
15. How many oxygen atoms are expected to be shared by each Si tetrahedra to from a
cyclic silicate ion Si3 .
Key:2
C) Silicones
(Preparation of silicones, Properties and uses of silicones, Physical and chemical
properties of silicones)
16. The following compound (H3C)nSi(Cl)4-n on hydrolysis and on subsequent polymerization
gives a branched chain silicon. What is the value of n?
Ans: 1
Sol: R SiCl3-Produces branched chain silicone
D) Other compounds of silicon
17. The mineral lapis Lazuli is a splendid blue colour and was highly prized as a pigment
for oil paintings. It contains Ultramarine
Nax[(AlSiO4)y]. Then x-y is
Ans: 2
Sol: X=8, Y=6
Other compounds of 14th group
A) Compounds of tin
18. What is the co-ordination number of Sn in Crystalline layer structure of solid SnF4
Ans: 6
Sol: In solid SnF4 each “Sn” atom is surrounded by six fluorine atoms.
B) Compounds of lead
Pb+2HClX+H2
X+2HClY
19. In the above reaction X and Y are lead compounds. The sum of chlorine atoms in X and
Y compounds is
Ans: 6
Sol: Pb+2HCl → PbCl2+H2
PbCl2+2HCl → PbCl4+H2
Organo-metallic compounds of 14th group or boron group
20. Calculate the minimum number of moles of RMgx required in the formation of a mole of
cyclic silicone
Ans: 6
Sol: 3 moles R2SiCl2 gives trimeric cyclic silicone by hydrolysis and condensation.
6RMgx+3SiCl43R2SiCl2+6MgxCl

119
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Group15 or Nitrogen family
General characteristics
(Occurrence and abundances, Electronicconfiguration,Atomic and physical state, Atomic
and ionic radii, Ionizationenthalpy, Electronegativity,Metalliccharacter, Melting and
boiling point,Electrical and thermal conductivites,Allotropy, Atomic volume and
density,Catenation,Atomicity,Oxidationstates,Valency and nature of bonding:
a)Maximum covalency., Nature of bonding,Multiple bonding,
1a. The angle P-P-P in P4 molecule is X then is _______ (JEE Adv 1997)
Key: 6
Sol:
P

60
P P

1b. The percentage of P-character in the orbital forming P-P bonds in P4 is

Ans: 75
Sol: In P4 molecule phosphorous is Sp3 hybridised

2. In Ba(H2PO2)2 the oxidation number of phosphorous is ____

Ans: +1
Sol: Ba(H2PO2)2
4(+1)+2x+4(-2)=-2
4+2x-8=-2
2x-4=-2
2x=4-2
x= = +1
Some important class of compounds
Hydrides :
(Nature of hydrides,Poisonous nature of hydrides,Preparation of hydrides, Solubility of
hydrides, Thermal stability,Lewis base character,Reducing nature,Hydrogen
bonding,Boilingpoint,Meltingpoint,Geometry of hydrides of group 15th
elements,Bondangle,Bond length,Bond dissociation energy&Solubility Preparation and
uses of hydrazine and hydrazoic acid)

120
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
3. Let us consider the following reactions
NH3+NaOCl X(Hydride of nitrogen)
X+CuSO4 Y +Z +A
What is the oxidation state of nitrogen in Z
Ans: 0
Sol: X(N2H4), Z(N2)
N2H4+CuSO4  Cu +N2 +H2SO4
Oxides
(Reason for nitrogen to form multiple oxides,Different oxides of pnictogen based on their
oxidation number,General methods of preparation of oxides of phosphorus, arsenic&
bismuth,Acidity of oxides of nitrogen,Acidity of trioxides&pentoxides,Formation of
tetramers, Structures of phosphorus oxides, General chemical properties of oxides of
phosphorus and arsenic)
4a. The total number of lone pairs of electrons in N2O3 is____ (JEE Adv 2015)
Ans: 8
Sol:
O
N N O

O
number of lone pairs=8

4b. Number of N-N bonds in N2O5 is____

Ans: 0
O O
N O N

Sol: N2O5; Contain O O

Ammonia :
Natural presences of ammonia in nature, Preparation of ammonia, Haber process,
Structure of ammonia, Physical properties of ammonia, Chemical properties of ammonia,
Stability of ammonia, Lewis base of ammonia, Basic nature of ammonia, Reactions of
ammonia with metal salt solution, Oxidation of ammonia, Reaction of ammonia with
metal, Reaction of ammonia with carbon dioxide, Reaction of ammonia with Nessler's
reagent, Reaction of ammonia with sodium hypochlorite, Liquid ammonia as solvent,
Ammonium ion and its compounds, Ammonium hydroxide preparation, Ammonium
salts preparation,Ammonium chloride or salt ammoniac or nausadar preparation,
Ammonium sulphate, preparationAmmonium nitrite preparation, Use of ammonium
nitrite in explosive, Uses of ammonia.
121
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
5. Number of explosive product formed when NH3 reacts with excess of chlorine
Ans: 1
Sol:
NH 3  3Cl2  NCl3 (exp losive)  3HCl
excess

Oxides of nitrogen:
(Oxidation state ,Bond order and stability,Preparationmethods,General, physical
&chemical properties,Resonating structures ,Bond length ,Bond angle
,Hybridization,Usesof Dinitrogen monoxide, Nitrogen monoxide, Dinitrogen
trioxide,Nitrogen dioxide,Nitrogen tetroxide &Dinitrogen pentoxide)
6. Nitric Oxide (NO) which often act an three electron donating ligand react with Fe(CO) 5 as
follows:
Fe(CO)5+x NO  [Fe (CO)y(NO)x]+5-yCO
Then value of x+y is ______
Ans: 4
Sol: Fe(CO)5+2 NO  [Fe (CO)2(NO)2]+5-3CO
x = 2, y = 3
x+y=5

Nitric acid
(Preparation of nitric acid by laboratory method,Preparation of nitric acid by commercial
scale - Ostwald process,Oxidation state of nitrogen in nitric acid,Structure and geometry
of nitrogen in nitric acid,Hybridization of nitric acid,Bond parameters of nitric
acid,Physical properties of nitric acid,Acidic nature of nitric acid,Oxidation nature of
nitric acid,Nitrating agent of nitric acid,Reactions of different elements with nitric
acid,Reactions with dil. nitric acid,Reactions with very dilute nitric acid,Reactions with
metals that become passive with nitric acid,Reaction with metal which doesn’t react with
nitric acid,Action on organic compounds - Nitric acid or aqua fortis,Reaction with protein-
xanthoproteic test,Formation of nitrates from nitric acid)
7. Number of oxides of nitrogen which produces HNO3 when dissolved in water:
N2O, NO, NO2, N2O4, N2O5
Ans: 3
Sol: NO2, N2O4, N2O5

Phosphine
(Preparation of phosphine,Structure of phosphine,Physical properties of phosphine,
Chemical properties of phosphine, Comparison between ammonia and phosphine, Uses of
phosphine)

122
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
o
8. When phosphine is heated in air at 150 C, the oxidation state of phosphorus in oxyacid
formed is ___
Ans: 5

Sol: PH3+2O2  150 C

 H3PO4
H3PO4
3(+1) + x+ 4(-2)=0
3+x-8=0
x-5=0
x = +5
Phosphorus pentoxide
(Preparation of phosphorus pentoxide, Structure of phosphorus pentoxide, Physical
properties of phosphorus pentoxide, Chemical properties of phosphorus pentoxide, Uses
of phosphorus pentoxide)
9a. In P4O10, the number of oxygen atoms bonded to each phosphorus atom is _____
(JEE Adv 1992 )
Ans: 4
Sol:
O

P
O O
O P
O P O
O
O O
P

9b. Number of B-O-B linkages in borax is ‘x’ and number of P-O-P linkage in P4O10 is ‘y’
then (y-x) is
Ans: 1
Sol:
O

OH
P
O O O B O
O P 
O P O O
O HO B  B OH
O O
P O B O

O OH

y=6 x=5
y-x = 6-5 = 1

123
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Phosphorus trichloride
(Preparation of phosphorus trichloride, Structure of phosphorus trichloride, Physical
properties of phosphorus trichloride, Chemical properties of phosphorus trichloride Uses
of phosphorus trichloride)

10. PCl3+H2O  X + HCl, X is an Oxoacid of phosphorous X on strong heating at 200 oC

given Y & Z. Sum of oxidation number of phosphorous in Y and Z is ________
Ans: 2
Sol: PCl3+3H2O  H3PO3+3HCl

H3PO3  200 C

 H3PO4+PH3
H3PO3 PH3
+3+y-8=0 z+3=0
y= +5 z=-3
y+ z = (+5)+(-3) = 2
Phosphorus pentachloride
(Preparation of phosphorus pentachloride, Structure of phosphorus pentachloride, Physical
properties of phosphorus pentachloride, Chemical properties of phosphorus pentachloride
Uses of phosphorus pentachloride)
11a. Among the compounds O2, CO2, SO2, H2O, H2SO4, and P4O10, the number of
compounds that react with PCl5 to give POCl3 is_____ (JEE Adv 2011)
Key: 4
Sol: the compounds SO2, H2O, H2SO4, and P4O10 can result into the desired product.
PCl5+SO2 POCl3+SOCl2
PCl5+H2O POCl3+2HCl
2 PCl5+H2SO4 SO2Cl2+2POCl3+2HCl
6PCl5+ P4O10 10POCl3
11b. Number of types of P-Cl bonds in PCl5 is ________
Ans: 2
Sol: Two types (equatorial and axial)

12. Number of equatorial P-Cl bonds in PCl5 ____

Key: 3

124
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Hypophosphorous acid
(Preparation of phosphinic acid, Oxidation state and basicity of phosphinic acid, Structure
and bonding of phosphinic acid, Physical properties of phosphinic acid, Chemical
properties of phosphinic acid, Uses of phosphinic acid)
13. The equivalent mass of H 3 PO 2 is
Ans: 64
Phosphorus acid
(Preparation of phosphonic acid, Oxidation state and basicity of phosphonic acid,
Structure and bonding of phosphonic acid, Physical properties of phosphonic acid,
Chemical properties of phosphonic acid, Uses of phosphonic acid)
14. Basicity of Boric acid+ basicity of H3PO2 + Basicity of H3PO3 is ______
Ans: 4
Sol: H3BO3+ H3PO2+ H3PO3…..
O O

1 HO P H  HO POH

H H

1+1+2=4
Orthophosphoric acid or phosphoric acid
(Preparation of phosphoric acid,Oxidation state and basicity of phosphoric acid,Structure
and bonding of phosphoric acid,Physical properties of phosphoric acid,Chemical
properties of phosphoric acid,Uses of phosphoric acid)
15. Orthophosphoric acid+ phosphoryl chloride
Ans: 5
Sol: 5H3PO4+POCl3  3H4P2O7+2HCl

4 (+1) +2x+7 (-2)=0

4+2x-14=0
2x=10
x=5
Metaphosphoric acid
(Preparation of metaphosphoric acid, Oxidation state and basicity of metaphosphoric acid,
Structure and bonding of metaphosphoric acid,Physical properties of metaphosphoric acid,
Chemical properties of metaphosphoric acid,Uses of metaphosphoric acid)
16a. The basicity of phosphorous acid (H3PO3) is _____ (JEE Adv 1990 )
Key: 2
Sol:

125
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
O

OH
OH H
Number of OH bonds is 2

16b. The total number of bonds in cyclic trimer of meta phosphoric acid is 3x,
where x is _______
Ans: 6
Sol: 15  3  18 = 3  x   6
O
O
O
H P P
O O H

O O

P
O O H
17a. The total number of diprotic acids among the following is ____ (JEE Adv
2010)
H3PO4 H2SO4 H3PO3 H2CO3 H2S2O7
H3BO3 H3PO2 H2CrO4 H2SO3
Key: 6
Sol: Diprotic acids are: H2SO4, H3PO3, H2CO3, H2CrO4, H2SO3 and H2S2O7.
Hence, the correct answer is six.
17b. what is the basicity of H 4 P2O7 is ____
Key: 4
Sol: It contains 4-OH bonds

General characteristics
(Occurrence and abundances,Electronicconfiguration,Atomic and physical state, Atomic and
ionic radii, Ionizationenthalpy, Electronegativity, Metalliccharacter,Melting and boiling
point,Electrical and thermal conductivites,Allotropy, Atomic volume and density,
Catenation,Atomicity, Oxidationstates,Valency and nature of bonding: a)Maximum
covalency.,Nature of bonding,Multiple bonding,

126
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

18. The total number of lone pair of electrons present in a P4 molecule is_____
Ans:4
Sol:
P

:P P:

P

Oxides of Nitrogen:
(Oxidation state ,Bond order and stability,Preparationmethods,General, physical &chemical
properties,Resonating structures ,Bond length ,Bond angle ,Hybridization,Usesof
Dinitrogen monoxide, Nitrogen monoxide, Dinitrogen trioxide,Nitrogen dioxide,Nitrogen
tetroxide & Dinitrogen pentoxide)

19.The oxide of nitrogen has molecular weight 30. The total number of electrons in it _____
Ans:15
Sol: molecular. Weight=30
 oxide is NO=14+16
 total no of electron=7+8=15

Phosphorus tetraoxide
(Preparation of phosphorus tetroxides, Structure of phosphorus tetroxides, Physical properties
of phosphorus tetroxides,Chemical properties of phosphorus tetroxides,Uses of
phosphorus tetroxides)
20a. In P4O10 , the number of oxygen atom bonded to each phosphorous atom is____
(JEE Adv 2023-shift-
2)
Ans: 4
Sol:
O

O O

O P O O P O

O O

127
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
20b. The number of water molecule needed to completely hydrolyse 1 mole P 4O10 to form
orthophosphoric acid are:
Key: 6
Sol: P4O10+6H2O 4H3PO4

Hypophosphorous acid or phosphinic acid

(Preparation of phosphinic acid, Oxidation state and basicity of phosphinic acid, Structure
and bonding of phosphinic acid, Physical properties of phosphinic acid, Chemical
properties of phosphinic acid, Uses of phosphinic acid)

21. In hypo phosphorous acid the number of (-OH) group present are ___________
Ans: 1
Sol:
O

HO P H

H (H3PO2)

Pyrophosphorous acid
(Preparation of pyrophosphorous acid,Oxidation state and basicity of pyrophosphorous acid,
Structure and bonding of pyrophosphorous acid,Physical properties of pyrophosphorous
acid,Chemical properties of pyrophosphorous acid,Uses of pyrophosphorous acid)

22a. The ratio of and bonds present in pyrophosphoric acid is _____

(JEE Mains 2023)
Ans: 6
Sol:
O O

_P _O _
OH P _ OH

OH OH

= =6

128
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
22b. In pyrophosphoric acid the number of hydroxy /group present are____
Ans:4
Sol:

O O
 H 4 P2O7 

HO P O P OH

OH OH

Metaphosphoric acid
(Preparation of metaphosphoric acid, Oxidation state and basicity of metaphosphoric acid,
Structure and bonding of metaphosphoric acid,Physical properties of metaphosphoric acid,
Chemical properties of metaphosphoric acid,Uses of metaphosphoric acid)
23. The number of P-O-P bonds in cyclic meta phosphorous acid is ________
Ans: 3
Sol:
( HPO3 )3
HO O

O O

O
P P
O O
OH
HO

Oxides of nitrogen:
(Oxidation state ,Bond order and stability,Preparationmethods,General, physical &chemical
properties,Resonating structures ,Bond length ,Bond angle ,Hybridization,Usesof
Dinitrogen monoxide, Nitrogen monoxide, Dinitrogen trioxide,Nitrogen dioxide,Nitrogen
tetroxide &Dinitrogen pentoxide)

24. In N O3 , the number of bond pair and lone pair of electron on nitrogen atom _________
Ans: 4
Sol:
O N O

129
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Phosphatic fertilizers
(Calcium super phosphate or super phosphate of lime, Nitro phosphate or calcium
superphosphate,Triple superphosphate,Phosphatic slag or Thomas slag ,Potash
fertilizersPotassium nitrate)
25. Find the percentage of P in super phosphate of lime.
Ans: 11
Sol:

Orthophosphoric acid or phosphoric acid

(Preparation of phosphoric acid,Oxidation state and basicity of phosphoric acid,Structure and
bonding of phosphoric acid,Physical properties of phosphoric acid,Chemical properties
of phosphoric acid,Uses of phosphoric acid)
26. The basicity of orthophosphoric acid is ______
Ans: 3
Sol:
(H3PO4)
O

HO P OH

OH
Pentahalides :
(Preparation,High reactivity of AsCl₅ and BiCl₅,Lewis acid
behaviour,Hydrolysis,Thermalstability,Geometry,Ionicnature,Reasons for the non-
existences of phosphorus pentaiodide,Reasons for the non-existences of bismuth
pentafluoride)

130
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
27._________ number of electrons present in valency shell of P in PCl5 is
Ans: 10
Sol:
Cl
Cl

P Cl

Cl
Cl

Group16 or Oxygen family

General properties of group-16 elements
(Occurrence and abundance, Electronic configuration, Atomic and physical state, Atomic
and ionic radii, Ionization enthalpy, Electronegativity ,Metallic character and non-
metallic character,Melting and boiling point,Electrical and thermal ,Atomic volume and
density of General discussion of allotropy, Catenation, Atomicity, Elemental state
,Oxidation states Positive oxidation states , Negative oxidation state ,Valency and nature
,Maximum covalency ,Nature of bonding,Multiple bonding)
1a. The oxidation state of oxygen in H2O2 is x, in KO2 is y then x+y= then z is ____
Ans: 3
Sol: x= -1, y=-1/2
x+y = -1-1/2 = -3/2

Chemical reactivity of group-16 elements

1b. Epsom salt is the mineral of Mg the no.of H2O molecule in Epsom salt is
Ans: 7
Sol: MgSO4. 7H2O
Some important class of compounds of group-16
(Hydrides, Nature of hydride, Preparation of hydrides ,Covalent character Solubility of
hydrides ,Thermal stability of hydrides ,Acidic characters of hydrides Reducing nature of
hydrides Volatility of hydrides Hydrogen bonding of hydrides ,Boiling point of hydrides
,Melting point of hydrides Structure of hydrides of group-16 elements,Geometry of
hydrides)
2. Among which of the following are correct
The order of volatile character H2S > H2Se > H2Te > H2O
The order of stability H2O > H2S > H2Se > H2Te
The order of B. P H2O > H2Te > H2Se > H2S
The order of Ka value H2O < H2S < H2Se < H2Te
Ans: 4

131
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Bond angle of hydrides Bond length of hydride Bond dissociation energy of Burning of
hydrides
3. The bond angle in H2Te in x and H2O is Y then x+y is
Ans: 194
Sol:
x = 90o y = 104o
x+y = 194

Oxides
(Different type of oxides , Oxidation state of sulphur in its different oxides)
4. Among which of the following are sub oxides
KO2, CsO2, C3O2, S2O, Fe3O4, Pb3O4
Ans: 2
Sol: KO2, CsO2 are super oxides
C3O2, S2O → sub oxides
Fe3O4, Pb3O4 → Mixed oxides
Dioxides
(Preparation of dioxide ,Structure and hybridization of dioxide ,Acid base character of
dioxide ,Reduction-oxidation properties of dioxide ,Polymeric forms of dioxide , Multiple
bonding of dioxide)
5. No. of dπ-pπ bonds present in SO2
Ans: 1
Trioxides
(Preparation of trioxide ,Structure and hybridization of trioxide ,Polymeric forms of
trioxide, Multiple bonding of trioxide)
6. Total no. of dπ-pπbonds present in SO3
Ans: 2
Halides of group-16 elements
(Halides of group-16 element with oxidation state +2, Halides of group-16 element with
oxidation state +4,Halides of group-16 elements with oxidation state +6, Coordination
number of halides of group-16 elements,Specific case of bond lengths of Te2Cl2 and
PO2Cl2)
7. Find the oxidation state of F in S2F2
Ans: -1
Hexahalides of group-16
(Reason for formation of hexafluorides in all group-16 elements,Structures of hexahalides
Thermal stability of hexahalides ,Hydrolysis of hexahalides ,Steric hindrances of
hexahalides Covalency of hexahalides ,Boiling point of hexahalides ,Adduct formation of
hexahalides)

132
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
8. Total number of bond pairs and lone pairs in SF6 . Central atom of sulphur ___
Ans: 6
Sol: Bond Pairs = 6, Lone Pairs = 0
Tetrahalides of group-16
(Formation of tetrahalides, Structure of tetrahalides, Lewis base and Lewis acid character
of tetrahalides Steric hindrances in tetrahalides Polarity of tetrahalides, Stability of
tetrahalides Sulphur and selenium tetrafluorides acting as fluorinating agent)
9. Total no. of B-P and L.P present in Sulphur tetra fluoride. Central atom of sulphur ___
Ans: 5
Sol: B-P = 4, L.P = 1

Dihalides of group-16
(Bond length of dihalides, Bond angle of dihalides, Structure and hybridization of
dihalides)
10. The bond angle in sulphur dichloride _______
Ans: 103
Monochlorides of group-16
(Bond parameters of monochlorides, Structure and hybridization)
11. Among which of the following are open book like structure
S2F2, SCl2, SF2, S2Cl2, S2F4, S2F10
Ans: 2
Sol: S2F2, S2Cl2
Commerical method of preparation of dioxygen
(Preparation of dioxygen from liquid air,Preparation of dioxygen from water)
12. Among which of the following reaction dioxygen can be prepared
1) The decomposition Ag2O
2) The decomposition of HgO
3) The decomposition of KClO3
4) The decomposition of Pb3O4
5) The decomposition of PbO2
Ans: 5
Physical properties of dioxygen
(Colour, odour and taste of dioxygen,Solubility of dioxygen, Isotopes of dioxygen,
Magnetic nature of dioxygen)
13. Dioxygen is paramagnetic the total no.of unpaired electrons present in Antibonding
molecular orbitals?
Ans: 2
Sol: * 2 Px1  * 2 Py1

133
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Chemical properties of dioxygen
(Action of litmus on dioxygen,Oxidation of dioxygen,Reaction of metal with dioxygen,
Reaction of non-metals with dioxygen, Reaction of sulphur dioxide with
dioxygen,Reaction of hydrogen chloride with dioxygen, Reaction of ammonia with
dioxygen,Reaction of hydrocarbon with dioxygen,Reaction of carbon disulphide with
dioxygen,Reaction of metal sulphide with dioxygen,Action of silent electric discharge of
dioxygen,Respiration and its relation with dioxygen)
14. The number of moles oxygen required to combustion of (completely) glucose is
Ans: 6
Sol: Glucose: C6 H12 O6 +6O 2  6CO 2  6H 2 O + energy
No. of moles of oxygen = 6+
Oxides
15. Among which of the following are neutral oxides
Na2O , CrO, B2O3 , CO , Ge2O3 , N 2O, NO2 , NO , CaO , H 2O
Ans: 4
Sol: CO, N2O, NO, H2Oare neutral oxides
Periodic trends of normal oxides
16. Al2O3+6NaOH+3H2O x
The co-ordination number of Al in ‘x’
Ans: 6
Sol: x=Na3
Preparation of ozone
(Siemens ozoniser, Brodie's ozoniser, Siemens and Halske ozoniser, Pure ozone from
ozonized oxygen)
17. The bond angle in Ozone is
 "
Ans: 116 .49
Physical properties of ozone
(Colour of ozone,Odour of ozone,Solubility of ozone, Magnetic nature of ozone)
18. The bond order in Ozone is
Ans: 1.5
3
 1.5
Sol: Bond order = 2
O O

O O O O

134
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Structure of Ozone
19. The formal charges of oxygen in underlined oxygenation in Ozone
O

O O
Ans: 0
Chemical properties of ozone
(Decomposition of ozone, Oxidizing nature of ozone, Bleaching property of ozone,
Reducing nature of ozone)
20. Ozone react with the following compounds acts as mild oxidising agent
K 2 MnO4 , P4 , KI , H 2O2 , PbO2
Ans: 3
Solution : K 2 MnO4 , KI , H 2 O2
Allotropic forms of Sulphur
21. The bond angle in chair form of sulphur

Ans: 102
Rhombic or octahedral or alpha sulphur
(Preparation of rhombic sulphur, Structure of rhombic sulphur,Stability of rhombic
structure)
22a. The amount of water produces (ing) in the oxidation of 1 mole of rhombic sulphur by
conc HNO3 to a compound with the highest oxidation state of sulphur is
(Adv 2019)
Ans: 288
Sol: 1 mole of rhombic sulphur react with 48moles of HNO3 to produce 8 moles of
H2SO4 and 48 moles of NO2 and 16 moles H2O
S8+48HNO3 → 8H2SO4+48NO2+16H2O
22b. The amount of HNO3 required in the oxidation of 2 moles of rhombic sulphur by conc
HNO3 to a compound with highest oxidation state of sulphur is _____ in moles
Ans: 96 moles
Sol: S8+48HNO3 → 8H2SO4+48NO2+16H2O

Hydrogen sulphide
(Preparation of hydrogen sulphide, Physical properties of hydrogen sulphide, Chemical
properties of hydrogen sulphide, Bonding and structure in hydrogen sulphide Uses of
hydrogen sulphide)
23. XH2S+yCr2O72-+ZH+ tS+nCr3++7H2O what is x  y  z  t
Ans: 9
Sol: Cr2O72  3H 2 S  8H   2Cr 3  3S  7 H 2O

135
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sulphur dioxide
(Preparation of sulphur dioxide,Structure and bonding in sulphur dioxide, Physical
properties of sulphur dioxide, Chemical properties of sulphur dioxide,Redox properties of
sulphur dioxide, Bleaching action of sulphur dioxide,Uses of sulphur dioxide)
24. SO2 react with KMnO4 the product formed is x. The oxidation state of Mn in the
product is y. The sum of oxidation number y and no. of moles of SO2 react.
Ans: 7
Sol:
2 KMnO4  2 H 2O  5SO2  K 2 SO4  2 MnSO4  2 H 2 SO4
 y  2
2  5  7
Sulphur trioxide
(Preparation of sulphur trioxid e, Structure and bonding of sulphur trioxide, Alpha sulphur
trioxide, Beta sulphur trioxide, Gamma sulphur trioxide, Physical properties of sulphur
trioxide, Chemical properties of sulphur trioxide Uses of sulphur trioxide)
25. The total no.of dπ-pπ bonds and pπ-pπ bonds in SO3.
Ans: 3
Thiosulphuric acid
(Oxidation state of sulphur in thiosulphuric acid, Bonding in thiosulphuric acid, Structure
of thiosulphuric acid, Preparation of thiosulphuric acid, Physical properties of
thiosulphuric acid Chemical properties of thiosulphuric acid, Uses of thiosulphuric acid)
26. The maximum oxidation state of terminal sulphur in the Thiosulphuric acid
Ans: 2
Sol:
S2

HO S OH

O
Sulphurous acid
(Oxidation state of sulphur in sulphurous acid, Bonding in sulphurous acid, Structure of
sulphurous acid, Preparation of sulphurous acid, Physical properties of sulphurous acid,
Chemical properties of sulphurous acid, Uses of sulphurous acid)
27. Among which of the following sulphurous acid can acts as reducing agent with the
following reagents
I 2 , MnO4  , Cr2O7 2 , FeCl3 , FeCl2 , MnSO4 , Cr2  SO4  3
Ans: 4
Sol : MnO4 , Cr2 O72 , MnSO4 , Cr2  SO4 3

136
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sulphuric acid
(Oxidation state of sulphur in sulphuric acid, Bonding in sulphuric acid, Structure of
sulphuric acid, Preparation of sulphuric acid, Contact process, Physical properties of
sulphuric acid,Chemical properties of sulphuric acid, Dehydrating nature of sulphuric
acid,Miscellaneous reactions of sulphuric acid, Uses of sulphuric acid)
28a. The difference in the oxidation number of the two types of sulphur atoms in Na 2S4O6
is _______
Ans: 5
Sol: The two types of oxidation states are: 0 and +5.

28b. The specific gravity of H2SO4 __________ at room temperature

Ans: 1.84
Oxoacids of sulphur
29. Consider the following sulphur based oxoacids H2SO3, H2S2O8, H2SO4 and H2S2O7.
Among the one oxoacids the number of those with Peroxo (O-O) bond is _______
(2022 Mains July 29
Shift-2)
Ans: 1
Sol: (H2S2O8)
O O

HOS OOS OH

O O

Proxy bond
30. Consider the following sulphur bond oxoacids H2SO3, H2SO4, H2S2O8, H2S2O7. Among
then the number of those with S-O-S bond is
Ans: 1
Sol: H2S2O7
O O

HOS O S OH

O O
Dithionic acid
(Oxidation state of sulphur in dithionic acid, Bonding in dithionic acid, Structure of
dithionic acid, Preparation of dithionic acid, Physical properties of dithionic acid,
Chemical properties of dithionic acid, Uses of dithionic acid)
31. Find the oxidation states of sulphur in dithionic acid are x and y. What is x+y
Ans: 10

137
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol:
x 5 y 5
O O

HOS S OH

O O
Pyrosulphuric acid
(Oxidation state of sulphur in pyrosulphuric acid, Bonding in pyrosulphuric acid,
Structure of pyrosulphuric acid, Preparation of pyrosulphuric acid, Physical properties of
pyrosulphuric acid, Chemical properties of pyrosulphuric acid, Uses of pyrosulphuric
acid)
32. The number of S-O-S bonds present in Pyro Sulphuric acid
Ans: 1
Sol:
O O

NaoS OS ONa

O O

Peroxymonosulfuric acid or Caro's acid

(Oxidation state of sulphur in peroxymonosulphuric acid,Bonding in
peroxymonosulphuric acid,Structure of peroxymonosulphuric acid, Preparation of
peroxymonosulphuric acid, Physical properties of peroxymonosulphuric acid,Chemical
properties of peroxymonosulphuric acid, Uses of peroxymonosulphuric acid)
33. The oxidation state of sulphur in marshal’s acid
Ans: +6
Sol:
O2 O2
2 1 1 2
H OS OOS O H

O O
2 2

Selenium dioxide
(Bonding in selenium dioxide, Structure of selenium dioxide, Preparation of selenium
dioxide, Physical properties of selenium dioxide, Chemical properties of selenium
dioxide, Uses of selenium dioxide)
34. The number of oxygen atoms are involved by the oxidation of Alkyne with SeO2 in
the presence of H2SO4
Ans: 2

138
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol:
O

C
R
R C

SeO2

R－C≡C－R H So 2 4 O

Tellurium dioxide
(Bonding in tellurium dioxide, Structure of tellurium dioxide, Preparation of tellurium
dioxide, Physical properties of tellurium dioxide, Chemical properties of tellurium
dioxide, Uses of tellurium dioxide)Bonding in tellurium dioxide
35. The oxidation state of Te in TeO2 (Magnitude)
Ans: 4
Selenious acid
(Oxidation state of selenium in selenious acid, Bonding in selenious acid, Structure of
selenious acid, Preparation of selenious acid, Physical properties of selenious acid,
Chemical properties of selenious acid, Uses of selenious acid)
36. The basicity of acid when SeO2 reacts with H 2O .
Ans: 2
Sol:
SeO2+H2O → H2SeO3
Selenious acid. It is dibasic acid.

17th GROUP ELEMENT

Chemical properties of chlorine

(Combustion reactions of chlorine, Reaction of hydrogen with chlorine, Reaction of
metals with chlorine, Reactions with non-metals with chlorine, Oxidization and bleaching
nature of chlorine, Action of alkalies on chlorine, Addition reaction of chlorine, Reaction
of carbon disulphide with chlorine, Substitution reactions of chlorine)
1a. Ozonolysis of ClO2produces an oxide of chlorine the average oxidation state of
chlorine in this oxide is _________ (2021 Adv)
Ans: 6
Sol: ClO2+O3 ClO3+O2
oxidation state of Cl in ClO3
+6
1b. The average oxidation state of chlorine in perchloric acid _______
Ans: 7
Sol: HClO4

139
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Interhalogen compounds
Classification of interhalogen compounds
(AX type, AX3 type, AX5 type, AX7 type)
2a. The sum of lone pairs. Present on the central atom of the interhalogen.IF5 and IF7 is__
(10/04/2023)
Ans:1

Sol:
IF5 =1 lone pair

IF7=0 lone pair

1+0=1

2b. The number of lone pairs of electrons present on chlorine in ClF3 is:
Ans: 2
Sol: sp3d hybridized chlorine, 2 lone pairs on central atom

Methods of preparation of interhalogen compounds

(By direct combination of elements, From lower interhalogen compounds, Miscellaneous
methods)
3. How many halogens can form a compound of type KHX2? (X-halogen)
Ans: 1
Sol: KHF2 exist

Properties of interhalogen compounds

(Physical state of interhalogen compounds, Colors of interhalogen compounds,
Diamagnetic nature of interhalogen compounds, Heat of formation of interhalogen
compounds, Boiling point of interhalogen compounds, Thermal stability of interhalogen
compounds, Reactivity of interhalogen compounds, Hydrolysis of interhalogen
compounds, Addition reaction of interhalogen compounds, Thermodynamic stability of
interhalogen compounds, Interhalogen compounds as fluorinating agent, Addition reaction
of interhalogen compounds with alkali halides, Interhalogen compounds as non-aqueous
ionizing solvent, Miscellaneous reactions of interhalogen compounds)
4a. The number of interhalogens from the following having square pyramidal structure is
___
ClF3 , IF7 , BrF5 , BrF3 , I 2Cl6 , IF5 , ClF , ClF5 (Main 2022)
Ans: 3

Sol: Square pyramidal are BrF5 , IF5 , CLF5

140
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
3
4b. The number of interhalogens have sp hybridisation from the following is
ClF , ClF3 , BrF3 , Icl , IF3 , BrF , IF7 , alF5
Ans: 3
Sol: ClF , Icl , BrF

Chemical properties of bromine

(Reaction of bromine with metals, Reaction of bromine with non-metals, Reaction of
bromine with boron, Reaction of bromine with phosphorus, Reaction of bromine with
arsenic, Oxidizing nature of bromine, Reaction of bromine with sodium thiosulphate,
Reaction of bromine with ammonia, Bleaching nature of bromine, Action of alkalies on
Bromine, Reaction of bromine with cold and dilute alkali, Action of ammonia on bromine,
Action of mercuric oxide on bromine)
5a. Reaction of Br2 with Na2CO3 in aqueous solution gives sodium bromide and sodium
bromate with evolution of CO2gas. The number of sodium bromide molecules involves in
the balanced equatoin is (2011
Adv)
Ans: 5
Sol: 3Br2+3Na2Co3 5NaBr+NaBrO3+3CO2
5b. Chlorine react with hot and conc. NaOH to form sodium chloride and sodium chlorate
with water. The number of sodium chloride molecules involves in the balanced equation is
____
Ans: 5
Sol:
3Cl2  6 NaOH  5NaCl  NaClO3  3H 2O

6a.Some of the oxidation states of bromine in boric acid and per bromic acid ______

(01-03-2003 F.N)

Ans: 12

Sol:
HBrO3(bromic acid)

Oxidation state Br=+5

HBrO4(per bromic acid)

oxidation state of Br=+7

Sum of oxidation state=12

141
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
6b. Among F2, Cl2, Br2, I2 the number of halogens which can exhibit basic character is:
Ans: 1
Sol: Br2

Oxo-acids of halogen
(Oxidation states of fluorine in different oxyacids, Fluoric acid, Preparation of fluoric
acid, Structure of fluoric acid, Acid strength of fluoric acid, Oxidation power of fluoric
acid, Bond parameters of fluoric acid, Physical properties of fluoric acid, Chemical
properties of fluoric acid, Uses of fluoric acid)
7a. The number of halogen forming halic (v) acid is (2021 Main)
Ans: 3
Sol: HClO3, HBrO3, HIO3
7b. In the following acids number of Halogens exhibits +3 oxidation state
HOCl, HClO2, HBrO4, HIO4 and HIO3
Ans: 1
Sol: Only HClO2

8a. The no.of Cl=O bonds in perchloric acid is ______ (2020 Main)
Ans: 3
Sol: HClO4
O

Cl

O OH
O

8b. In ClO-3ion the sum of sigma ( ) and Pi ( ) bonds are _______

Ans: 5
Sol:
O

Cl

O O
3  2  bonds

Chemical properties of chlorine

(Combustion reactions of chlorine, Reaction of hydrogen with chlorine, Reaction of
metals with chlorine, Reactions with non-metals with chlorine, Oxidization and bleaching
nature of chlorine, Action of alkalies on chlorine, Addition reaction of chlorine, Reaction
of carbon disulphide with chlorine, Substitution reactions of chlorine)

142
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
9a. Chlorine reacts with hot and concentrated NaOH and produces compounds (X) and (Y).
Compound (x) gives white PPT with silver nitrate solution. The average bond order
between Cl and O atoms in (Y) is _______
(JEE MAIN 2020 SHIFT 1)
Ans: 1.67
Sol:
3Cl2  6 NaOH  5NaCl  NaClO3  3H 2O
( x) ( y)
NaCl  AgNO3  Agcl  NaNO3
( x) ( white PPT )
Average bond order between Cl and O atom in NaClO3

5
  1.67
3

9b. Chlorine reacts with cold.dil NaOH to form NaCl and NaOCl with water. In the
following equation the no. of moles of NaCl is ______
Ans: 1
Sol:
Cl2  2 NaOH  NaCl  NaOCl  H 2 O
Only one NaCl

General properties of halogen family

(Occurrence and abundance, Electronic configuration , Atomic and physical state, Atomic
and ionic radii, Ionization enthalpy, Electronegativity, Metallic character and non-metallic
character, Melting and boiling point, Electrical and thermal conductivites ,Colour of
halogens, Bond energy and reactivity ,Solubility of halogens, Enthalpy of fusion and
vaporization, Atomicity of halogens, Oxidation state of halogens, Reduction potential and
oxidation nature of halogens)
10. What is the number of halogen which can show more than one oxidation state?
(neglect free state)
Ans: 3
Sol: chlorine, bromine, and iodine can show more than one oxidation state.

143
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
11a. How many of the following properties of halogen increases with increase in atomic
number. (2023 Mains)

a) number of valence electron b) metallic nature

c) boiling points d) atomic radii

e) density f) ionization energy

g)electro negativities h) reactivity

i)oxidizing nature j) EgH(magnitude wise)

Ans:4

11b. How many of the following orders are correct:

i) HI<HBr<HCl<HF: increasing dipole moment
ii) HF<HCl<HBr<HI: increasing reducing nature
iii) HF<HCl<HBr<HI: increasing ionic nature
iv) I-< Br- < Cl- <F-: increasing extent of hydration
v) Cl2 < Br2 < I2: increasing order of solubility in water
Ans: 3
Sol: HI<HBr<HCl<HF: increasing ionic nature

Cl2 to I2: solubility in water decrease

Oxides of halogen
12a. How many of the following compounds are paramagnetic.
ClO2 , ICl3 , BrF5 , Cl2O6 , Cl2O7 , IF5
Ans: 1
Sol: ClO2 is paramagnetic.
12b. The number of interhalogen compounds which are existing among the
following IF7 , ClF5 , BrF3 , BrF7 , BrF5
Ans: 4
Sol: IF7 , ICF5 , BrF3 , BrF5
13a. Total number of acidic oxides among N2O3, NO2, N2O, Cl2O7, SO2, CO, CaO, Na2O and
NO is__ (29-01-23 SHIFT-2)
Ans:4
Sol: Acidic oxides are:-N2O3, NO2, Cl2O7,SO2

13b. ClxOy is a yellow coloured gas which condense to a deep red liquid. It is a powerful
oxidizing & chlorinating agent. What is the sum of x and y?
Ans: 3
Sol: ClO2 (yellow gas which is condensed to deep red liquid)

144
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Chemical properties of fluorine
(Reactivity of fluorine, Reaction of fluorine with water, Reaction of fluorine with
hydrogen, Action of fluorine on alkalies, Oxidizing property of fluorine, Action of
fluorine on ammonia, Action of fluorine on hydrogen sulphide, Action of fluorine on
organic compounds - Chemical properties of fluorine, Action of fluorine on glass,
Reaction of fluorine with alkanes, Reaction of fluorine with methanol)
14. 2F2+2NaOH(dil) 2NaF+H2O+X the number of lone pairs on central atom of
compound X.
Ans: 2
Sol: 2 F2  2 NaOH ( dil )  2 NaF  H 2O  OF2
Fluorine and its reactions
15. 2 F2  XH 2 O  4 HF  O2 What is the value of ‘X’?
Ans: 2
Oxo-acids of halogen
(Oxidation states of fluorine in different oxyacids, Fluoric acid, Preparation of fluoric
acid, Structure of fluoric acid, Acid strength of fluoric acid, Oxidation power of fluoric
acid, Bond parameters of fluoric acid, Physical properties of fluoric acid, Chemical
properties of fluoric acid, Uses of fluoric acid)
16. Maximum acidic character is shown by oxy acids of halogens with oxidation number
of halogen as
Ans: 7
Sol: oxidation no increases acidic character increases.
Chemical properties of chlorine
(Combustion reactions of chlorine, Reaction of hydrogen with chlorine, Reaction of
metals with chlorine, Reactions with non-metals with chlorine, Oxidization and bleaching
nature of chlorine, Action of alkalies on chlorine, Addition reaction of chlorine, Reaction
of carbon disulphide with chlorine, Substitution reactions of chlorine)
17. Cl2 Disproportional to Cl  and species A, such that the equivalent mass of Cl2 is 71.
Thus the oxidation number of chlorine in species A is
Ans:+1
Sol:
Cl2  Cl   ClO  (disproportion reaction)
-1 +1
So that equivalent weight of Cl2 is 71. The oxidation state of Cl in ClO  is +1.

145
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
General properties of halogen family
(Occurrence and abundance, Electronic configuration , Atomic and physical state, Atomic
and ionic radii, Ionization enthalpy, Electronegativity, Metallic character and non-metallic
character, Melting and boiling point, Electrical and thermal conductivites ,Colour of
halogens, Bond energy and reactivity ,Solubility of halogens, Enthalpy of fusion and
vaporization, Atomicity of halogens, Oxidation state of halogens, Reduction potential and
oxidation nature of halogens)
18. 17 Cl and 17 Cl are two isotopes of chlorine in mass ratio of 3:X where X=____
35 37

Ans:1
A1 X 1  A2 X 2 35  3  37  X
Sol: formula of average atomic mass is   35.5
X1  X 2 3 X
Other miscellaneous compounds and ions of 17th group elements
(Polyhalide ions , Types of polyhalides, Preparation of polyhalides, Shape of polyhalides,
Physical properties of polyhalides, Chemical properties of polyhalides, Uses of polyhalide
ions)
19a. Amongst the following the number of species having the linear shape is XeO2,I3+,
C3O2,I3-, CO2, SO2, BeCl2 and BCl2- ____ (31-01-2023 A.N)
Ans: 5
Sol: I3-, XeF2, CO2, C3O2, BeCl2.
19b. The number of inter halogen compounds which are exisiting among the following:
IF7, ClF5, BrF3, BrF7, BrF5
Ans: 4
Sol: IF7, BrF5, BrF3, ClF5

20a. The number of molecules (or) ions from the following. Which do not have odd numbers
of electrons are (29-01-23 SHIFT-1)

(A) NO2 (B)ICl4- (C)BrF5 (D)ClO2 (E)NO2+ (F)NO

Ans:3
Sol: ICl4-, BrF3, NO2+,do not have odd number of electrons.

20b. How many of the following compounds are paramagnetic?

ClO2, ICl3, BrF5, Cl2O6, Cl2O7, IF5
Ans: 1
Sol: ClO2 is paramagnetic

21a. The number of species from the following which have square pyramidal structure is.
PF5, BrF4-, IF5, BrF5, XeOF4, ICl4- (06-04-23 SHFT-1)
Ans: 3
Sol: IF5, BrF5, XeOF4.

146
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
21b. The number of halogen atoms in the anion formed during self ionization of I 2Cl6:
Ans: 5
Sol: I2Cl6 ICl+2+ ICl-4

22a. The number of species having a square planer shape from the following is XeF4,SF4,
SIF4, BF4-, BrF4-, [Cu(NH3)4]2+ [FeCl4]2[ptCl4]2- ,[ptCl4]2- (08-04-23SHIFT-1)

Ans: 4

Sol: XeF4, BF4-, [Cu(NH3)4]+2,[PtCl4]-2 has square planar shape.

22b. X2 gives deep blue colour with starch solution. X2 is present in Group YZ(IUPAC) in
periodic table, where Y and Z are integers. What is the sum of Y and Z?
Ans: 8
Sol: X2= I2 (Group 17)

Pseudo halides
(Preparation of pseudo halides, Shape of pseudo halides, Physical properties of pseudo
halides, Chemical properties of pseudo halides, Uses of pseudo halides)
23. Find the number of pseudohalide ion from the following N 3 , Cl3 , CN 22 , OCN  , SCN  , I 3
Ans: 4
Sol: there are some ions consisting of two or more electro negative atoms of which at least
one is nitrogen that has properties similar to those of halide ions. These ions are called
pseudohalide ions.
Bleaching powder
(Preparation of bleaching powder, Shape of bleaching powder, Physical properties of
bleaching powder, Chemical properties of bleaching powder, Bleaching action of
bleaching powder, Estimation of available chlorine, Uses of bleaching powder)
24. In Euchlorine, the sum of the oxidation states of chlorine atoms is +x, then x is ____
Ans: Euchlorine is a mixture of chlorine and chlorine dioxide
Oxidation states different oxides of
25. How many of the following oxide existing ion pair form?
Cl2O7 , Cl2O, F2O, F2O2 , I 2O5 , I 2O4 , Br2O, I 4O9
Ans:2
Sol: conceptual.
Chlorine and its reactions
26. The sum of the oxidation state of Cl atom in bleaching powder of formula
Ca (OCl )Cl is ____
Ans: 0

147
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol:
OCl
Ca

Cl
In bleaching powder 1 chlorine atom is attached to oxygen its oxidation number is +1 another
‘Cl’ atom is attached to the calcium atom. Its oxidation number is -1.
Methods of preparation of chlorine
(Methods of preparation of chlorine by oxidation of HCl, Methods of preparation of
chlorine from bleaching powder, Methods of preparation of chlorine from chlorides)
27. HCl react with finely powdered Iron, oxidation umber of ‘Fe’ in the product is
____________
Ans: 2
Sol: fe  2 HCl  feCl2  H 2
28. Cl2 can be prepared by the oxidation of HCl with KMnO4 . In this 2 moles of KMnO4
x
react with ‘x’ moles of HCl in which ‘y’ moles are oxidized. Value of is
y
Ans: 1.6
Sol: 2 KMnO4  16 HCl  2 KCl  2mnCl2  5Cl2  8 H 2 O
Chemical properties of halogen
(Reactivity of halogens, Reaction of halogens with water - Chemical properties of
halogen, Reaction of halogens with metals, Reaction of halogens with non-metals,
Reaction of halogens with hydrocarbons, Reaction of halogens with water, Nature of
bonding of halogen, Oxidization power of halogen,Reaction of halogens with
hydrogen ,Reaction of halogens with oxygen)
29a. Reaction of Br2 with Na2CO3 in aqueous solution gives sodium bromide and sodium
bromated with evolution of CO2 gas. The number of sodium bromide molecules involved
in the balanced chemical equation is
Ans: 5
Sol: 3Br2+3Na2CO3 5NaBr+NaBrO3+3CO2
29b. How many compounds from the following list undergo dimerisation as mentioned
NO2 (in solid state) ClO2 , BeCl2 (in solid state)
BeCl2 (In vapour state) BeH 2 (In solid state)
AlCl3 (In vapour state) CH 3COOH (In solvent water)
AlCl3 (In inert organic solvent)
Ans: 5
Sol: NO2 (in solid state) BeCl2 (in solid state)
BeH 2 (In solid state) CH 3COOH (In solvent benzene)
AlCl3 (In inert organic solvent) .
148
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Chemical properties of halogen
(Reactivity of halogens, Reaction of halogens with water - Chemical properties of
halogen, Reaction of halogens with metals, Reaction of halogens with non-metals,
Reaction of halogens with hydrocarbons, Reaction of halogens with water, Nature of
bonding of halogen, Oxidization power of halogen,Reaction of halogens with
hydrogen ,Reaction of halogens with oxygen)
30. Bromine react with water to form hydrobromic acid and hypo bromous acid in the
following equation the no.of moles of H2O is _____
Ans: 1
Sol: Br2+H2O → HBr+HOBr
Fluorine and its reactions
31. Fluorine react with hot and concentrated alkalies to form fluorides and oxygen in the
following equations the simplest no. of moles of O2 is _______
Ans: 1
Sol: 2F2+4KOH → 4KF+O2+2H2O
Anomalous behaviour of fluorine
(Reactivity comparison of fluorine with other halogens, Maximum covalency of fluorine,
Oxidation state of fluorine, Hydrogen bonding of fluorine, Nature of compounds of
fluorine, Oxidizing power of fluorine, Reactivity of halogen acids)
32. The maximum co-valency of fluorine is _____
Ans: 1
Sol: Fluorine has total 7 electrons. So it can share one electron with another atom of F to
form F2
Comparison of fluorine and oxygen
33. How many lone pairs are present in OF2 molecule
Ans: 8
Sol:

O:

 
:F F:
 

Reasons for the difficulty in isolation of fluorine

34. K2MnF6+XsbF5 → 2KsbF6+MnF3+ F2+X is ________
Ans: 2
1
Sol : K 2 MnF6  2SbF5  2 KSbF6  MnF3  F2
2
Physical properties of fluorine
35. The bond angle in OF2 is_______
Ans: 103o
149
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Methods of preparation of bromine
(By passing chlorine gas through aqueous bromide, By action of HCl on mixture of
potassium bromide)
36. 2KBr+MnO4+xH2SO4 → 2KHSO4+MnSO4+Br2+2H2O . What is x?
Ans: 3
Sol : 2KBr+MnO4+ 3H2SO4 → 2KHSO4+MnSO4+Br2+2H2O

Physical properties of bromine

37. Bromine water reacts with mercuric oxide to form mercury oxybromide in the
following equation the no.of moles of Br2 is
2HgO+2Br2+H2O → HgBr2.Hgo+2HBrO
Ans: 2
Chemical properties of bromine
(Reaction of bromine with metals, Reaction of bromine with non-metals, Reaction of
bromine with boron, Reaction of bromine with phosphorus, Reaction of bromine with
arsenic, Oxidizing nature of bromine, Reaction of bromine with sodium thiosulphate,
Reaction of bromine with ammonia, Bleaching nature of bromine, Action of alkalies on
Bromine, Reaction of bromine with cold and dilute alkali, Action of ammonia on bromine,
Action of mercuric oxide on bromine)
38. Reaction of bromine with hot and concentrated NaOH gives Sodium bromide and
bromate. The oxidation state of bromine in sodium bromate?
Ans : 5
Physical properties of iodine
39. What is the oxidation state of Iodine in H5IO6
Ans: 7
18-GROUP ELEMENT

CHARACTERSTICS OF NOBLE GASES:

(Elements of 18th group, Sources, Position in periodic table, Reason of chemical inertness
Occurrences and abundances,History of discovery ,Isolation of noble gases from air :
i)Rayleigh-Ramsey first method, ii) Rayleigh-Ramsey second method, iii)Fischer-Ringe's
method, Separation by Dewar's method, Separation from liquid air : i) Separation of
helium and neon from l-fraction, ii)Separation of argon from II-fraction, iii) Separation of
krypton and xenon from III-fraction, Electronic configuration, Physical state, Monoatomic
nature, Melting point, Boiling point, Density, Atomic radii, Ionization energy, Electron
affinity, Adsorption over charcoal, Ease liquefaction, Solidification, Enthalpy of fusion,
Enthalpy of vaporization, Solubility in water, Conductivity & Spectra)
1. The atomicity of noble gases is
Ans: 1
Sol: All noble gases are monoatomic gases
150
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
2. The number of electrons in the penultimate orbit of krypton atom are
Ans: 18
Sol: Electron configuration of Kr is 1S 2 2 S 2 2 P 6 3S 2 3P 6 4 S 2 3d 10 4 p 6
Penultimate shell= 3S 2 3P 2 3d 6  18e

3. Number of unpaired electrons in inert gas is

Ans: 0
Sol: All are paired electrons

4. What is the atomic number (Z) of the noble gas that react with fluorine
Ans: 54
Sol: Xenon = 54
Compounds of Noble gases
(Hydrates,Clathrates , Interstitial compounds True chemical compounds of noble gases,
Chemistry of noble gas compounds, Xenon and its compounds)
i) Xenon difluoride  XeF2  :
( Methods of preparation of xenon difluoride, Physical properties of xenon difluoride,
Structure of xenon difluoride, Hybridization of xenon difluoride, Chemical properties of
xenon difluoride, Uses of xenon difluoride)
5. The number of lone pairs of electrons present on Xe in XeF2
Ans: 3
Sol:

= 3 lone pairs
=2 bond pairs
6. Sum of number of non bonding electron pairs on Xe in XeF6 , XeF4 and XeF2 respectively will
be
Ans: 6
Sol:
XeF6  1
XeF4  2
XeF2  3
sum  1  2  3  6

151
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
ii) Xenon tetrafluoride  XeF4 
( Methods of preparation of xenon tetrafluoride, Physical properties of xenon tetrafluoride,
Structure of xenon tetrafluoride, Hybridization of xenon tetrafluoride, Chemical
properties of xenon tetrafluoride, Uses of xenon tetrafluoride)
7. The number of lone pairs of electrons on Xenon atom in XeF4 molecule
Ans: 2
Sol:

8. The dipole moment of XeF4

Ans: 0
Sol: XeF4 is a symmetrical molecule

iii) Xenon hexa-fluoride  XeF6 

(Methods of preparation of xenon hexafluoride, Physical properties of xenon
hexafluoride,Structure of xenon hexafluoride, Hybridization of xenon hexafluoride,
Chemical properties of xenon hexafluoride, Uses of xenon hexafluoride)
9. A Xenon compound ‘A’ upon partial hydrolysis give XeO2 F2 . The number of lone pair
of electrons present on a central atom in a compound ‘A’ is _________
Ans: 1

Sol : XeF6  2 H 2 O  XeO2 F2  4 HF


10. XeFn dissolves in HF according to the equation XeFn  HF   XeF n 1   HF2  what is the


value of n _________
Ans: 6
Sol: XeF6  HF   XeF5   HF2 
 

iv) Xenon Trioxide  XeO3 

(Method of preparation of xenon trioxide, Physical properties of xenon trioxide, Structure
of xenon trioxide, Hybridization of xenon trioxide, Chemical properties of xenon trioxide,
Uses of xenon trioxide
11. Total number of  and  bonds present in XeO3 molecule?
Ans: 6

152
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol:

 bonds  3
 bonds  3
12. The sum of number of P  d pi bonds present in XeO3
Ans: 3
Sol:

Xe

O O
O
XeO3 →Contain 3 Pπ - dπ bonds

v) Xenon Tetraoxide  XeO4 

( Methods of preparation of xenon tetraoxide, Physical properties of xenon tetraoxide,
Structure of xenon tetraoxide, Hybridization of xenon tetraoxide, Chemical properties of
xenon tetraoxide, Uses of xenon tetraoxide)
13. Number of lone pair electrons present in XeO4
Ans: 0
Sol:

lone pair of electrons= 0

14. Number of d   p bonds present in XeO4
Ans: 4
Sol:

d   p bonds are 4

153
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
vi) Xenon oxy fluoride XeoF2
(General methods of preparation of xenon oxyfluoride, General physical properties of
xenon oxyfluoride, General chemical properties of xenon oxyfluoride)
15. In XeoF2 number of lone pairs on central atom is a, and number of bond pairs around
central atom is b what is b/a
Ans: 2
Sol:
F


Xe O


F
Lone pairs =a= 2
bond pairs = b = 4
b/a = 4/2 = 2
16. The oxidation state of Xe in XeOF2 is
Ans: 4
Sol: XeoF2
x  1 2   2  1  0
x4  0
x  4

vii) Xenon Oxy Tetra Fluoride XeOF2

(Structure of xenon oxytetrafluoride, Hybridization of xenon oxytetrafluoride)
17. Xenon hexa fluoride react with silica to form a xenon compound the oxidation state of
Xe is
Ans: 6
Sol:
2 XeF6  SiO2  2 XeOF4  SiF4
XeoF4
x  2  4(1)  0
x6  0
x  6
18. Number of p  d  bonds in XeOF4 ______
Ans: 1
Sol:
O
F F
Xe
F  F

154
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
one lone pair is present
19. XeF6  H 2O  A  2 HF A has x bonds y bonds and Z lone pairs on Xe atom
 x  y  z  is ________
Ans: 7
Sol: XeF6  H 2O  XeOF4  2 HF
XeOF4 has 5 bonds one  bond (Y) and one lone pair [z] on Xe
 x  y  z  5 11  7
20a. A xenon compound A upon partial hydrolysis give XeO2 F2 The number of lone pair of
electrons present on central atom in a compound A is _________
(2021 Shift-2)
Ans: 1
Sol: XeF6  2 H 2O  XeO2 F2  4 HF
XeF6 contain 6 bond pairs and one lone pair.

20b. Find the number of unpaired electrons in the fully excited xenon atom
Ans: 8
Sol: In fully excited state Xenon has 8 valence electrons.
z

21a. XeF4 react with SbF5 to form  XeFm   SbFy  m+n+y+z ____
n
(April-2023-shift-1)
Ans: 11
Sol: XeF4  SbF5   XeF3   SbF6 
 

m3 y6
n 1 z 1
 mn y z
 3  1  6  1  11
21b. XeF6 react with FeF3 to form  XeFa   FeFc  . The sum of a+b+c+d ______
b d

Ans: 11
Sol: XeF6  FeF3   XeF5   FeF4 
 

a=5 c=4
b=1 d=1
=a+b+c+d
=5+1+4+1=11.
viii) Xenon dioxy difluoride:
(Structure of xenon dioxydifluoride, Hybridization of xenon dioxydifluoride)
22. Find the total number of lone pairs in XeO2F2
Ans: 11

155
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: No.of lone pairs = 11
 :
:F
:O

Xe :


:O
: F:


23. The number of bonds in per Xenate ion

Ans: 2
Sol: per xenate ion is XeO6 4
O
HO 
OH
Xe
HO 
OH
O

24. The number of lone pairs of Xe present in equatorial positions in  XeF5 



Ans: 0
Sol: The XeF 5 anion shows the pentagonal planar structure in which two axial positions
are occupied by two lone pairs.

25a. The number of species from the following carrying a single lone pair on central atom
xenon is _________ (april-2023-shift-2)
XeF5  , XeO3 , XeO2 F2 , XeF5 , XeO3 F2 , XeOF4 , XeF4
Ans: 4
Sol:
XeF5  XeO3 XeO2 F2 XeOF4
.. + .. F
..
F F O F F
Xe
..

Xe Xe
Xe

F O
F
F F
O O
F O F O

25b. How many of the following are colour less gases

XeF2 , XeF4 , XeF6 , XeO4 , XeO3 F2 , XeO2 F2 , XeOF4
Ans: 2
Sol: XeF6 , XeO3 F2 are gases
XeF2 , XeF4 , XeO4 , XeO2 F2 , XeOF4 are solids.

156
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Uses of noble gases:
(Uses of helium, neon, argon, krypton, xenon & radon)
26. The atomic mass of krypton is used to measure the thickness of metal sheets and joints
Ans: 85

EXERCISE – III (P – BLOCK ELEMENTS)

MORE THAN ONE ANSER TYPE QUESTIONS & PASSAGE TYPE QUESTIONS
INCLUDING PYQ’S
13TH group elements
HALIDES OF BORON:

1. Which of the following statement is/are correct?

A) The hybridization of boron in BF4 is sp3

B) The hybridization of boron in B2 H6 is sp3

C) The shape of BF4 is tetrahedral

D) The hybridization of boron in Borazol is sp 2
Key: ABCD

Sol: The shape and geometry of BF4 is tetrahedral

2. Complete the following equation BF3 + LiAlH4 → X + LiF + AlF3 ; the product X
cannot be

A) H 3 BO3 B) B2O3 C) HBO2 D) B2 H6

Key: ABC

Sol: 4BF3 + 3LiAlH4 → 2B2 H6 + 3LiF + 3AlF3

ANOMALOUS PROPERTIES OF BORON

3. What is/are the reasons for anomalous behavior of Boron?

A) Small size B) High ionization energy
C) High charge / size ratio D) Boron is non metal
Key: ABCD
Sol: Boron is having high ionization energy
4. Which statement is/are true regarding the element Boron?
A) Boron is a metalloid, while the other members of group 13 are post-transition metals.
B)Boron oxides and hydroxides are acidic in nature, while the other members of group
13 form amphoteric oxides.
C) Boron forms covalent compounds, while the other members of group 13 form ionic
and covalent bonds.
157
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
D) Boron is hard, while the other members of group 13 are comparatively softer.
Key: CD

Sol: Boron due to small size forms covalent compounds

COMPOUNDS OF BORON
5. Which of the following statements is / are true?
A) The total number of neutral oxides in the following list NO, N2O, B2O3 , N2O5 ,CO,
SO3 , P4O10 is 3
B) The number of non-metal oxides which on reaction with water gives respective
acids NO, N2O, B2O3 , N2O5 ,CO, SO3 , P4O10 is 4
C) BCl3 is both Lewis acid and Lewis base
D) BCl3 is only Lewis acid
Key: ABD
Sol: CO, NO, N2O are neutral oxides.
6. Which of the following is / are Lewis acid / s
A)AlCl3 B) BCl3 C) GaCl3 D) BI3
Key: ABCD
Sol: Lewis acids are e defficient, they will have less than
7. Which of the following oxides is/are acidic in nature?
A)B2O3 B) Al2O3 C) Ga2O3 D) In2O3
Key: A
Sol: Boron is non metallic hence forms acidic oxide
8. Which of the following is/are amphoteric oxide
A)Al2O3 B) Ga2O3 C) In2O3 D) B2O3
Key: AB
Sol: Acidic nature decreases down the group
9. Aqueous boric acid is a____
A)Lewis acid B) Bronsted acid C) Lewis base D) Bronsted base
Key: A
Sol: Boric acid is e pair acceptor.
10. Diborane undergo unsymmetrical cleavage reactions with
A) Dimethylamine B) Ammonia at low temperature
C) Methylamine D) Ammonia at high temperature
Key: ABC
Sol: Strong, unhindered ligands show unsymmetrical cleavage
11. Which of the following statement/s is/are correct?
A) Thallium primarily shows a +1 oxidation state.
B) Pure alumina in molten cryolite is used to extract aluminium.
C) The electrolytic refining of aluminium is known as Hoop’s process.
D) Boron nitride is the hardest compound of boron.
Key: ABCD
Sol: Thallium shows +1 due to inert pair effect
12. Which of the following statements about H 3 BO3 is/are correct?
A) It is a strong tribasic acid
B) It is prepared by acidifying an aqueous solution of borax
C) It has a layer structure in which planar BO3 units are joined by hydrogen bonds
D) It does not act as proton donor but acts as a Lewis acid by accepting hydroxyl ion
Key: BCD
Sol: It is monobasic acid
158
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
DIBORANE
13. Identify the statement/s that is/are correct as far as structure of diborane is concerned?
A) There are two bridging hydrogen atoms in diborane
B) Each boron atom forms four bonds in diborane
C) The hydrogen atoms are not in the same plane in diborane
D) All B - H bonds in diborane are similar
Key: ABC
Sol: B2 H 6

14. Which of the following statements is/are correct?

A) Borax is used for cleaning metals.

B) Al2O3 is amphoteric while B2O3 is acidic.

C) Boric acid on heating with CuO gives metaborate and borax bead test.

D) Boron nitride is inorganic graphite.

Key: ABCD

Sol: Al2O3 is amphoteric

15. Pick out correct statement(s) regarding crystalline form of boron.

A) All allotropic forms of boron contain icosahedral units with boron atoms at all 12
corners.

B) In B12 unit, each boron atom is bonded to five boron atoms at a distance 1.77 Å

C)  -rhombohedral form of boron consists of layers of icosahedra linked within each

layer by three centre B  B bonds and between layers B  B bonds.

D)  -rhombohedral form consists of 12 B12 icosahedra arranged icosahedrally about a

central B12 unit  B12  B12 12 

Key: ABCD

Sol: All allotropic forms of boron contain icosahedral units with boron atoms at all 12
corners.

159
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
16. Which of the following statements is correct?

A) The compound B2 H6 ·2NH3 is ionic.

B) On heating, it gives borazole B3 N3H6

C) A boron and nitrogen atom bonded together have the same number of valence
electrons as two carbon atoms.

D) Both benzene and borazole are planar and non-polar.

Key: ABCD

Sol: Benzene and borazole are planar and non-polar

17. Which of the following statements is correct?

A) Boric acid is a hydrogen-bonded substance.

B) Boric acid combines with CuO to give metaborate in the borax bead test.

C) Al2O3 is more acidic than B2O3 .

D) Al2O3 is amphoteric and B2O3 is acidic.

Key: ABD

Sol: Conceptual

18. Which of the following statements is correct?

A) B2 H6 reacts with excess of ammonia at low temperature to form an ionic substance.

B) B2 H6 reacts with excess of ammonia at high temperature to form a white slippery

solid called boron nitride.

C) In boron nitride, the bond order is 1.5 .

D) Borazine is an inorganic benzene but has -ve and +ve charges in it on N and B ,
respectively.

Key: ABD

Sol: Borazine is also known as borozole

160
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
19. Regarding boric acid, which of the following statements is correct

A) Boric acid has layered lattice structure.

B) When excess of boric acid is added to a solution of acidic KHF2 solution, the solution
becomes alkaline.

C) Boric acid on heating at 160 C forms pyroboric acid.

D) Boric acid is a quite good lubricant.

Key: ABD

Sol: Boric acid on heating gives different products

20. Which of the following statements is/are correct?

A) NaBH 4 is very much less rapidly hydrolysed in water than NaAlH 4 .

B) AlF3 is insoluble in anhydrous HF but dissolves in the presence of KF .

C) If BF3 gas is passed through Na 3AlF6 , aluminium trifluoride is precipitated.

D) The enthalpies of dimerization of aluminium alkyls decreases with increase in the

size of alkyl groups.

Key: ABD

Sol: BF3 with Na3 AlF6 forms AlF3

Comprehension Type Questions:

Passage-1

The elements boron, aluminium, gallium, indium and thalium react with halogens
forming halides. The boron halides exist as monomers whereas the halides of the other
elements exists as dimers. The B-F bond length in BF3 is shorter than the sum of the
covalent radii of boron and fluorine. The halides of boron acts as lewis acids and their
Lewis acidic character is in the order BF3  BCl3  BBr3  BI3 which is opposite to the
expected BF3  BCl3  BBr3  BI3 depending upon electro negativities. AlF3 cannot act as
Lewis acid whereas AlCl3 can act as Lewis acid. The fluorides of Al, Ga , In and Tl have
high melting points   950 C  whereas the chlorides, bromides and iodides have lower
melting point. These halides hydrolyse in water. Thermal stability decreases with the
increase in the atomic size of III Group element or halogen.

161
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
1. The electro negativity difference between boron and fluorine is about 2.5, BF3 is covalent.
This is due to

A) Low polarizability of small F ion. B) High polarizability of small F ion.

C) High polarizing power of small B3 ion. D) BF3 is an electron-deficient molecule.

Key: C

Sol: Owing to small size and more number of charges on B1 ion, it has more polarizing
power. Hence, all boron compounds are covalent.

2. Except BF3 , the fluorides of Al , Ga, In and Tl do not act as Lewis acids.

A) In the halides of Al, Ga , In and Tl , the electron deficiency at central atom decreases
because of back bonding by F .

B) BF3 is covalent whereas fluorides of third group elements are ionic.

C) BF3 is monomer whereas other halides are dimers.

D) BF3 is small molecule whereas others are bigger molecules.

Key: B

Sol: Fluorides of Al, Ga, In and Tl are ionic compounds

3. I3 can be prepared by adding iodine to TlI . In TlI3 , the oxidation state of Tl is

A) +1 B) +2 C) +3 D) both +1 and +3

Key: A

Sol: TlI3 consists of Tl and I3 ions because Tl3 can oxidize I  .

4. The fluorides of Al, Ga , In and Tl have very high melting point   950 C 

Where as chlorides, bromides and iodides have low melting points. This is because

A) Fluorides are monomers whereas other halides are dimers.

B) Fluorides are more polar whereas other trihalides are less polar.

C) Fluorides are ionic whereas other trihalides are polar covalent.

D) Fluorides have high thermal stability while other trihalides have less thermal
stability.
162
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Key: C

Sol: Flourides are ionic with high melting points. However, other trihalides are covalent.

5. Which of the following statement is not correct?

A) BF3 exists as monomer because small boron atom cannot coordinate with four fluorine
atoms.

B) AlF3 does not exist as dimer because it is ionic.

C) Chlorides, bromides and iodides of boron exist as monomers in gaseous state.

D) Solid or molten AlCl3 is not a conductor of electricity but aqueous AlCl3 is a good
conductor.

Key: A

Sol: AlF3 is ionic compound contains ions only.

6. Which of the hydrolysis reaction of the halides of III Group element is wrong?

A) AlCl3  3H 2O  Al(OH)3  3HCl B) BCl3  3H 2O  H3BO3  3HCl

C) BF3  H 2O  H3BO3  3HF D) AlBr3  3H 2O  Al(OH)3  3HBr

Key: C

Sol: 4BF3  3H2O  H3BO3  3HBF4

HBF4  H 2O  H3  BF3 (OH)  HF

Passage-II

A white precipitate (X) is formed when a mineral (A) is boiled with Na 2CO3 solution.
The precipitate is filtered and filtrate contains two compounds (Y) and (Z) .The
compound (Y) is removed by crystallization and when CO2 is passed through the filtrate
obtained after crystallization, then (Z) changed to (Y) . When compound (Y ) is heated, it
gives two compounds (Z ) and (T ) .Compound (T) on heating with cobalt oxide produces
blue coloured substance (S).

1. The mineral (A) Is

A) Na 2 B6O11 B) CaCO3 C) Ca 2 B6O11·5H2 O D) B2O3

Key: C
163
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
2. The compound (Y) in the filtrate when (A) is boiled with Na 2CO3 is

A) Na 2 BO2 B) Na 2 B4O7 C) Na 3BO3 D) CaO

Key: B

3. When cobalt oxide is heated with (Y) , then a bead (S) is formed which is blue in colour.
The bead (S) is

A) CoCO3 B) Co  BO 2 2 C) CoO D) B2O3

Key: B

Sol: Ca2 B6O11  2 Na2CO3  2CaCO3  Na2 B4O7  2 NaBO2


Na 2 B4O 7   2NaBO 2  B2 O3

CaO  B2 O3  Co  BO 2 2
Blue

Passage-III

Aluminium is stable in air and water inspite of the fact that it is reactive metal. The
reason is that a thin film of its oxide is formed on its surface which makes it passive for
further attack. The layer is so useful that in industry, it is purposely deposites by an
electrolytic process called anodizing. Reaction of aluminium with oxygen is highly
exothermic and is called thermite reaction.
3
2Al(s)  O 2 ( g)  Al 2O3 ( s); H  1670k  kJ
2
Thermite reaction finds applications in the metallurgical extraction of many metals from
their oxides and for welding of metals. The drawback is that to start the reaction, high
temperature is required for which an ignition mixture is used.

1. Anodizing can be done by electrolysing dilute H 2SO 4 with aluminium as anode. This
results in:

A) the formation of Al2 SO 4 3 on the surface of aluminium anode.

B) the formation of oxide film  Al2 O 3  on the surface of aluminium anode.

C) the formation of polymeric aluminium hydride film on the surface of aluminium

anode.

D) none of the above.

164
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Key: B
Sol: To prevent the action of air and salts on aluminium, its vessels are oxidized by taking as
anode so that an oxide layer is formed on the surface called anodic oxidation.
2. Which of the following reaction is not involved in thermite process?
A) 3Mn 3O4  8Al  9Mn  4Al2O3 B) Cr2O3  2Al  2Cr  Al2 O3

C) Fe2 O3  2Al  2Fe  Al2O3 D) B2O3  2Al  2 B  Al2 O3

Key: D
Sol: Al is not used to prepare boron by aluminothermi process.
3. Which one of the following metals cannot be extracted using Al as a reducing agent?
A) Na from Na 2O B) Cr from Cr2O3

C) W from WO3 D) Mn from Mn 3O4

Key: A

Sol: As Al is less electropositive than Na, it cannot reduce Na 2O .

Passage-IV

1. The correct statement about the structure ' A ' is

A) Each boron surrounds with three nitrogen atoms, whereas each N -atom surrounds
with four boron atoms. In addition, both boron and nitrogen surrounds with 2 bonds
and 1 bond.
B) Each boron surrounds with four nitrogens whereas each N -atom surrounds with
three-borons. In addition, both boron and nitrogen surround with 3 bonds and 2
bonds.
C) Each boron surrounds with three nitrogen atoms, whereas each nitrogen surrounds
with three boron atoms and both boron and nitrogen surround with 3 bonds and
1 bond.

D) Each boron surrounds with four nitrogen atoms, whereas each nitrogen surrounds
with four boron atoms and both boron and nitrogen surround with 3 bonds and 1
bond.
165
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Key: C

2. The incorrect statement about ' C ' is

A) It has trigonal planar units and held by H -bonds.

B) It can also be prepared by passing SO2 gas through suspension of colemanite ore.

C) When the concentration of ' C ' is very high, it exists as polymeric ion such as
 B3O3 (OH) 4  .
-.

D) ' C ' on heating gives H 2 B4O7 at 100 C , HBO2 at 160 C and B2O3 at high temperature.

Key: D

3. The incorrect statement about ' B ' is

A) Reduction of ' [ B ] ' gives amorphous variety of boron with Na, Mg and K .

B) Electrolytic reduction of ' B  B  MgO  MgF2  gives amorphous boron.

C) Reduction of B gives crystalline variety of boron with Al. In addition, 'B' gives
coloured bead with Al2O3 .

D) B is a white hygroscopic solid.

Key: C

Sol: Borax 

NH Cl
 Boron nitride
4

BN 
H 2O
, H 3BO3  NH 3

0 0
H 3 BO 3 
100 C
 HBO 2 
100 C
 H 4 B2O 7 
Re d bule
 B2 O3 
Na
B

Na 2 B4 O7  H 2SO4  Na 2SO4  H 2 B4O7

H 2 B4O7  5H 2O  4H3BO3

H 2 B4 O7  5H 2O  4H3BO3
( A)


2H 3 BO3   B2 O3  3H 2 O
(B)

B2 O3  6 K  2 B 3 K 2 O
(C )

166
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Passage-V:

Boron halides are electron-deficient compounds and acts as Lewis acids. In boron
halides, there is double bond character between boron and halogen atom because of the
back bonding. Even the weakest bases will form adducts with the trihalides of boron.
The rehybridization of boron that accompanies adduct formation results in a loss, of in
B  X double bond character.

1. In the adduct formation of trimethyl amine with boron

halide BX 3  : N  CH 3 3  X 3 B : N  CH 3 3 the enthalpy change is more negative in the case of

A) BF3 B) BCl3 C) BBr3 D) All are equal

Key: C

Sol: Back bonding in BBr3 is weak and hence the energy consumed to break the back
bonding in BBr3 is least whereas it is maximum in BF3. .

2. BF3 exists as monomer but not dimer because

A) Boron cannot coordinate with four fluorine atoms to form dimer.

B) Dimerization on BF3 leads to the rehybridization of boron that accompanies in a loss

of B  X double bond character.

C) BF3 is ionic compound D) of steric hinderence.

Key: B

Sol: If BF3 has to dimerize the back  dative bond should break and sp2 boron should
convert into sp3 boron which requires more energy.

3. BCl3 exists as monomer but not dimer because

A) boron cannot coordinate with four chlorine atoms to form dimer.

B) dimerization of BF3 leads to the rehybridization of boron that accompanies in a loss

of B  X double bond character.

C) BCl3 is covalent compound.

D) Boron has no catenation power.

Key: A

Sol: Conceptual
167
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Passage-VI:

Borax (X) is heated with conc. HCl or H 2SO 4 . When a sparingly soluble compound (A)
separates out. Compound [ A] on heating gives compound (B). The compound (B) on
heating with potassium gives an amorphous variety of an element with high melting
point.

1. Borax on heating with NH 4 Cl gives

A)  B(OH)2  NH 4  B) BN C) H3BO3 D) B2O3

Key: B

Sol: Borax 

NH Cl
 BN4

2. The compound (A) is

A) BH3 B) BSO4 C) H3BO3 D) H 2 B4O7

Key: C

Sol: BN 
H O
 H 3 BO3  NH 3
2

3. The compound B and the element with high melting point is

A) B2O3 and B B) H 2 B2O7 and B C) B2O  B D) B2O3  H 4 B2 O7

Key: A

Sol: H 3 BO3 

 B2O3

Passage-VII:

Boric acid B(OH)3 is weak monobasic acid reacts with alkali to form borates. The most
common borate of boric acid is borax represented as Na 2  B4 O5 (OH) 4 ·8H 2O . Which is
made up of two tetrahedral and two triangular units. On dissolution in water, these
tetrahedral and triangular units are separated. Borax is useful primary standard for
titration against acids.

1. The number of B  O  B linkage in borax is

A) 2 B) 5 C) 4 D) 6

Key: B

Sol: Structure of Borax

168
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
2. Oxidation state of boron atom in borax is/are

A) +3 only B) three atoms +3 and one atom +2

C) +2 only D) two atoms +3 and two atoms +4

Key: D

Sol: +3 and +4

3. Number of equivalents of an acid required to neutralize aqueous solution of borax is

A) 4 B) 1 C) 2 D) 3

Key: C

Sol: Na2 B4O7  7 H 2O  2 B  OH 3  2 Na  B  OH 4 

2
 The base formed is  B  OH  4  ,it required 2 mol acid

14TH group elements

I. General introduction of 14 the group:

1. The material used in the solar cells contains: Jee Adv 1993

A) Cs B) Si C) Sn D) Ti

Key: AB

Sol: Cs and Si are used in solar cell

2. Which of the following statements are correct

A) Trisilyl amine  SiH 3 3 N is a weaker base than trimethyl amine  CH 3 3 N

B) Silicon has more tender

C)Silicon has more tenency to form  bonds with oxygen then phosphorous.

D) SiO2 is a high melting solid.

Key: ABCD

Sol: All are correct statements

169
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
3. With respect to graphite and diamond, which of the statement(s) given is(are) correct?

Jee Adv 2012

A) Graphite is harder than diamond

B) Graphite has higher electrical conductivity than diamond.

C) Graphite has higher thermal conductivity than diamond.

D) Graphite has higher C-C bond order than diamond

Key: BD
0
Sol: Diamond is the harder substance known C-C bond length is 1.54 A in diamond. It is
non-conductor of electricity. While in graphite, after sp 2 hybridization one electron is
free and it overlaps with another electron to form   bond, thus bond length in graphite
0
in shorter ( 1.42 A ) and bond order is free to move thus graphite is good conductor of
electricity but graphite is bad conductor of heat than diamond.

4. Which of the following allotropy of carbon family are correct

A) Lamp black, sugar charcoal, animal charcoal are amorphous

B) Primitive hexagonal Si-V and eventually hexagonal close packed Si-VII are allotropy
silicon

  liquid tin

0
273 C
C)   tin 

D) Lead exist only in one form which is metallic nature.

Key: ABCD

Sol: A) Lamp black, sugar charcoal, animal charcoal are amorphous

B) Primitive hexagonal Si-V and eventually hexagonal close packed Si-VII are allotropy
silicon

  liquid tin

0
273 C
C)   tin 

D) Lead exist only in one form which is metallic nature.

170
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
5. Which of the following is true about allotropes of carbon.
A) Graphite is a good conductor of electricity because free electrons are spread out in
the structure and the adjacent layers are held by weak vander walls forces.
B) In C-60, the there are 12 pentagonal and 20 hexagonal faces.
C) Graphite is thermodynamically stable then diamond.
D) In diamond each carbon undergoes sp3 hybridization and is three dimentional.
Key: ABCD
Sol: All are correct statements
II. Chemical properties of group 14 group:-
Hydrides:
6. Which of the following reaction is correct
A) LiAlH 2  SiCl4  LiCl  AlCl3  SiH 3

B) Mg 2 Si  H 2 SO4  MgSO4  SiH 4  SiH 3  SiH 3

C) Si2Cl2  2 LiH  Si2 H 6  6LiCl

D) Si  2CH 3Cl  CH 3 SiHCl2  C  H 2

Key: ABCD
Sol: A) LiAlH 2  SiCl4  LiCl  AlCl3  SiH 3

B) Mg 2 Si  H 2 SO4  MgSO4  SiH 4  SiH 3  SiH 3

C) Si2Cl2  2 LiH  Si2 H 6  6LiCl

D) Si  2CH 3Cl  CH 3 SiHCl2  C  H 2

7. Which of the following statement correct?

A) Thermal stability of hydrides gets decreases down the group.
B) The order of boiling point of hydrides of group 14 elements is
CH 4  SiH 4  GeH 4  SnH 4

C) The order of stability of these hydrides towards alkali CH 4  GeH 4  SnH 4  SiH 4

D) CH 4 to PbH 4 reducing capacity increases

Key: ABCD

171
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: A) M-H bond dissociation energy

B) Increase in molecular mass

C) Polarity of M-H bond

8. Which of the following is correct.

A) Methane undergo hydrolysis

B) SiH 4  2 NaOH  H 2O  Na2 SiO3  4H 2

C) SnH 4 is hydralised in 30% alkaline solution

D) GeH 4 is hydralised in 33% alkaline solution

Key: BCD

Sol: A) Methane does not undergo hydrolysis due to lack of d-orbital

III. Oxides of 14 group:

9. The species present in solution when CO2 is dissolved in water? Jee Adv 2006

A) CO2 , H 2CO3 , HCO3 , CO32 B) H 2CO3 , CO32

C) CO32 , HCO31 D) CO2 , H 2CO3

Key: A

Sol: a) CO2  H 2O  H 2CO3  H   HCO3  H   CO32

10. When SO2 is passed through sodium carbonate solution, then CO2 gas is liberated.This is
because?

A) CO2 is more volatile then SO2

B) CO2 has a lower molecular weight than SO2

C) SO2 is a stronger acid than CO2

D) CO2 is a stronger acid then SO2

Key: AB

Sol: Na2CO3  SO2  Na2 SO3  CO2

172
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
11. Which of the following reaction is true about carbon monoxide reaction.

A) 5CO  I 2O5  I 2  5CO2

ZnO  Cr O
B) CO  H 2   CH 3OH
2 3

C) CO  S  COS

D) 2Cu  OH 2  CO  Cu2O  H 2O  CO2

Key: ABCD

Sol: A) 5CO  I 2O5  I 2  5CO2

ZnO  Cr O
B) CO  H 2   CH 3OH
2 3

C) CO  S  COS

D) 2Cu  OH 2  CO  Cu2O  H 2O  CO2

IV. Halides of 14 group:

12. The compounds used as refrigerant is Jee Adv 1990

A) NH 3 B) CCl4 C) CF4 D) CF2Cl2

Key: AB

Sol: NH 3 and CF2Cl2  Freon  12  are used as refrigerants.

13. A tin chloride ‘Q’ undergoes the following reaction (not balanced)? Jee Adv 2019
Q  Cl (  )  X

Q  Me3 N  Y

Q  CuCl2  Z  CuCl

X is mono anion having pyramidal geometry. Both Y and Z are neutral compounds.
Choose the correct option(s).
A) The central atom in X is sp3 hybridizised
B) These is a coordinate bond in Y
C) The oxidation state of the central atom Z is +2
D) The central atom in Z has one lone pair of electron.
Key: AB
173
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
   
Sol: SnCl2  Cl  SnCl3

SnCl2  Me3 N  SnCl2  N  CH 3 3 

SnCl2  2CuCl2  SnCl4  2CuCl

14. Identify the correct statement from the following reaction.

I. SnCl2  H 2O  X  HCl

SnCl2  2 NaOH  Y  2 NaCl

2NaOH  Excess 

Z  H 2O
II.

III. SnCl2  AuCl3  3SnCl4  P

IV. SnCl2  2HCl  I 2  SnCl4  Q

A) X shows turbidity and is basic B) Y is white ppt and Z is soluble in water.

C) P is metal D) Q is an acid

Key: ABCD

Sol: (I) SnCl2  H 2O  Sn  OH  Cl

SnCl2  2 NaOH  Sn  OH 2  2 NaCl

2NaOH  Excess 

Na2 SnO2
(II)

(III) SnCl2  AuCl3  3SnCl4  Au

(IV) SnCl2  2 HCl  I 2  SnCl4  HI

174
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
15. Identified

 II  SiC  4F2  SiF4  CF4

HF

Y
 I  CO  SF4   X   SO2  III  CS2  2S2Cl2  CCl4  Z

 IV  CCl4  H 2O 
Super
Heated steam
 a  2 HCl

A) X having zero dipole moment B) Y is sp3d hybridization

C) Z is pale yellow colour solid D) a is tonic gas

Key: AD
Sol: 1) CO  SF4  CF4  SO2

SiC  4F2  SiF4  CF4

2HF

H 2  SiF6 
Sp 3d 2
2)
3) CS2  2S2Cl2  CCl4  S

4) CCl4  H 2O  CoCl2  2HCl

16. Choose the correct statement(s) among the following. Jee Adv 2020
A) SnCl2 .2 H 2O is a reducing agent.

B) SnO2 reacts with KOH to form K 2  Sn  OH 6 

C) A solution of PbCl2 in HCl contain Pb2 and Cl    ions.

D) The reaction of Pb3O4 with hot dilute nitric acid to give PbO2 is a redox reaction.

Key: ABD
Sol: A) SnCl2 .2 H 2O is a good reducing agent

B) As SnO2 is amphoteric in nature SnO2  2 KOH 

2H O
 K 2  Sn  OH 6 
2

C) PbCl2  HCl  H 2  PbCl4 

D) Pb3O4  4 HNO3  PbO2  2Pb  NO3 2  2 H 2O

175
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
17. Choose the correct statement (s) among the following

A) PbI 4 is not known because of the oxidizing power of Pb(+iv) and the reducing power
of I  

B) SnCl2 does not hydrolysis. C) SnCl2 is reducing agent

D) Sn(II) chloride is linear in shape

Key: AC

Sol: PbI 4  PbI 2  I 2

SnCl2 is reducing agent

V. Reacts with acids:

18. Reaction of group 14 element of carbon family with acid

A) carbon does not reacts by non oxidizing acid.

B)Silicon reacts with all acids

C) Germinium reacts with HCl gives hydrogen gas.

D) Germanium dissolve hot conc . H 2 SO4

Key: ACD

Sol: A) C  HCl  X

C  H 2 SO4  2 H 2O  CO2  SO2

A) Silicon does not react any acid

Except HF

Si  HF  SiF4  H 2
HF
H 2 SiF6

B) Ge  HCl  H 2  GeCl2
C) Ge dissolve hot conc. H 2 SO4

176
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
19. Which of the following is correct?

A) Sn in HCl act as reducing agent

B) Sn in excess of HCl gives H 2 and H 2  SnCl6 

C) Sn in dilute HNO3 give paramagnetic gas

D) Sn in conc. HNO3 gives paramagnetic& Redish brown gas

Key: ABCD

Sol: 1) Sn  HCl  SnCl2   H 

2)

Sn  HCl  SnCl4  2 H 2
HCl
H 2 SnCl6 

3) Sn  HNO3  4Sn  NO3 2  NH 4 NO3  3H 2O

4) Sn  HNO3  NO2  H 2O

VI. Reacts with base:

20. Which of the following statement is/are correct?

A) 0.82 g pb in NaOH solution gives 0.02 mole of H 2

B) PbCl2  2 NaOH  NaOCl  x  3NaCl  H 2O

Oxidation state of x is 4

C) Sn & Pb in aq NaOH solution gives H 2 gas

D) PbO2  Cr  OH 3  KOH  K 2 PbO2  K2CrO4  8H 2O

Key: ABD

Sol: A) 207 g of Pb  2 g of H2
4.1g  x
4.1
 x  2  0.04 g
207

B) PbCl2  2 NaOH  NaOCl  PbO2  3NaCl  H 2O

177
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
21. Which of the following statement is/are correct for the following reaction.

I ) SiO2  Mg  Si  2MgO

II ) Si  NaOH  Na2 SiO3  x

III ) SiO2  HF Excess   M  H 2O

A) 6g 90% pure SiO2 gives 2.52 g B) x is more constable gas

C) Coordination number of M is 6

D) High pure Si can be prepared by reducing SiCl4 with Mg.

Key: ABCD

Sol: A) 60  100  18

60  90  x

28  90  6
x
60 100

x  2.52

C) HF  SiO2  H 2  SiF6 

D) SiCl4  Mg  Si Highly pure  MgCl2

VII. Reacts with H 2O :

22. Which of the following reaction are correct:

SiCl4 
H 2O
  X  
1000
 Y  
F2
  Z   Correct statements in the above reaction:

A) X is H 4 SiO4 B) Z is
paramagnetic gas
B) C) Y is SiO2 D) Z is diamagnetic
gas

Key: ABC

Sol: SiCl4  H 2O  H 4 SiO4 

1000
 SiO2

SiO2  F2  SiF4  O2

178
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
23. Which of the following reaction is correct?

A) C S   H 2O 
Re d
heat
 CO   H 2 

B) Si S   H 2O 
Re d
heat
 SiO2  H 2 

C) Sn S   H 2O 
Re d
heat
 SnO2  H 2 

D) 2 pb  H 2O  O2  2 pb  OH 2

Key: ABCD

Sol: A) C S   H 2O 
Re d
heat
 CO   H 2 

B) Si S   H 2O 
Re d
heat
 SiO2  H 2 

C) Sn S   H 2O 
Re d
heat
 SnO2  H 2 

D) 2 pb  H 2O  O2  2 pb  OH 2

24. Which of the following statement is/are correct?

A) Carbides of alkali metal and of Ca,Sr and Ba are colourless.

B) Except alkali metal carbide remaining all carbide are 80 ft

C) U,Cu are explosive carbide.

D) Carbides of Ca,Sr and Ba are strong reducing agents.

Key: ACD

Sol: Alkali metal carbides of IA group are soft

VIII. Carbides

25. Which of the following reaction are correct?

A) Ca3  PO4 2  14C  3CaC2  2 P  8CO 

B) 2 AgNO3  2 NH 4OH  C2 H 4  Ag 2C2  2 NH 4 NO3  2 H 2O

C) BaCO3  C  3Mg  BaC2  3MgO

D) U 3O8  14C  UC2  8CO 

Key: ABCD
179
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: A) Ca3  PO4 2  14C  3CaC2  2 P  8CO 

B) 2 AgNO3  2 NH 4OH  C2 H 4  Ag 2C2  2 NH 4 NO3  2 H 2O

C) BaCO3  C  3Mg  BaC2  3MgO

D) U 3O8  14C  UC2  8CO 

26. Which of the following are correct.

I ) AlPO4  C  x  P  W Neutral gas 
H 2O

y  z 
NaOH
 Soluble complex (R )

II )CaC2  N 2  A  C

C fusion  NaCl

S  T 
Soluble complex
CuSO4
 B  CaCl2

Which of the following statements are correct in the above reactions.

A) W With NaOH gives HCOONa B) Atomicity of Y is 4
C) S is pseudo halogen
D) Soluble complex hybridization is sp3

Key: ABCD

AlPO4  C  Al  P  CO  w 
Sol: Al  H O  Al  OH   H
2 3 2
Z 

IX. Compound of silicon:

1. Silica:

27. Which of the following statements are correct.

A)   quartz on heating at 846 K give   quartz

B)   quartz on heating at 1140 k give tridymite

C)   tridymite on heating at 395-435 K give   tridymite

D)   crystobalite on heat 1985 K give liquid silica

180
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Key: ABCD

Sol: A)   quartz on heating at 846 K give   quartz

B)   quartz on heating at 1140 k give tridymite

C)   tridymite on heating at 395-435 K give   tridymite

D)   crystobalite on heat 1985 K give liquid silica

28. Which of the following true about quartz.

A) it is pure crystalline form of silica

B) it is a tetrahedral polymer of SiO2

C) U-V light can passed through the quartz

D) Sand is the crushed form of quartz

Key: ABCD

Sol: A) it is pure crystalline form of silica

B) it is a tetrahedral polymer of SiO2

C) U-V light can passed through the quartz

D) Sand is the crushed form of quartz

II. Silicate:

29. Incorrect statements about silicate:

A) Sorosilicate has  Si2O7  unit

6

B) spodumene is a silicate ore of lithium has  Si2O5 n

2 n

C) Amphiboles contain OH group bounded to silicate ion.

D) Three oxygen atoms of SiO42 tetrahedral units are shared in cyclic silicate.

Key: BCD

Sol: Spodumene= LiAl  SiO3 2

Amphilibole are chain silicates

In cyclic silicates only 2 oxygen atoms of tetrahedral are shared.

181
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
30. Select the correct statement about silicate:

A) Cyclic silicate having three Si atoms contain six Si-O-Sr linkages.

B) 2 ½ over oxygen atoms per tetrahedron unit are shared in double chain silicate.

C)  Si2O5 n is formula of double chain

2 n

D) SiO44 unite polymerise to form silicate because si atom has less tendency to form  -
bond with oxygen.

Key: BD

Sol: Cyclic silicates having three Si atoms contain three Si-O-Si linkages

  Si2O5 n -sheet silicate

2n

III. Silicones:

31.

Si  CH3  Cl 
Cu powder
570 K
  A 
H 2O
  B  
POlymerisation
 silicone

O2 Heat

 C  
Excess
Coke eleecttic
 D

A) The compound A is  CH 3 2 SiCl2

B)The compound C and D are SiO2 and SiC respectively.

C) The compound (B)  CH 3 2 Si  OH 2

D) The compound B is  CH 3 2 Si  O

Key: ABC

Sol:

Si  CH 3  Cl 
Cu powder
570 K
  CH 3  2 SiCl2 
H 2O
  CH3  2 Si  OH 2 
POlymerisation
 silicone

O2 Heat

SiO2 
Excess
Coke eleecttic
 SiC

182
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
32. Silicones are group of argano silicon polymer, silicate correct statement(s) about them.

A) R3 SiCl produce very complex cross linked polymeric silicones on hydrolysis.

B) Their strength and inertness are related to their stable silica like skeleton of

Sr  O  Sr  O  Sr

C) Their water repellency arise because silicone chain is surrounded by organic side
group.

D) Hydrolysis product of CH 3SiCl3 will block the end of the straight chain produce by
hydrolysis of  CH 3 2 SiCl2

Key: BCD

Sol: R3 SiCl only dimer.

33. Under hydrolysis condition the compound used for preparation of linear polymer and
for chain termination respectively. Jee Adv 2015

A) CH 3SiCl3 and Si  CH 3 4 B)  CH 3 2 SiCl2 and  CH 3 3 SiCl

C)  CH 3 2 SiCl2 and CH 3SiCl3 D) SiCl4 and  CH 3 3 SiCl

Key: BD

Sol: Diamond

Hydrolysis of dichlors dimerisilone followed by polymerization yields straight chain or

linear polymers.

 CH3 2 SiCl2  2H 2O   CH3 2 Si  OH 2 

Polymerisation


CH 3 CH 3

Si- O Si
O

CH 3 n CH 3

The chain length of polymer can be controlled by adding  CH 3 3 SiCl which blocks the
ends as shown below.

183
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

n  CH3 2 Si  OH 2  2  CH 3 3 Si  OH  

CH 3 CH 3 CH 3

CH 3 Si Si- O Si CH 3

CH 3 CH 3 n CH 3

X. Compounds of Tin:

34. SnCl2 was dissolved in sodium hydroxide to give a (P) which dissolve in excess of
NaOH to give Q,Q then reacts with Bi  OH 3 to form a block substance (R) hence

A) Compound P= Sn  OH 2 B) Compound Q= Na2 SnO2

C) Substance R= Na2 SnO3 D) Substance R= Bi

Key: ABCD

Sol: SnCl2  2 NaOH  Sn  OH 2  2 NaCl

Sn  OH  2  2 NaOH  Na2 SnO2  H 2O

3Na2 SnO2  Bi  OH  2  3NO2 SnO2  Bi  3H 2O

35. Which of the following statements are correct for SnCl2

A) SnCl2 reduce HgCl2 solution to white ppt changing to grey

B) SnCl2 turns FeCl2 yellow coloured solution to green

C) SnCl2 gives white ppt with NaOH in soluble in excess of NaOH.

D) SnCl2 gives cremyl chloride test.

Key: ABD

Sol: SnCl2  2 HgCl2  Hg 2Cl2   SnCl4

SnCl2  Hg2Cl2  2 Hg  SnCl4

b) 2 FeCl3  SnCl2  2FeCl2  SnCl4

c) SnCl2  NaOH  Na2 SnO2  H 2O

d) SnCl2 gives cremyl chloride test

184
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Compounds of (Pb):

36.

Salt  A 
 
  B   filtrate
NaCl aq

White ppt
 dil.Hcl Hot water

Reddish brown gas No gas B(aq)

H2S NaI

Block ppt Yellow ppt

Which of the following is correct?

A) No of planer atoms in dimerside form of F is 5

B) Block ppt is Pbs
C)Yellow ppt is PbI 2
D) B does not give chromyl chloride test
Key: BCD

Sol: PbS 

H S
 PbCl2 
2 KI
 PbI 2

B soluble in hot water PbCl2

Pb  NO3 2 

 PbO  NO2

37. An element of group 14 form a red coloured mixed oxide (A), which on treatment with
conc. HNO3 gives compound B.B reacts with HCl to produce a chloride (C) Which is
insoluble in cold water but soluble in hot water. A on reaction with conc. HCl produce
(C), then which of the following statements are corrected in the above reaction.
A) A is Pb3O4 red lead which of contain 1:2 ratio of PbO2 and PbO

B) B is lead nitrate C) C is lead chloride

D) A act as oxidizing agent.
Key: ABC

Sol: Pb3O4  A  4HNO3  2 pb  NO3 2  PbO2  2H 2O

Pb  NO3 2  2 HCl  PbCl2  HNO3

Pb3O4  8HCl  3PbCl2  4 H 2O  Cl2

185
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
38. Which of the following reactions are correct?
A) PbO2  HCl  PbCl2  Cl2  2 HI

B) 2MnO4  5PbO2  6HNO3  2KMnO4  2 PbSO4  3Pb  NO3 2  2H 2O

C) 2Cr  OH 3  10 KOH  3PbO2  2 K 2CrO4  3K 2 PbO2  8H 2O

D) PbO2  
440 C
 Pb3O4  O2 
0

Key: ABCD
Sol: A) PbO2  HCl  PbCl2  Cl2  2 HI

B) 2MnO4  5PbO2  6HNO3  2KMnO4  2 PbSO4  3Pb  NO3 2  2H 2O

C) 2Cr  OH 3  10 KOH  3PbO2  2 K 2CrO4  3K 2 PbO2  8H 2O

D) PbO2  
440 C
 Pb3O4  O2 
0

15TH group elements

ALLOTROPES&GENERAL PROPERTIES:
1. White phosphorous ( P4 ) has Jee Adv1998

A) Six P-P single bonds B) Four P-P single bonds

C) Four lone pairs of electrons D) P-P-P bond angle of 600
Key: ABCD
Sol: P4 structure

2. Which of the following are dissimilarities between H 4 P4O12 and H 4 P2O7 ?

A) Total number of atoms directly bonded by each phosphorus atom
B) Type of linkage ( X  O  X / X  X )( X  P )
C) Number of P  O  P linkages
D) Structure (cyclic/non cyclic/open chain)
Key: CD
Sol: Strutures of H 4 P4O12 and H 4 P2O7

3. In the compounds of type ECl3 , where E=N,P,As,(or) Bi, the angle of Cl -E- Cl in order

Jee Adv 1999

A) N  P  As  Bi B) N  P  As  Bi C) N  P  As  Bi D) N  P  As  Bi
Key: B

186
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: Bond angle in ECl3 type of tri halides decreases from top to bottom
4. Select incorrect statement(s):
A) Bismuth(III)compounds are more stable than antimony(III)compounds
B) Bismuth(III)compounds are less stable as compared to its compounds in its other
oxidation state.
C) Bismuth(III)chloride acts as strong reducing agent
D) Bismuth(III)chloride solution on dilution produce precipitate of bismuth
hypochlorite.
Key: CD

Sol: Inert Pair effect

5. Pure N 2 can be obtained by heating

A) NH 3  CuO B) NH 4 NO3 C)  NH 4 3 Cr2O7 D) Ba  N3 2

Key: D

Sol: Ba  N3 2 

 Ba  3N 2

DINITROGEN:

6. Choose the reactions which would liberate nitrogen gas?

A) Ca(OCl)Cl  NH3  B) NH 3  PbO 




C) NH3 (excess) Cl2  D) NH 4 Cl  NaNO 2 




Key: ABCD

Sol: NH 4Cl  NaNO2 


 NH 4 NO2  NaCl


NH 4 NO2   N 2  2 H 2O

8 NH 3  excess   3Cl2  6 NH 4Cl  N 2

NH 3  PbO  Pb  N 2  H 2O

3CaOCl2  2 NH 3  3CaCl2  N 2  3H 2O

7. Which of the following pairs produce same gas?

A) NH 4 NO3 on heating and Hg  NO3 2 on heating
B) NH4Cl on heating and NaNO3  Zn  NaOH(aq) on heating
C) Ca 3 N2  dilute HCl and NH 4 NO2 on heating
D)  NH 4 2 Cr2O7 on heating and NH 4 NO 2 on heating
Key: BD
187
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: Ca3 N 2  6 HCl  3CaCl2  2 NH 3

NH 4 NO2   N 2  2 H 2O

 NH 4 2 Cr2O7 

 N 2  Cr2O3  4 H 2O


NH 4 NO3   N 2O  2 H 2O

8.  NH 4 2 Cr2O7 on heating liberates a gas. The same gas will be obtained by heating
Jee Adv 2004
A) NaNO2  H 2O2 B) NH 4 NO2 C) NH 4 NO3 D) Mg3 N 2  H 2O

Key: C
Sol: N 2 gas liberates

9. NO2 can be obtained by heating

A) KNO3 B) Pb  NO3 2 C) Cu  NO3 2 D) Cu  conc HNO

Key: B

Sol: Pb  NO3 2 

 PbO  NO2  O2

OXIDES:
10. On strong heating lead nitrate gives
A) PbO B) NO2 C) O2 D) NO

Key: ABC
Sol: Pb  NO3 2 

 PbO  NO2  O2

11. Nitrogen dioxide can be obtained by heating

A) Pb  NO3 2 B) LiNO3 C) AgNO3 D) Ca  NO3 2

Key: ABCD
Sol: Pb  NO3 2 

 PbO  NO2  O2


LiNO3   Li2O  NO2  O2

AgNO3   Ag  NO2  O2

Ca  NO3 2 

 CaO  NO2  O2

188
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
12. The nitrogen oxide (s) that contains(s) N-N bond (s) is/(are) Jee Adv 2009

A) N 2O B) N2O3 C) N 2O4 D) N2O5

Key: ABC

Sol: Based on Structures

13. Which of the following is correct?

A) N 2 O is laughing gas and is angular in shape

B) NO 2 is a sweet smelling and is linear in shape

C) NO is colourless and neutral in nature

D) NO2 on reaction with NaOH gives a mixture of two salts.

Key: CD

Sol: N2O -linear

NO2 -Angular

2NO2  H 2O  HNO2  HNO3

14. One mole of Ca3 P2 on reaction with excess of water gives Jee Adv1999

A) 1 mole of phosphine B) 2 moles of phosphoric acid

C) 2 mole of phosphine D) 1 mole of P4O10

Key: C

Sol: Ca3 P2  6 H 2O  3Ca  OH 2  2 PH 3

15. Correct statement(s) among the following is/are:

A) Solid PCl5 exists as tetrahedral  PCl4  and octahedral  PCl6  ions



B) Solid PBr5 exists as  PBr4  Br 



C) Cold, dilute HNO3 on reaction with copper gives nitric oxide

D) Oxides of phosphorous exist as monomers.

Key: ABC

189
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: Ions and their hybridizations

16. Which of the following undergo hydrolysis?

A) NCl3 B) CCl4 C) PCl3 D) SiCl4

Key: ACD

Sol: CCl4 does not undergoes hydrolysis

17. Which of the following on hydrolysis produces ammonia?

A) CaNCN B) Borazine C) Li3 N D) NCl3

Key: ABCD

Sol: CaCN 2  H 2O  NH 3  CaCO3

Li3 N  H 2O  NH 3  LiOH

B3 N3 H 6  H 2O  NH 3  H 3 BO3  H 2

NCl3  H 2O  NH 3  HOCl

18. Select correct order between following compounds:

A) NH3  PH3 : bond angle B) NH3  NF3 : dipole moment

C) NH3  NF3 : reactivity towards Lewis acid

D) NH3  NF3 : dipole moment

Key: ABC

Sol: Conceptual

19. For H 3 PO3 and H 3 PO4 the correct choice is Jee Adv 2003

A) H 3 PO3 is di basic and reducing agent

B) H 3 PO3 is di basic and non reducing agent

C) H 3 PO4 is a tribasic acid and reducing agent

D) H 3 PO4 is tribasic and non reducing agent

Key: A

190
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: Conceptual

20. A   
 B  
 X   Y ; 'A' give an yellow precipitate with AgNO3 solution an give
canary yellow precipitate with ammonium molybdate and conce HNO3 .X and Y are
A) PH3 B) H 4 P2O7 C) H3PO4 D) P4O10
Key: CD

Sol: X= H3PO4 , Y  P4O10

HALIDES&OXYACIDS:

21. PCl5  H 2O  X  2HCl ; X  3H 2O  Y  3HCl X and Y have same

A) shape B) hybridization for central atom

C) same number of  bonds D) same number of  bonds

Key: ABD

Sol: X= POCl3 ,Y  H 3 PO4

22. The order of oxidation states of the P in the following is/are correct Jee Adv 2017

A) H 3 PO4  H 4 P2O6  H 3 PO3  H 3 PO2 B) H 3 PO2  H 3 PO3  H 4 P2O6  H 3 PO4

C) H 3 PO4  H 3 PO2  H 3 PO3  H 4 P2O6 D) H 3 PO3  H 3 PO2  H 3 PO4  H 4 P2O6

Key: A

Sol: Conceptual

HYDRIDES:

23. When white phosphorous is reacted with caustic soda

A) PH 3 and NaH 2 PO2 are formed

B) P2O5 and Na 2 HPO3 are formed

C) This reaction is an example of oxidation and reduction

D) This reaction is an example of neutralization

Key: AC
 0  3   1
Sol: P4  NaOH  H 2O  PH 3  NaH 2 PO2

191
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
24. Identify the correct relation:
A) Carbon 
conc
HNO
 H 2 CO 3
3
B) Phosphorus 
HNO
conc
 H3PO4
3

C) Sulphur 
conc
HNO
 H 2SO4 3
D) Iodine 
conc
HNO 3
 HIO 4

Key: ABC
Sol: Oxidising character
AMMONIA &ITS COMPOUNDS:
25. When CaC2 is heated in an electric furnace with N 2 at 1100 C, X is formed as per the
following reaction:
CaC 2  N 2 
 X  C( graphite )
Which of the following is/are correct about compound X ?
A) X is cyanamide i.e. H 2 NCN
B) X is calcium cyanamide
C) Anion present in X is isoelectronic and isostructural to CO2
D) X when treated with H 2SO4 forms cyanamide.
Key: BCD
Sol: X  CaCN 2

26. The nitrogen containing compound produces in the reaction of HNO3 with P4O10
Jee Adv 2016
A) Can also prepared by reaction of P4 and HNO3 B) is diamagnetic

C) Contains N-N bond

D)Reacts with Na metal to produce a brown gas
Key: BD
Sol: N2O5

27. Mixture of gold and platinum when react with aquaregia it produce
A) N 2 O B) NO C) AuCl4 D) PtCl62
Key: BCD
Sol: Au  4 H   NO3  4Cl   AuCl4  NO  2 H 2O

3 pt  16 H   4 NO3  18Cl   3PtCl62  4 NO  8 H 2O

28. Ammonium nitrate is obtained when tin reacts with

A) conc. HNO3 B) NH 4 OH
C) dilute HNO3 D) very dilute HNO3
Key: CD
192
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol:  NH 4 NO3  Sn  NO3 2
Sn  HNO3
very dilute

Sn 
HNO3
dilute
 NH 4 NO3  Sn  NO3 2

29. Which of the following chloride(s) is/are partially hydrolysed in water?

A) BiCl3 B) PCl3 C) AsCl3 D) SbCl3
Key: AD

Sol: On going down the group reactivity decreases due to increase ionic character

COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS

Passage-1
Compound ' A' with - 3 and +5 oxidation states on the central atom(s), gives +1
oxidation compound 'B ' on heating. 'B ' is a stable neutral and linear molecule and
isoelectronic with CO2 . On heating ' B ' at 500  900 C , a molecule ' C ' is obtained. ' C '
can also be prepared by heating a mixture of NH4Cl and NaNO2 . ' C ' is mixed with
excess of hydrogen gas and heated at 450 C, 200 atm pressure in the presence of Fe / Mo
to produce ' D'. 'D' on heating with liquefied CO2 at 150 C and 15 atm pressure, an
important fertilizer 'E' is produced. ' C ' on heating with CaC2 at above 500 C and 6  8
atm pressure another important fertilizer ' F ' is obtained.
1. Compound D  H 2SO4  X , X is

A) CaSO4 B)  NH 4 2 SO4 C) Ca  H 2 PO4 2 D) K 2 SO4

Key: B
2. The compound ' F ' is:
A) CaSO4 B)CaCN2 C) CaCO3 D) Ca  CN 2

Key: B
3. The compound ' E' is:
A) CaNCN B)  NH4 2 CO3 C)  NH 4 2 SO4 D) H 2 NCONH 2

Key: D
Sol: NH 4 NO3 

 N 2O  H 2O

N 2 O 
500  900 C
 N 2  O2

 
NH 4Cl  NaNO 2   NH 4 NO 2   N 2  H 2O

N 2  H 2  NH3

193
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

NH 3  CO 2 
 NH 2 CONH 2

N 2  CaC2   CaNCN  C

B  N 2O, C  N 2 , D  NH3 ,

E  NH 2CONH 2 , F  CaNCN

Passage-ll

An allotrope of phosphorous, exhibits a phenomenon of phosphorescence, produces

compound ' A ', which on reaction with O2 gives B '. The number of oxygen atoms
bonded to each central atom in ' A ' and ' B ' are ' X ' and ' Y ' respectively. When ' A ' is
heated to 210 C , it decomposes to an oxide ' D ' and another allotrope of phosphorus ' C '.

4. X and Y are respectively

A) 3 and 5 B) 2 and 4 C) 4 and 4 D) 3 and 4

Key: D

5. This allotrope of phosphorous reacts with halgoens to produce the pentahalides but
nitrogen does not give pentahalides. The reason is:

A) Smaller size, more electronegativity and non - availability of d - orbitals in nitrogen

B) Larger size and more electronegativity of nitrogen

C) Phosphorous is less reactive than nitrogen

D) More bond energy in P4 molecule than N 2

Key: A

6. The ' C ' and ' D ' are

A) Black Phosphorous and P4O10 B) Red Phosphorous and P4 O8

C) Red Phosphorous and P2 O3 D) Black Phosphorous and PO2

Key: B

Sol: A  P4O6 , B  P4O10

0
P4 O6 
210 C
 P4O8  red phosphorus

194
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Passage-III

The elements of VA group directly combines with halgoens and form trihalides of the
type MX3 (M - VA group element, X - halogen). All the trihalides are stable except
NCl3 , NBr3 and NI3 .

7. The unstable nature of these halides is due to

A) Low polarity of N  X bond and large difference in the size of N and halogen atoms

B) High polarity of N  H bond and large difference in the size of N and halogen atoms.

C) High bond dissociation energy of N  X bond and low polarity of N  X bond.

D) Increase of electro negativity of halogen atoms for Fluorine to Iodine.

Key: A

8. The tetrahedral structure with a particular hybridization of the central atom of NX3
( X  F, Cl, Br, l)

A) Possesses pyramidal shape with a lone pair of electrons on their central atom with
sp3 hybridization.

B) Possesses tetrahedral shape without lone pair of electrons on their central atom with
sp3 hybridization.

C) Possesses square planar shape without lone pair of electrons on their central atom
with sp3 d hybridization.

D) Possesses angular shape without lone pair of electrons on their central atom with
sp3 d hybridization.

Key: A

9. The tendency to act as Lewis bases of these trihalides is in the order of

A) NF3  NCl3  NBr3  NI3 B) NCl3  NF3  NBr3  NI3

C) NI3  NBr3  NCl3  NF3 D) NBr3  NCl3  NI3  NF3

Key: C

Sol: NF3 to NI3 : Lewis basic nature increases

195
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Passage-IV
VA group elements form hydrides of the type MH3 (M  N, P, As,Sb, Bi) . In these molecules
the central atom is surrounded by three covalent bonds. These adopts pyramidal shape
with a lone pair on central atom. These show variation in their properties like stability,
melting and boiling points, acidic character, reducing character etc.
10. The VA group hydride which is most readily formed
A) PH 3 B) AsH 3 C) SbH3 D) NH 3

Key: D
11. Most basic hydride among the following:
A) NH3 B) PH3 C) AsH3 D) SbH3

Key: A
12. Highest boiling point and most volatile hydrides of VA group respectively:
A) NH3 and PH3 B) SbH3 and PH3

C) NH3 and AsH3 D) NH3 and SbH3

Key: B
Sol: NH3 to BiH3 : Ease of formation decreases
NH3 to BiH3 : Lewis basic nature decreases
SbH3 : high boiling point
PH 3 : more volatile
Passage -V
VA group elements form both trihalides and penta halides of the type MX3 and MX5
respectively ( M - VA group element, X -halogen). Both type of halides undergo
hydrolysis. Most of these covalent in nature and process covalent bonds formed by
overlapping of orbitals. Aqueous solution of these halides conduct electricity.
13. The halides which releases an alkaline gas on hydrolysis :
A) NCl3 B) PCl3 C) AsCl3 D) SbCl3

Key: A
14. Aqueous solution of PCl3 conducts electricity. The responsible species for this

A) H3PO4 B) H3PO2 C) H  and Cl  ions D) H3PO3

Key: C

196
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
15. The trihalide which undergoes partial hydrolysis is

A) NCl3 B) PCl3 C) AsCl3 D) SbCl3

Key: D

Sol: NCl3  H2O  NH3  HOCl

PCl3  H 2 O  H3PO3  HCl

SbCl3  H 2 O  SbOCl   HCl

Passage-VI

VA group elements forms tri oxides and pentoxides of the type M2O3 and M2O5
respectively( M - VA group element).The trioxides and pentoxides of nitrogen are
monomers and that of P, As,Sb are dimers. Nitrogen forms various oxides ranging from
NO to N2O5 . Oxides of phosphorous have cage like structures.

16. Number of  bonds(including dative bonds),  bonds and lone pairs in a molecule of
N2O5 respectively:

A) 6,1,1 B) 6,2,18 C) 6,2,12 D) 6,2,2

Key: C

17. Number of P  P bonds in P4 O6

A) 6 B) 4 C) 2 D) zero

Key: D

18. Number of P  O  P bonds in P4O10 :

A) 4 B) 6 C) 2 D) 10

Key: B

Sol: N 2O5 :  bonds  6,  bonds  2 , number of lone pairs  12

P4O6 : Number of P  P bonds  zero,

Number of P  O  P bonds  6

197
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Passage-VII

19. The number of P  O  P bonds in cyclic trimer of N is:

A) Three B) Two C) Zero D) Four
Key: A

X 
200 C
Y  Z
20. The equivalent weight of X in the reaction
( M  molecular weight of X )

M M M 2M
A) B) C) D)
2 6 3 3

Key: D
21. Basicity of X, Y, M are respectively:
A)2,3,4 B) 4,3,1 C) 3,2,4 D) 1,3,4
Key: A
Sol: H 4 P2O6  H 2O  H3PO3  H3PO4

H 3 PO3 
2000 C
 H 3 PO 4  PH 3
 
PCl5  H 2 O  H3 PO4  HCl (complete hydrolysis) H 3 PO 4   H 4 P2 O7   HPO3

Passage-VIII

Phosphorous forms two types of oxyacids, one having phosphorous in +1 or +3

oxidation state and other having phosphourous in +4 or +5 oxidation state. Phosphorous
acids act as reducing agents as they tend to disproportionate. The important oxyacids of
phosphorous are: H3PO2 , H3PO3 , H3PO 4 , HPO3 , H 4 P2O6 H 4 P2O7 . The number of OH group or
groups in oxoacids of phosphorous decide the basicity of the acid.

22. Basicity of H3PO2 is:

A) zero B) 2 C) 1 D) 3
198
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Key: C
23. Which oxyacid of phosphorous is called glacial phosphoric acid?
A) HPO3 B) H3PO2 C) H3PO3 D) H 4 P2O7

Key: A
24. H 4 P2O7 on heating at 600 C gives

A) H3PO4 B) HPO3 C) H4 P2O6 D) H3PO3

Key: B

Sol: H3PO2 : mono basic acid

HPO3 : Glacial phosphoric acid


H 4 P2 O7 
600 C
 HPO3

Passage-IX

CaCO3 ( s)   A(s)  B(g);

A(s)  D(s)  E(s)  F(g)

E(s)  N 2 ( g)  H(s)  D(s);

H(s)  H 2O(steam)  CaCO3  X(g)

25. In the above reactions, ' F ' is:

A) Neutral oxide B) Acidic oxide

C) Basic oxide D) Amphoteric oxide

Key: A
26. H  D mixture is called
A) superphosphate of lime B) thomas slag
C) nitrolim D) triple phosphate
Key: C

27. In the above reactions, shape of molecule X is:

A) pyramidal B) tetrahedral

C) square planar D) trigonal bipyramidal

199
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Key: A

Sol: CaCO3 

 CaO  CO 2

CaO  C  CaC2  CO

CaC2  N 2  CaCN 2  C

CaCN 2  H 2O  NH 3  CaCO3

Passage-X

Phosphorous forms a number of oxoacids which differ in their structures and oxidation
state of phosphorous. Each of them has at least one P  O or P  O unit and one P  OH
unit. The OH group is ionisable but H atom linked directly to P is non - ionisable.
Structures of all the acids are considered to be derived from phosphorous acid or
phosphoric acid.

28. The number of P  H, P  O or P  O and P  O  H bonds in orthophosphoric acid are

respectively:

A) 0,3,1 B) 1,2,2 C) 2,1,2 D)0,1,3

Key: D

29. Which of the following is a cyclic oxoacid?

A) H 4 P2O7 B) H4 P2O6 C) H3P3O9 D) H5P5O9

Key: C

30. Which one of the following contains P - P linkage?

A) Pyrophosphoric acid B) Hypophosphoric

acid

C)  HPO3 2 D) Metaphosphorous acid

Key: B

Sol: Orthophosphoric acid: H3PO4

Hypophosphoric acid: H 4 P2O6

200
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Passage-XI

I: P4  SO2Cl2 

II: P4  SOCl2 

31. The common product in both I and II reactions is:

A) PCl3 B) PCl5 C) SO2 D) SCl2

Key: C

Sol: Conceptual

32. The shape of product molecules containing phosphorus in equation I and II are
respectively:

A) planar, trigonal bipyramidal B) trigonal bipyramidal, pyramidal

C) pyramidal, trigonal bipyramidal D) trigonal pyramid, planar

Key: B

Sol: I  PCl5 , II  PCl3

16th Group Elements

MORE THAN ONE ANSWER TYPE
1. General properties of Group -16 Elements:
1. Why are the group 16 elements called chalcogens?
A) Many metals are found as oxides and sulphides
B) Many metals are found as selenides and tellurides.
C) and a few as selenides and tellurides.
D) and a few as oxides and sulphides
Key: AC
Sol: Due to formation of ores sulphides and oxides they are also known as Chalcogens
(ore forming)
2. Abundance of incorrect order of 16th group elements
A) O < Te < Po < S < Se B) S < O < Te < Po < Se
C) O < S < Te < Se < Po D) Po < Te < Se < S < O
Key: ABC
Sol: Theory
3. Which shows polymorphism?
A) O B) S C) Se D) Te

201
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
4. Write the structure and oxidation numbers of sulphur in tetrathionate ion.
A) Tetrathionate has S–S linkage. B) The oxidation states of sulphur are: +4, 0, 0
and +6.
C) Tetrathionate has O–O linkage D) The average oxidation state of S is +2.5.
Key: AD
Sol:

5. Which of the following statements regarding sulphur is correct?

A) S2 molecule is paramagnetic.
B) The vapour at 200ºC consists mostly of S8 rings.
C) At 600ºC the gas mainly consists of S2 molecules.
D) The oxidation state of sulphur is never less than +4 in its compounds.
Key: ABC
Sol: Conceptual
6. Which of the following statement is/are correct?

A) Oxo-anions of sulphur have little tendency to polymerise compared with the

phosphates
and silicates.
B) In pyrosulphurous acid (H2S2O5), the oxidation states of both the sulphur atoms are not
same,
they are +V and +III
(C) Concentrated HNO3 oxidises both sulphur and selenium to H2SO4 (+VI) and H2SeO4
(+VI)
respectively.
(D) Most metal oxides are ionic and basic in nature while non-metallic oxides are usually
covalent and acidic in nature.
Key: ABD

Sol:
7. Which of the following are chalcogens
A) O B) S C) Se D)Na
Key: ABC
202
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: Theory
2. Chemical Reactivity of Group -16 Elements
8. The oxidation state of sulphur in the anions SO32–, S2O42– and S2O62– follows the order:
A) S2O62– < SO42– < SO32– B) S2O42– < SO32– < S2O62–
C) SO32– >S2O42– < S2O62– D) S2O42– < S2O62– < SO32–
Key: BC
Sol: oxidation state of Sulphur in SO32–, S2O42–, S2O6 2– are +4, +3 & 2.5 respectively.
9. Which one of the following orders represents the incorrect order for the properties
indicated against them?
A) H2O < H2S < H2Se < H2Te – acidic character
B) H2O < H2S < H2Se < H2Te – thermal stability
C) H2S > H2Se < H2Te < H2O – reducing character
D) H2S < H2Se < H2O < H2Te – boiling point
Key: BCD
Sol: Reducing character H2O < H2S < H2Se < H2Te< H2Po
3. General Reactivity of Group -16 Elements
10. Which of the following after burning at room temperature not gives gaseous oxide?
A) H B) Na C) S D) He
Key: ABD
Sol: S+O2 → SO2
11. The incorrect order of the decreasing tendency to exist in puckered 8-membered ring
structures are-
A) S > Se > Te > Po B) Se > S > Te > Po
C) S > Te > Se > Po D) Te > Se > S > Po
Key: BCD
Sol: Decreasing order of tendency to form 8 membered ring is S > Se > Te > Po
12. The incorrect decreasing order of catenation of group 16 elements is/are?
A) O > S > Se > Te B) S > O > Se > Te C) S > Se > O > Te D) O > S > Te > Se
Key: ABD
Sol: Theory
4. Reaction of Group -16 with Hydrogen
13. From the following statements regarding H2O2, choose the correct statements:
A) It can act only as an oxidizing agent
B) It decomposed on exposure to light
C) It has to be stored in plastic or wax lined glass bottles in dark
D) It has to be kept away from dust
Key: BCD
Sol: Theory
14. The molecules in pair of electrons on the central atom are present in pure s-orbital.
203
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
A) H2Te B) H2Se C) H2S D) NH3
Key: ABC
Sol: Hybridization of N in NH3 is SP3
15. The incorrect increasing order of dipole moments of the following is
A) H2O < H2S < H2Se < H2Te B) H2Te < H2Se < H2S < H2O
C) H2Se < H2Te < H2O < H2S D) H2S < H2O < H2Se < H2Te
Key: ACD
Sol: Order of dipole moments is H2Te < H2Se < H2S < H2O
5. Reaction of Group -16 with Halogens
16. Aqueous solution of how many of the following species turns blue litmus red?
A) SOCl2 B) SF4 C) SeF6 (D) SF6
Key: ABC
Sol: SOCl2 + H2O → SO2 + 2HCl; SF4 + 2 H2O → SO2 + 4HF;
SeF6 + 4H2O → H2SeO4+6HF; SF6 +H2O → No reaction.
17. The incorrect order of stability of halides decreasing order of 16 th group elements
A) I < Br < Cl < F B) F < Br < I < Cl
C) F < Cl < Br < I D) I < F < Br < Cl
Key: BCD
Sol: Conceptual
18. Group 16 elements are forms different types of halides, there are
A) EX, EX2 B) EX2, EX3 C) EX4, EX6 C) EX5, EX6
Key: AC
Sol: Group 16 forms EX, EX2, EX4& EX6 type halides.
6. Reaction of Group -16 with Heat
19. Sulphur on boiling with NaOH solution gives
A) Na2S2O3 B) Na2 S C) H 2 S D) SO2
Key: AB
Sol: S8+12NaOH → 4Na2S+2Na2S2O3+6H2O
20. The incorrect order of melting and boiling points of 16 th group elements
A) O< Te < Po < S < Se B) O< S < Se < Po < Te
C) O< S < Te < Se < Po D) Po < Te < Se < S < O
Key: ACD
Sol: melting point & boiling point order → O< S < Se < Po < Te
21. The correct statement about thermal stability of group 16 elements
A) Thermal stability of hydrides decrease on moving down
B) Oxygen is a gas at room temperature
C) Enthalpy order is S < O < Se < Po < Te
D) Hydride of oxygen is liquid at room temperature
204
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
7. Reaction of Group -16 with metals
22.The non-metals that do exhibit positive oxidation state are:
A) Fluorine B) Oxygen C) Chlorine D) Iodine
Key: BCD
Sol: O, Cl &I
23.Cold dil. H2SO4 will completely dissolve:
A) Pb & Cu B) Fe3O4 & Fe
C) Mg & MgO D) CoCO3 & CuCO3
Key: BCD
Sol: except Pb, Cu & SrCO3 remaining are completely dissolve
8. Some Important Class of Compounds of Group -16
24. All the elements of oxygen family are:
A) Non-metals B) Metalloids C) Radioactive D) Polymorphic
Key: AD
Sol: Theory
25. When H 2 S gas is passed through nitric acid, the products that are not formed is/are
A) Rhombic S B) Prismatic S C) Amorphous S D) Monoclinic S
Key: ABCD
Sol: The type of sulphur that is produced is colloidal sulphur
9. Bond Angle of hydrides bond length of hydride bond dissociation energy of burning
of Hydrides
26. Incorrect Order of Bond angle
A) H 2 O > H 2 S > H 2 Se > H 2 Te B) H 2 S > H 2 O > H 2 Se > H 2 Te
C) H 2 Se > H 2 O > H 2 S > H 2 Te D) H 2 Te > H 2 O > H 2 S > H 2 Se
Key: BCD
Sol: Bond angles for hydrides → H 2 O , H 2 S , H 2 Se & H 2 Te are 104.50,92.50,910&900
respectively.
10. Oxides
27. The correct statement (s) of group 16 oxides is/are
A) Acidic oxides B) Basic oxides
C) Amphoteric oxides D) Neutral oxides
Key: ABCD
Sol: So2, SeO2 – Acidic; TeO2, PoO2 – Amphoteric; O3 – Neutral.

205
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
28. The incorrect statement(s) regarding oxides of group-16 elements is/are
A) Reducing property of dioxide decreases from SO2 to TeO2
B) All these elements form oxides of the EO2 and EO4 types
C) Selenium and tellurium do not form SeO3 and TeO3
D) SO2 is an oxidizing agent while TeO2 is a reducing agent.
Key: BCD
Sol: Conceptual
29. How many compound(s) or ion(s) can be oxidised by H2O2 among the following:
A) AsO33– B) SO42– C) H2S D) O3
Key: ACD
2–
Sol: S in SO4 present in its highest oxidation state.
11.Di Oxides
30. The incorrect order of decreasing in acidic character of dioxides of members of oxygen
family is/are
A) SeO2 > SO2 > TeO2 > PoO2 B) SO2 > SeO2 >Te O2 > PoO2
C) PoO2 > TeO2 > SeO2 > SO2 D) TeO2 > PoO2 > SeO2 > SO2
Key: ACD
Sol: Down the group acidic nature of oxides decreases.
31. Hydrogen peroxide in its reaction with KIO4 and NH2OH respectively, is acting as a
A) Reducing agent with KIO4 B) reducing agent with NH2OH
C) Oxidizing agent with KIO4 D) Oxidizing agent with NH2OH
Key: AD
Sol: Conceptual
12. Tri Oxides
32. Sulphur trioxide cannot be obtained by which of the following reactions:
A) S + H2SO4  
 B) H2SO4 + PCl5  

C) CaSO4 + C  
D) Fe2 (SO4)3  

Key: ABC
Sol: Fe2 (SO4)3  Fe2O3 + 3SO3


33. Which of the following have no pπ–dπ bonding?

A) NO 3 B) SO 32  C) BO 33 D) CO 32 

Key: ACD
Sol: Conceptual
13. Halides of Group -16 Elements
34. Ozone on reacts with dry iodine does not give
A) IO2 B) I2O3 C) I2O4 D) I4O9
Key: ABC
Sol: 2I2+9O3 → I4O9+9O2

206
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
35. Sulphuric acid reacts with PCl5 to do not give
A) Thionyl chloride B) Sulphur monochloride
C) Sulphuryl chloride (SO2Cl2) D) Sulphur tetrachloride
Key: ABD
Sol: H2SO4+PCl5 → ClSO3H+POCl3+HCl
H2SO4+2PCl5 → SO2Cl2+2POCl3+2HCl
14. Hexa Halides of Group -16 Elements
36. The incorrect orders of decreasing stability of hexafluorides of group 16 member’s are-
A) SF6 > Se F6 > Te F6 B) Te F6 > Se F6 > SF6
C) SF6 > Te F6 > Se F6 D) Te F6 >SF6 > Se F6
Key: BCD
Sol: decreasing order of Stability is SF6 > Se F6 > Te F6
37. The correct statement(s) about hexa halides of oxygen family are
A) colour less and non toxic B) colour less and toxic
C) Chemically Inert D) SF6 > SeF6 > TeF6(Stability)
Key: ACD
Sol: Theory
15. Tetra Halides of Group -16 Elements
38. Incorrect statement about I4O9 –
A) Covalent bond B) Coordinate compound
C) Ionic compound D) Double salt
Key: ABD
Sol: I4O9 = I(IO3)3  I + I O3-1
3+

39. In SF4, sulphur incorrect hybridization -

A) dsp2-Hybridized B) sp3d-Hybridized
C) d2sp3-Hybridized D) sp3-Hybridized
Key: ACD
Sol: Conceptual
40. Correct statements about Selenium tetrachloride are:
A) SeCl4 does not have tetrahedral structure.
B) Se in SeCl4 has two lone pairs and non polar compound.
C) SeCl4 has Seesaw molecular geometry.
D) Se in SeCl4 has one lone pair and polar compound.
Key: ACD
Sol: SeCl4 →SP3 hybridization with one lone pair

207
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
16. Di Halides of Group -16 Elements
41. Which of the following are incorrect structures of S2Cl2?
Cl Cl
A) S = S Cl
B) Cl–S–S–Cl C) Cl S–S D) Cl=S=S=Cl
Key: ABD
Cl
Sol: Cl S–S → none linear
42. Which of the following are used as chlorinating agents in organic synthesis of
compounds?
(Like acid converted to acid chloride).
A) SOCl2 B) SO2Cl2 C) PCl3 D) PCl5
Key: ABCD
Sol: All
43. Shape of O 2 F2 is not similar to that of
A) C 2 F2 B) H 2 O 2 C) H 2 F2 D) C 2 H 2
Key: ACD
Sol: O2F2 is similar to H2O2
17. Mono Chlorides of Group -16 Elements
44. The correct statement(s) about Mono halides of oxygen family are
A) Mono halides are dimeric in nature B) Sp3d hybridisation
C) They undergo disproportion reaction D) Sp3d2 hybridisation
Key: ABC
Sol: Conceptual
18. Oxygen and its compounds
45. Oxygen is denser than air so it is not collected over
A) H 2 O B) Ethanol C) Mercury D) Kerosene oil
Key: BCD
Sol: Theory
46. Oxygen molecule does not exhibits
A) Para magnetism B) Diamagnetism
C) Ferromagnetism D) Ferri magnetism
Key: BCD
Sol: O2 is Para magnetic in nature.
47. The chemical nature of hydrogen peroxide is :
A) Oxidising agent in acidic medium. B) Oxidising agent in both acidic and basic
medium.
C) Reducing agent in basic medium. D) Reducing agent inboth acidic and basic
medium.
Key: BD
Sol: Conceptual
208
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
19. Anomalous behavior of oxygen
48. Oxygen is gas but sulphur is solid because
A) Oxygen is composed of discrete molecules while sulphur is polymeric
B) Molecular weight of sulphur is much higher than that of oxygen
C) Oxygen exists as O=O with weak intermolecular forces,sulphur exists S-S strong
forces of attraction
D) Boiling point of sulphur is much higher than that of oxygen
Key: AC
Sol: Theory
49. Oxygen does react with
A) P B) Na C) S D) Cl
Key: ABC
Sol: Theory
50. The compound(s) which on strong heating gives oxygen is/are:
A) AgNO3 B) BaO2 C) Pb(NO3)2 D) CaCO3
Key: ABC
Sol: AgNO3 Ag + NO2 + O2; 2Pb (NO3)2 2PbO + 4NO2 + O2
2BaO2 2BaO + O2; CaCO3 CaO + CO2
51. Which of the following is/are true for oxygen?
A) KMnO4(s) on strong heating gives oxygen gas
B) Oxygen mixed with helium is used for artificial respiration.
C) It has two unpaired electrons in bonding π molecular orbitals.
D) Fractional distillation of liquefied air is used as an industrial method for the
preparation of oxygen gas.
Key: ABD
Sol: KMnO4 → K2MnO4 + MnO2 + O2
20. Di oxygen
52. The compounds which not gives off oxygen on moderate heating is
A) Cupric oxide B) Mercuric oxide C) Zinc oxide D) Aluminium
oxide
Key: ABC
Sol: Theory
53. Oxygen is evolved on reaction of ozone with
A) H 2 O 2 B) PbS C) KI D) Ag
Key: ABCD
Sol: All gives O2 on reaction with O3
21. Preparation of Di oxygen

209
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
54. Which of the following does give oxygen on heating?
A) (NH4)2Cr2 O7 B) KClO3 C) Zn (ClO3)2 D) K2Cr2O7
Key: BCD
Sol: 4KClO3 → 3KClO4+KCl
55. Which of the following does give oxygen on heating?
A) BaO2 B) KMnO4 C) KNO3 D) KClO3
Key: ABCD
Sol: All
22. Commercial method of Preparation of Di oxygen
56. The commercial method of preparation of di-oxygen involves
A) Produced by the thermal decomposition of metal oxides.
B) Used relatively low electrode potential.
C) Manganese (IV) oxide used as a catalyst.
D) Hydrogen peroxide breakdown and produce oxygen.
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
57. The correct statements about commercial method of preparation of di-oxygen are
A) Catalytic decay of potassium chlorate in the solid form
B) Manganese (IV) oxide used as a catalyst.
C) Low electrode potential in the electro chemical series of mercury and silver oxides.
D) Heating occurs at 420K
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
23. Physical properties of di oxygen
58. Which are easily soluble in water?
A) H 2 B) O 2 C) SO 2 D) CO2
Key: BCD
Sol: Conceptual
24. Chemical properties of di oxygen
59. Which of the following reactions does liberate oxygen?
A) O3 + KI + H2O → B) H2O2 + Cl2 → C) KO2 (s) + CO2 (g) → D) None
Key: ABC
Sol: 2KI + O3 + H2O → 2KOH + I2 + O2; H2O2 + Cl2 →2HCl + O2; 4KO2 + 2CO2 →
2K2CO3 +3O2

210
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
60. The Correct statements about oxygen:
A) Compound with the Oxygen atoms linked together by sharing covalent bond –
peroxide
B) Oxidation state of oxygen in super oxides is
C) The tetra atomic species of elemental oxygen is oxozone
D) The tri atomic species of elemental oxygen is Ozone
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
25. Uses of di oxygen
61. The Correct statements about uses of di oxygen:
A) di oxygen essential for sustaining life.
B) Used in hospitals for artificial respiration.
C) Used in oxy –hydrogen (28000C) and oxyacetylene (32000C) torches used for cutting
and welding
D) It is used in the combustion of fuels in rockets.
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
26. Oxides
62. What is true for hydrogen peroxide and ozone?
A) H2O2 acts as a stronger reducing agent in alkaline medium than in acidic medium
B) H2O2 and O3 both are oxidising agents as well as bleaching agents
C) H2O2 forms a hydrate, H2O2.H2O
D) Ozone is used in the manufacture of potassium permangnate from pyrolusite.
Key: ABCD
Sol: Conceptual
63. Which of the following is correct?
A) O2 is weaker oxidant than O3 B) O2 has small bond length than O3
C) Both O2 and O3 are paramagnetic D) O2 is linear and O3 is angular in shape
Key: ABD
Sol: O2 is paramagnetic but O3 is diamagnetic
27. Classification of Oxides on the basis of oxygen content
64.Which of the following are not sub oxides?
A) Ba2 O B) Pb2 O C) C3 O2 D) ZnO
Key: ABD
Sol: Ba2O, Pb2O&ZnO

211
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
65. The correct statement(s) about Classification of Oxides on the basis of oxygen content
are:
A) Acidic oxides B) Basic oxides
C) Amphoteric oxides D) Neutral oxides
Key: ABC
Sol: Theory
28. Classification based on Chemical behavior
66. The correct statement (s) about basic Oxides are:
A) Electro positive metals react with oxygen to form basic oxides
B) They dissolve in water to form hydroxide ions and hence act as abases
C) Basic oxides react with acid to form salt
D) Have high melting and boiling points.
Key: ABCD
Sol: Conceptual
67. The correct statement (s) about acidic Oxides are:
A) Mostly non- metals react with oxygen to form acidic oxides
B) They dissolve in water the solution behaves like an acid
C) Acidic oxides react with basic substances to form salt
D) Have low melting and boiling points.
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
68. The correct statement (s) about amphoteric Oxides are:
A) These are oxides of metalloids
B) These oxides generally insoluble in water
C) They react with both acid and base to form salt
D) BeO, Al2O3, PbO, SnO, Bi2O5 are examples of amphoteric oxides
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
29. General properties of Oxides
69. An examples of neutral oxides are
A) NO B) CO 2 C) CaO D) N2O
Key: AD
Sol: NO&N2O are neutral, CO2- acidic and CaO - basic
70. Which compounds acts as an oxidizing but not reducing agent?
A) SO 2 B) MnO2 C) Al2 O3 D) CrO3
Key: BD
Sol: Theory

212
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
4– 3–
71.Hydrogen peroxide oxidises [Fe(CN)6] to [Fe(CN)6] in acidic medium but reduces
[Fe(CN)6]3–to [Fe(CN)6]4– in alkaline medium. The other products formed are,
A) H2O B) (H2O + OH–) C) (H2O + O2) D) All are above
Key: AC
Sol: [Fe(CN)6] + H2O2 +2H2SO4 → K3[Fe(CN)6] + K2SO4+2H2O + O2
30. Periodic trends of normal Oxides
72. The correct statement(s) about Acidic character of oxides are:
A) Acidic character of oxides decreasing down the group
B) Acidic character of oxides increasing down the group
C) Acidic character of oxides increasing across the period left to right
D) Acidic character of oxides decreasing across the period left to right
Key: AC
Sol: Conceptual
73. The correct statement(s) about Basic character of oxides are:
A) Basic character of oxides increasing down the group
B) Basic character of oxides increasing order Al2O3 < MgO < Na2O
C) Basic character of oxides decreasing across the period left to right
D) Metal oxides of the left side of the periodic table produce basic solutions
Key: ABCD
Sol: Conceptual
74. The correct statement(s) about oxides are:
A) Basic oxides - MgO, Na2O B) Acidic oxides – Cl2O, SO2, P4O10
C) Amphoteric oxides - Al2O3, ZnO D) Peroxides – Na2O2, BaO2
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
31. Ozone or tri oxygen
75. The formula of ozone is O 3 , Incorrect statements about ozone are
A) An allotrope of oxygen B) Compound of oxygen
C) Isotope of oxygen D) none of these
Key: BCD
Sol: Theory
32.Introduction and occurrence of Ozone
76. Which of the following statement(s) are false about ozone layer?
A) It is harmful because ozone is dangerous to living organism
B) It is beneficial because oxidation reaction can proceed faster in the presence of ozone
C) It is beneficial because ozone cuts out the ultraviolet radiation of the sun
D) It is harmful because ozone cuts out the important radiation of the sun which is vital
for photosynthesis
Key: ABD
213
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: Theory
77. Identify the correct statements with respect to ozone
A) Ozone is formed in the upper atmosphere by a photochemical reaction involving
dioxygen
B) Ozone is more reactive than oxygen
C) Ozone is diamagnetic whereas dioxygen is paramagnetic
D) Ozone protects the earth's inhabitants by absorbing  radiations
Key: ABC
Sol: Theory
33. Preparation of Ozone
78. Identify the correct statements to Prepare O3 from ozoniser:
A) O3 is prepared by O2 B) O3 prepared in silent electric discharge
C) Dry and cold oxygen is used D) 10% yield is obtained
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
79. Identify the correct statements to Preparation of O3
A) O3 is prepared by O2 in silent electric discharge
B) Ozone comes from pollution emitted from power plants, chemical plants
C) Ozone is formed naturally through the solar UV radiations with oxygen
D) Ozone is formed by chemical reactions with oxides of nitrogen with volatile
organic compounds
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
80. Identify the correct statements of O3
A) 90% of O3 in the atmosphere is concentrated
B) Ozone between 15to 30 km above the surface is stratospheric ozone
C) Tropospheric Ozone is ground level and lower concentrations
D) Most of the Ozone that is found near the ground comes from vehicle exhaust and
emissions from power plants, chemical plants
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
34. Physical properties of Ozone
81. Which of the following are correct statements?
A) Ozone is paramagnetic gas. B) O3 molecule is bent
C) Ozone in solid state is violet-black D) Ozone is diamagnetic gas.
Key: BCD
Sol: Theory

214
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
82. Which of the following are correct statements about ozone?
A) Ozone is a bluish gas B) partially dissolved in water at 1atm
C) Ozone has strong characteristic smell D) Ozone is diamagnetic gas
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
83. Which of the following are correct statements about ozone?
A) Ozone Boiling point is -1120C B) Solubility of ozone is 30 times that of oxygen
C) It is 1.67 heavier than air D) CFCs are melts the Ozone layer
Key: ABCD
Sol: Physical properties of O3
35. Chemical properties of Ozone
84. The gases respectively absorbed by alkaline pyrogallol and oil of cinnamon is
A) O3 B) SO3 C) SO2 D) O2
Key: AD
Sol: O3 and O2
85. Ozone with KI solution does not give
A) Cl2 B) I 2 C) HI D) IO3
Key: ACD
Sol: KI + 3O3 → KIO3 + 3O2
86. Which of the following properties are correct for ozone?
A) It oxidises lead sulphide B) It oxidises potassium iodide
C) It oxidises mercury D) It cannot act as bleaching agent
Key: ABC
Sol: PbS + 4O3 → PbSO4 + 4O2; 2Hg + O3 →Hg2O + O2
87. Which of the following are formed in the below reaction:
O3 + KI + D2O →
A) KOH B) O2 C) I2 D) KOD
Key: BCD
Sol: 5O3 + KI + D2O → 2DI O3 + 5 O2
88. Which of the following are oxidised by O3?
A) KI B) KMnO4 C) K2 MnO4 D) FeSO4
Key: ACD
Sol: KMnO4 → Mn is in +7 oxidation state
36. Quantitative Estimation of Ozone
89. Incorrect statement of on heating ozone, its volume
A) Increases to 1 times B) Decreases to half

C) Remains unchanged D) Becomes double

Key: BCD
215
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: 2O3 (g) → 3O2 (g)
90. Oxygen is evolved on reaction of ozone with
A) H 2 O 2 B) SO 2 C) Hg D)KI
Key: ACD
Sol: H2O2+ O3→ H2O+2O2
91. The Correct statements about Ozone Quantitative estimation are
A) Ozone can be estimated by KI
B) Iodine is liberated and is treated against standard solution of sodium thiosulphate
C) KI solution buffered with borate buffer (pH 9.2)
D) Starch as an indicator
Key: ABCD
Sol: Conceptual
37. Structure of Ozone
92. Which of the following isotopes are not present in largest amount -
A) O16 B) O17 C) O18 D) All in equal amounts
Key: BC
Sol: O17& O18
93. The correct statements about Ozone are -
A) Central atom in ozone is sp2 hybridization with one lone pair
B) Ozone is a polar molecule with dipole moment of 0.53D
C) Ozone is a bent or V-shaped molecule
D) Ozone is a trigonal shaped molecule with sp3 hybridization
Key: ABC
Sol: Conceptual
38. Test for Ozone
94. The correct statements regarding ozone is/are
A) Ozone is thermodynamically less stable with respect to oxygen
B) It is toxic substance
C) It rapidly react with NO (g) and form NO2 (g) and O2 (g)
D) It acts as powerful oxidising agent
Key: ABCD
Sol: Conceptual
95. The correct statements regarding ozone is/are
A) Ozone can be determine using KI
B) Ozone has a neutral pH 7.0 then Ozone will not affected by water
C) Ozone cannot be measured directly by its UV absorption
D) Ozone can be determined using the de colorization of indigo thiosulphate
Key: ABCD
Sol: Conceptual
216
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
39. Use of Ozone
96. Alkaline KI is oxidised by ozone to:
A) Potassium iodate B) potassium periodate
C) Potassium oxide D) potassium hydroxide
Key: AB
Sol: KI+3O3 → KIO3+3O2; KI+4O3 → KIO4+4O2
97. Identify the correct statement from the following
A) Ozone absorbs the intense ultraviolet radiation of the sun
B) Depletion of ozone layer is because of its chemical reactions with chlorofluoro alkanes
C) Ozone absorbs infrared radiation
D) Oxides of nitrogen in the atmosphere can cause the depletion of ozone layer
Key: ABD
Sol: Theory
98. In the upper layers of the atmosphere ozone is formed because of –
A) Combination of oxygen molecules
B) Action of electric discharge on oxygen molecules
C) Action of ultra - violet rays on oxygen
D) Reduces the amount of harmful UV radiations
Key: CD
Sol: Conceptual
40. Sulphur and its compounds
99. The term 'thio' is used in the names of all of the following compounds:
A) Na2S2O3 B) Na2S2O6 C) NaSCN D) Na2SO3
Key: ABC
Sol: Theory

100. Which of the following process can give sulphur ?

A) H2S gas is passed through nitric acid.
B) Cl2 gas is passed into water saturated with hydrogen sulphide.
C) Hydrogen sulphide is passed through sodium bisulphate solution.
D) H2S gas is passed through acidified KMnO4 solution.
Key: ABCD
Sol: All
101. In presence of moisture, SO 2 can not
a) Act as oxidant b) Lose electron
c) Gain electron d) not act as reductant
Key: ACD
Sol: SO2+2H2O → H2 SO4 +2[H] i.e.; SO2 acts as reducing agent.

217
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
41. Allotropic forms of Sulphur
102. Incorrect statement about allotropy of sulphur is :
A) Monoclinic sulphur is more stable than Rhombic sulphur at room temperature.
B) Both Monoclinic and Rhombic sulphur have same ring structures and crystalline
structure.
C) Rhombic sulphur exists at room temperature.
D) Rhombic sulphur has same ring structures and crystalline structure
Key: ABD
Sol: Theory
103. Correct statements about allotropy?
A) Plastic sulphur exists as zig-zag chains of sulphur.
B) Monoclinic sulphur is soluble in water and insoluble in CS 2.
C) Milk of sulphur gradually changes to rhombic sulphur.
D) Milk of sulphur is used in medicines.
Key: ACD
Sol: Theory
42. Rhombic or Octahedral or alpha sulphur
104. As Rhombic sulphur is heated in a test tube:
Temperatu
Process
re
(a) Viscosity increases T1
(b) Viscosity decreases T2
(c) Paramagnetic molecules T3
(d) Breakage of S8 rings T4
(Diradical formation in molten
phase)
Incorrect order of temperature is/are:
A) T1 < T3 < T4 < T2 B) T2 < T4 < T3 < T1 C) T4 < T1 < T2 < T3 D) T3 < T4 < T1 < T2
Key: ABCD
Sol: T1=1590 C; T2=1150 C; T3=7270 C
105. Identify the correct statements:
A) Rhombic and monoclinic sulphur have S8 molecules.
B) S8 ring has a crown shape.
C) S2 is paramagnetic like oxygen.
D) The S–S–S bond angles in the S8 and S6 rings are the same.
Key: ABC
Sol: Theory
43. Monoclinic or Prismatic or beta sulphur

218
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
106. CS2 can separate a mixture of:
A) S8 (rhombic) B) P4 and S8 (monoclinic)
C) S8 (monoclinic) D) S (plastic)
Key: CD
Sol: monoclinic S is soluble inCS2
44. Hydrides of Sulphur
107. Which are can be used to test for H2S gas
A) A smell of rotten egg B) Turning lead
acetate paper black
C) A violet coloration with sodium nitroprusside D) none of these
Key: ABC
Sol: Conceptual
45. Hydrogen sulphide
108. H2S React with O3 to form
A) H 2O B) SO2 C) SO3 D) S
Key: AD
Sol: H2S+ O3 → H2O + S + O2
109. When H 2 S is passed through acidified KMnO4 , we do not get
A) K 2 SO 3 B) MnO2 C) KHSO 3 D)Sulphur
Key: ABC
Sol: 2KMnO4+3H2SO4+5H2S → K2SO4+2MnSO4+8H2O+5S
110. Which of the following are formed when H2S reacts with acidic K2Cr2O7 solution?
A) CrSO4 B) Cr2 (SO4)3 C) K2SO4 D) S
Key: BCD
Sol: K2Cr2O7+4H2SO4+3H2S → K2SO4+Cr2 (SO4)3+7H2O
111. How is H2S prepared in laboratory?
A) FeS + H2SO4 B) FeSO4 + H2SO4
C) FeS + HCl D) Elemental H2 + elemental S8
Key: AC
Sol: FeS + H2SO4 → FeSO4+H2S; FeS +2HCl → H2S+FeCl2
46. Oxides of Sulphur
112. Which of the following are basic?
A) SO 3 B) N 2 O C) BeO D) HgO
Key: CD
Sol: BeO & HgO
113. The smog is essentially caused by the presence of
A) Oxides of sulphur B) O 2 and N 2 C) O 2 and O3 D)Oxides of N2

Key: AD Sol: Theory

219
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
47. Sulphur dioxide
114. Aqueous solution of SO2 is a:
A) Strong acid B) reducing agent C) bleaching agent D) Oxidising agent
Key: AD
Sol: SO2 + H2O → H2SO3
115. Which of the following are acidic?
A) SO 3 B) N 2 O C) BeO D) SO2
Key: AD Sol: Theory
116. Which of the following are not used to absorb sulphur dioxide?
A) Conc. H 2 SO 4 B) KOH solution
C) Water D) Anhydrous CaCl2
Key: ABD
Sol: Conceptual
117. Which of the following are not oxidised by SO 2 ?
A) Mg B) K 2 Cr2 O7 C) KMnO4 D) H2O
Key: BCD
Sol: Conceptual
118. Copper turnings when heated with concentrated sulphuric acid will not give
A) SO 2 B) SO 3 C) H 2 S D) O 2
Key: BCD
Sol: Cu+H2SO4 → CuSO4+2H2O+SO2 (↑)
119. Identify the pollutant gases largely responsible for the discoloured and Iustreless nature
of marble of the Taj Mahal.
A) SO2 B) NO2 C) O3 D) CO2
Key: AB
Sol: Theory
120. SO2 can reduce:
A) HClO3 to HCl B) Cr2O72– / H+ to Cr3+ C) MnO4– / H+ to Mn2+ D) IO3– to I2
Key: ABCD
Sol: in SO2, S in intermediate oxidation state and it can oxidize up to +6 oxidation
station state. So it is strong reducing argent and it reduces all of them
48. Sulphur trioxide
121. Sulphur trioxide cannot be obtained by which of the following reactions:
A) S + H2SO4  
 B) H2SO4 + PCl5  

C) CaSO4 + C  
D) Fe2 (SO4)3 


Key: ABC
Sol: Fe2 (SO4)3  
 Fe2O3 + 3SO3

220
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
122. In the manufacture of sulphuric acid by the contact process, sulphur trioxide is not
directly dissolved in water. Why?
(A) SO3 reacts with water to form H2SO4 which forms a mist that is difficult to condense
(B) SO3 absorbed in conc. H2SO4 to form oleum which may be diluted to form H2SO5.
(C) SO3 reacts with water to form H2SO4 which forms a mist that is condense
(D) SO3 absorbed in conc. H2SO4 to form oleum which may be diluted to form H2SO4.
Key: AD
Sol: Conceptual
123. Sulphur on oxidation with hot sulphuric acid not gives
A) SO2 B) SO3 C) H2SO4 D) Oleum
Key: BCD
Sol: S + H2SO4 → 2H2O+3SO2
124. The reaction of SO2 with PCl5 yield two oxohalides A and B. ‘A’ can also be prepared
industrially PCl5+SO2→POCl3+SOCl2 by reaction of SO3 and SCl2.
Which of the following about A and B are correct?
(A) The structure of B is tetrahedral
(B) The structure of A is trigonal pyramidal
(C) A reacts vigorously with water and is particularly useful for drying or dehydrating
readily hydrolysable inorganic halides
(D) A and B contain their respective central atoms in their highest oxidation states.
Key: ABC
Sol: PCl5+SO2 → POCl3+SOCl2
49. Oxo acids of Sulphur
125. Which of the following oxoacids of sulphur has no –O–O– linkage?
A) H2 S2 O3 B) H2 S2 O5 C) H2 S2 O6 D) H2 S2 O8
Key: ABC

Sol: ; ; ;
50. Thiosulphuric acid
126. The acid do not having O–O bond is
A) H2S2O3 B) H2S2O6 C) H2S2O8 D) H2S4O6
Key: ABD

Sol:

127. Aqueous solution of Na2S2O3 on reaction with Cl2 not gives:

221
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
A) Na2S4O6 B) NaHSO4 C) NaCl D) NaOH
Key: ACD
Sol: Na2S2O3+H2O+Cl2→Na2 SO4+S+2HCl
128. Which of the following statement (s) is/are true for sodium thiosulphate ?
A) it acts as an antichlor
B) it is used as a reducing agent in iodometric titration.
C) it reacts with hydrochloric acid to form SO2 and sulphur.
D) it is used in photography as hypo to dissolve excess of AgBr as a soluble complex.
Key: ABCD
Sol: Conceptual
51. Sulphurous acid
129. A salt of sulphurous acid is not called
A) Sulphate B)Sulphurate C)Sulphite D)Sulphide
Key: ABD
Sol:
52. Sulphuric acid
130. in correct formula of oil of vitriol
A) H 2 SO 3 B) H 2 SO 4 C) H 2 S 2 O7 D) H 2 S 2 O8
Key: ACD
Sol: oil of vitriol is H2SO4

131. Oxalic acid when heated with conc. H 2 SO 4 , gives out

A) H 2 O B) CO C) CO2 D) H 2 S
Key: ABC
Sol: H2C2O4 +H2SO4 →2H2O+2CO2+ SO2
132. Which of the following chemical reactions not depicts the oxidizing behaviour of
H2SO4?
A) 2HI + H2SO4 → I2 + SO2 + 2H2O B) Ca (OH) 2 + H2SO4 → CaSO4 + 2H2O
C) NaCl + H2SO4 → NaHSO4 + HCl D) 2PCl5 + H2SO4 → 2POCl3 + 2HCl +
SO2Cl2
Key: BCD
Sol: Conceptual
133. Concentrated H2SO4 is not used to prepare HBr from KBr because it -
A) Oxidizes HBr B) Reduces HBr
C) HBr is strong oxidising agent D) HBr is strong reducing agent
Key: AD
Sol: 2HBr +2 H2SO4 → Br2 + H2O+ SO2

222
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
134. How many are redox reactions -
A) K4 [Fe (CN) 6] + conc. H2SO4  
 B) conc. H2SO4 + KBr →
C) conc. H2SO4 + Zn → D) conc. H2SO4 + Cu →
Key: CD
Sol: Conceptual
135. Which of the following are suitable for use in a desiccators to dry substances?
A) Conc. H 2 SO 4 B) Na2 SO 4 C) CaCl2 D) P4 O10
Key: BCD
Sol: Theory
53. Di thionic acid
136. Identify the incorrect sequence of increasing number of π-bonds in structures of the
following molecules
(i) H2S2O6 (ii) H2SO3 (iii) H2S2O5
A) I, II, III B) II, III, I C) II, I, III D) I, III, II
Key: ACD

Sol:
54. Pyro sulphuric acid
137. Which of the following oxiacids of sulphur contains a sulphur-sulphur single bond -?
A) H2S2O6 B) H2S2O7 C) H2S2O5 D) H2S2O3
Key: ACD

Sol:
138. There are S – S bond in
A) S2O42– B) S2O52– C) S2O32– D) S2O72–
Key: ABC
Sol: Conceptual
55. Peroxy mono sulphuric acid or Caro’s acid
139. What are the incorrect hybrid state and oxidation state of sulphur in Caro’s acid are?
A) sp2, +10 B) sp3, +10 C) sp2, +6 D) sp3, +6
Key: ABC

Sol: +6 ;SP3 hybridization

140. Which among the following is/are peroxo acid (s)?
A) H2S2O3 B) H2SO5 C) H2 S2 O7 D) H2S2O8
223
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Key: BD
Sol: Theory
56. Peroxydisulphuric acid or marshall’s acid
141. Hydrolysis of one mole of peroxydisulphuric acid produces
A) One mole of sulphuric acid
B) One mole of peroxymonosulphuric acid.
C) One mole of sulphuric acid and two mole of peroxy monosulphuric acid.
D) Two mole of sulphuric acid, one mole of hydrogen peroxi
Key: AB
Sol: H2S2O8 + H2O → H2SO5 + H2SO4
57. Oxides of Selenium and Tellurium
142. Uses of Selenium dioxide are:
A) SeO2 is used as an antioxidant in lubricant oils B) SeO2 is used as
an oxidizing agent
C) SeO2 is used as a catalyst and reagent .D) SeO2 is imparts a red colour to glass
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
58. Selenium Oxides
143. The correct statement(s) about SeO2 are
A) SeO2 is a color less solid B) SeO2 is a acidic in nature
0
C) Melting point of SeO2 is 340 C D) SeO2 is insoluble in water.
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
144. The correct statement(s) about made of SeO2 are
A) Burning Selenium in oxygen and nitrogen oxides
B) Dehydrated selenous acid
C) Reacting Selenium with hydrogen peroxide
D) None of above
Key: ABC
Sol: Theory
59. Tellurium Oxides
145. Tellurium forms oxides of the formula TeO, TeO2 and TeO3. What is the nature of these
tellurium oxides?
A) TeO (oxidation number of Te is +2) is basic.
B) TeO2 (oxidation number of Te is +4) is amphoteric.
C) TeO3 (oxidation number of Te is +6) is acidic.
D) As the oxidation number of the element forming oxide increases, the acidic nature also
increases.
Key: ABCD
224
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: Conceptual
146. Identify the correct statement(s) about TeO2 are
A) TeO2 is a solid oxide of tellurium
B) TeO2 (oxidation number of Te is +4) is amphoteric.
C) It shows color less tetragonal (paratellurite) α- TeO2
D) It shows the yellow orthorhombic mineral tellurite β- TeO2
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
147. Uses of Tellurium oxides are:
A) TeO3 is used in the manufacture of electronic components.
B) TeO3 is used in the electrostatic copier.
C) TeO2 is used in fabricate fiber optics and pigments.
D) TeO2 is used in color to ceramics and glass.
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
60. Selenious acid
148. The correct statement(s) about selenious acid are
A) H2SeO3 B) H2SeO4
C) It is a weak acid D) It is a strong acid
Key: AD
Sol: SeO2 + H2O → H2SeO3
149. The correct statement(s) about selenious acid are
A) It is a white crystalline (like-sand) solid B) Soluble in water and alcohol
C) Insoluble in ammonia D) pH is 2.74
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
150. Uses of selenious acid are
A) Used as a reagent and oxidizing agent
B) Used as a component for gun blueing,
C) An isotope for labeling radiopharmaceutical compounds
D) selenious acid is (Rx) class drug
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
61. Selenic acid
151. The correct statement(s) about selenic acid are
A) H2SeO3 B) H2SeO4
C) It is a weak acid D) It is a strong acid
Key: BD
Sol: Theory

225
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
152. The correct statement(s) about selenic acid are
A) Melting point is 580C B) boiling point 2600C
C) PH is 2.74 D) highly soluble in water
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
153. Uses are selenic acid is
A) Used as a specialized oxidizing agent B) used in metal refining, rust removel
C) Used in metal, drain and toilet cleaner D) fertilizer manufacture and photography
Key: ABCD
Sol: Theory
62. Tellurous acid
154. The correct statement(s) about Tellurous acid are
A) H2TeO4 B) H2TeO4
C) It is a weak acid D) It is a strong acid
Key: BC
Sol: Theory
155. The correct statement(s) about Telluric acid are
A) Molecular weight is 177.6 g/mole
B) forms tellurate salts with strong bases
C) Forms hydrogen tellurate salts with strong weaker bases
D) It is a weak and dibasic acid
Key: ABCD
Sol: H2TeO4
63. Telluric acid
156. The correct statement(s) about Telluric acid are
A) H6TeO6 B) H2TeO4
C) It is a weak acid D) It is a strong acid
Key: AC
Sol: H6TeO6 - Teluric acid
157. The correct statement(s) about Telluric acid are
A) melting point 1360C B) Forms Tellurate
salts with alkali metals
C) It is a weak and dibasic acid D) It is a strong and dibasic acid
Key: ABC
Sol: Theory

226
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
158. The correct statement(s) about Telluric acid are
A) Telluric acid has octahedral geometry
B) Telluric acid has rhombohedra and mono clinic crystal structure
(C) Telluric acid has tetrahedral geometry
D) Te has sp3d2 hybridization
Key: ABD
Sol: H6TeO6
17TH group elements
CHLORINE PREPARATION&PROPERTIES:

1. Which one of the following pairs of substances when mixed, produce(s) chlorine gas at
room temperature Jee Adv 2003

A) NaCl and MnO2 B) NaCl and HNO3 (conc.)

C) NaCl and H 2SO4 (conc.) D) HCl (conc.) and KMnO4

Key: D

Sol: 2 KMnO4  16 HCl  conc   2 KCl  2 MnCl2  8H 2O  5Cl2

2. Electrolysis of aqueous solution of Brine ( NaCl) gives :

A) Cl2 B) H 2 C) NaOH D) None

Key: ABC

Sol: Nelson cell products

3. Which of the following salts will evolve halogen on treatment with conc. H 2SO4 ?

A) NaCl B) KI C) NaBr D) none of these

Key: BC

Sol: 2 NaBr  MnO2  3H 2 SO4  2 NaHSO4  MnSo4  Br2  2H 2O

2 KI  MnO2  3H 2 SO4  2 KHSO4  MnSo4  I 2  2 H 2O

4. The reaction of HClO3 with HCl gives a paramagnetic gas, which upon reaction with
O3 produce(s) Jee Adv 2000

A) Cl2O B) ClO2 C) Cl2O6 D) Cl2O7

Key: C

227
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: HClO3 reacts with HCl according to the following question.

2 HClO3  2HCl  2ClO2  Cl2  2 H 2O

ClO2 molecule is paramagnetic, as it contains odd number of electrons.

2ClO2  2O3  Cl2O6  2O2

5. Cl2 reacts with hot aqueous NaOH to give :

A) NaCl B) NaClO3 C) NaClO2 D) NaClO4

Key: AB

Sol: 6 NaOH  3Cl2 


 5 NaCl  NaClO3  3H 2O

OXYACIDS:

6. With respect to hypochlorite, chlorate and perchlorate ions, choose the correct
statement(S). Jee Adv 2020

A) The hypochlorite ion is strongest conjugate base.

B) The molecular shape of only chlorate ion is influenced by the lone pair of electrons
of Cl .

C) The hypochlorite and chlorate ions disproportionate to exercise to an identical set of

ions.

D) The hypochlorite ion oxidizes the sulphite ion.

Key: ABD

Sol: In hypochlorite o.s of Cl is +1

7. Which one of the following oxy acid(s) of fluorine exists?

A) HOF B) HFO3 C) HFO4 D) HFO2

Key: A

Sol: Exist only one oxoacid

228
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
8. The correct statement(s) about the oxoacids , HClO4 and HClO is(are) Jee Adv 2017

A) The conjugate base of HClO4 is weaker base than H 2O

B) The central atom in both HClO4 and HClO is sp3 hybridized

C) HClO4 is formed in the reaction between Cl2 and H 2O

D) HClO4 is more acidic than HClO because of the resonance stabilization of its anion.

Key: ABD

Sol: In oxo acids hybridization of Cl is sp3

Strong acid as weak conjugate base vice versa

HYDRIDES:

9. Select the correct order of acidity:

A) HI  HBr  HCl  HF B) HClO4  HBrO4  HIO4

C) HClO  HBrO  HIO D) HClO4  HClO3  HClO2  HClO

Key: ABD

Sol: Acidic nature depends on bond dissociation energy, EN and O.S etc

10. Which is / are true statement(s)?

A) Basic nature of x is in order F  Cl  Br  1

B) HI is strongest acid of HF, HCl, HBr and HI

C) The ionic character of M  X bond decreases in the

order M  F  M  Cl  M  Br  M  1

D) Among F, Cl, Br and I, F has the highest enthalpy of hydration.

Key: BC

Sol: Fajans rules

229
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
11. The correct statement(s) regarding,  i  HClO,  ii  HClO2 ,  iii  HClO3 ,  iv  HClO4 is(are)

Jee Adv 2015

A) The number of Cl  O bonds in (ii) and (iii) together is two

B) The number of lone pairs of electrons in Cl in (ii) and (iii) together is three

C) The hybridization of Cl in (iv) is sp3

D) Amongest (i) to (iv), the strongest acid is(i)

Key: BC

Sol: Structures of oxoacid of Cl

12. Which of the following product(s) is/are obtained when Cl2O6 reacts with KOH ?

A) KCl B) KClO2 C) KClO3 D) KClO4

Key: CD

Sol: Cl2O6  2KOH  KClO3  KClO4  H 2O

COMPOUNDS OF CHLORINE:

13. Which of the following product(s) is/are obtained when Cl2O reacts with NH3 ?

A) NO2 B) N 2 C) NCl3 D) NH4Cl

Key: BD

Sol: 3Cl2O  10 NH 3  2 N 2  6 NH 4Cl  3H 2O

14. Chloride of lime is

A) CaOCl2 B) Ca(OCl)2 C) CaCl2 D) (CaO)2 Cl

Key: A

Sol: Bleaching powder

15. The compound with two lone pairs of electrons and central atom is /(are)Jee Adv 2016

A) BrF5 B) ClF3 C) XeF4 D) SF4

Key: BC

Sol: Based on Structures

230
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
TEST FOR HALIDES:

16. Chromyl chloride test is performed for the confirmation of the presence of the following
in mixture

A) SO24 B) Cr 3 C) Cl  D) Cr 3 and Cl

Key: C

Sol: Identification test for cloride

17. Iodine gas turns starch iodide paper -

A) Blue B) Red C) Colourless D) Yellow

Key: A

Sol: Identification test for iodine

18. Iodine reacts with hypo to give:

A) Nal B) Na 2SO3 C) Na 2 S4 O6 D) Na 2SO4

Key: AC

Sol: 2 Na2 S2O3  I 2  2 NaI  Na2 S4O6

COMPREHENSIVE PASSAGES

Passage - 1

All neutral halogens are diatomic and readily reduced to halide ions. All combine with.
hydrogen to form gases which except for HF, are strong acids in aqueous solution The
chemistry of the halogens is governed in large part by their tendency to acquring an
electron to attain a noble gas configuration. Except, fluorine, at halogens
disproportionate in sodium hydroxide (dilute& conc) forming halides and hypohalites
halates. All the hypohalite ions are unstable and disproportionate.

1. Which of the following product is formed when one mole per iodate ion react with.
excess of iodine ion followed by the acidification of solution

A) IO  B) IO2 C) I2 D) I 2O5

Key: C

Sol: IO3  I   6 H 2 SO4  I 2  3H 2O  6 HSO4

231
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
2. Which of the following statement is incorrect

A) Amongst HCl, HBr, HI and HOCl, HCl is most stable to heat

B) Chlorine gas is evolved when potassium chlorate reacts with iodine

C) The basicity of halide ions follows the order I  Cl  Br  F

D) Sodium hypochlorite is used as bleaching agent due to oxidation

Key: C

Sol: Order of basicity I   Br   Cl   F 

Passage - 2

Bleaching powder is a mixed salt of hydrochloric acid and hypochlorous acid. It has the
formula, CaOCl2 ..H2O . It is manufactured by the action of chlorine on dry slaked lime at
400C . There is also a view that bleaching powder is a mixture of calcium hypochlorite
and basic calcium chloride  Ca(OCl) 2  CaCl2·Ca(OH) 2 H 2O

The amount of chlorine obtained from a sample of bleaching powder by the treatment
with excess of dilute acids or CO2 is called available chlorine. A good sample of
bleaching powder contains 35  38% of available chlorine. On long standing, it
undergoes auto-oxidation and te amount of available chlorine decreases

The estimation of available chlorine is done volumetrically by ((A) iodometric method

or by ((B) arsenite method

In textile industry, the cotton cloth is mainly bleached with the help of bleaching
powder.

1. Maximum percentage of available chlorine on the basis of CaOCl2 H2O formula is

A) 35 B) 40 C) 45 D) 49

Key: D
71
Sol: 100  49.65%
143

232
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
2. The percentage available chlorine in commercial samples of bleaching powder is
usually between 33  38% . The low value is due to

A) Incomplete reaction between slaked lime and Cl2 during its formation

B) Impurities present in the original slaked lime

C) Decomposition of bleaching powder when kept in air

D) all of the above

Key: D

Sol: Conceptual

3. 3.55g of bleaching powder when treated with acetic acid and excess of KI liberated
iodine which required 60 mL of 0.5 N sodium thiosulphate solution. The percentage of
available chlorine in the sample is

A) 30.0 B) 25.0 C) 20.0 D) 35.0

Key: A

Sol: 60 mL 0.5 N Na2 S2O3  60mL0.5 N I 2

 60 mL0.5 N Cl2

35.5  0.5
Amount of chlorine   60  1.065 g
1000

1.065
% of available chlorine  100  30.0
3.55

4. On long standing, the bleaching powder undergoes auto-oxidation. The products formed
are

A) calcium chloride only B) calcium chlorate only

C) calcium chloride and calcium chlorate

D) calcium chloride and calcium chlorite

Key: C

Sol: 6CaOCl2  Ca  ClO3 2  5CaCl2

233
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
5. The chemical name of bleaching powder is

A) calcium hypochlorite` B) calcium chlorohypochlorite

C) calcium chlorate D) calcium perchlorate

Key: B

Sol: Conceptual

Passage - 3

White crystalline solid (A) reacts with H2 to form a highly associated liquid (B) and a
monoatomic, colorless gas (C). The liquid (B) is used for etching glass. Compound (A)
undergoes hydrolysis slowly to form (C), (B) and a diatomic gas (D) whose IE is almost
similar to that of (C). (B) forms an addition compound with KF to form (E) which is
electrolysed in the molten state to form a most reactive gas ( F ) which combines with
(C) in 2:1 ratio to produce (A).

1. According to Molecular Orbital Theory, Which of the following is correct about the
molecule D

A) Its bond order is 2.0

B) It has two unpaired electrons in -bonding M.O.

C) Both the above are correct D) None of these is correct

Key: A

Sol: D  O2

2. Which of the following is correct for the white crystalline solid (A)?

A) It oxidizes F  to F2

B) It on hydrolysis with alkali under goes disproportionation.

C) It is obtained by the reaction of (C) with O2 F2 at 118 C .

D) None of these

Key: C

Sol: Conceptual

234
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
3. The compound ' A ' reacts with sulphur to form a compound in which hybridization
state of sulphur atom is

A) sp3d B) sp3d 2 C) sp3 D) sp3 d3

Key: B

Sol: Conceptual

Passage-4

The reactions of Cl2 gas with cold-dilute and hot-concentrated NaOH in water give
sodium salts of two (different) oxoacids of chlorine, P and Q respectively. The Cl2 gas
reacts with SO2 gas in the presence of charcoal, to give a product R.R reacts with white
phosphorous to give a compound S. on hydrolysis S gives an oxoacid of phosphorous
T.

1. P and Q respectively are the sodium salts of

A) Hypochlorous and chloric acids B) Hypochlorous and chlorus acids

C) Chloric and perchloric acids D) Chloric and hypochlorus acids

Key: A

Sol: P  OCl  , Q  ClO3

2 R,S and T respectively are

A) SO2Cl2 , PCl5 and H 3 PO4 B) SO2Cl2 , PCl3 and H 3 PO4

C) SOCl2 , PCl3 and H 3 PO2 D) SOCl2 , PCl5 and H 3 PO4

Key: A

Sol: R  SO2Cl2 , S  PCl5 , T  H 3 PO4

Passage: 5

Bleaching power and bleach solutions are produced on a large scale and used in several
household products. The effectiveness of bleach solutions as often measured by
iodometry.

235
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
1. 25 ml of household bleach solutions was mixed with 30 ml of 0.50 M KI and 10 ml of
4N acetic acid in the nitration of the liberated iodine 45 ml of 0.25 N Na2 S 2O3 was used
to reach the end point. The molarity of the household bleach solution as

A) 0.48 M B)0.96 M C)0.24 M D)0.024M

Key: C
Sol: I 2  2 Na2 S2O3  Na2 S4O6  2 NaI

Amount of Na2 S2O3 used = V M =  12 103 mol

1
Amount of I 2 generated 
2
 
12 103  6 103 mol

n 6  103 mol
Molarity    0.24 M
v 25 10 3 L

2. Bleaching powder contains a salt of an oxoacid as one of compounds. The anhydride of

that oxoacid is

A) Cl2O B) Cl2O7 C) ClO2 D) Cl2O6

Key: A

Sol: hypochlorite

Passage-6:

The noble gases have closed shell electronic configuration and are monoatomic gases
under normal conditions. The low boiling points of the lighter noble gases are due to
weak dispersion forces between the atoms and the absence of other inter atomic
interactions.

The direct reaction of sodium with fluorine leads to a series of compounds with
oxidation numbers +2,+4 and +6. XeF4 reacts violently with water to give XeO3 .The
compounds of xenon exhibit rich stereochemistry and their geometrics can be reduced
considering the number of electron pairs in the valence shell.

1. Argon is used in are welding becomes of its

A) Low reactivity with metal

B) solubility to lower the melting point of metal

C) flammability

D)high calorific value

236
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Key: A

Sol: Conceptual

2. The structure of XeO3 is

A) Linear B) Planar C) Pyramidal D) T-shaped

Key: C

Sol: Structure of XeO3

3. XeF4 and XeF6 are expected to be

A) Oxidizing B) Reducing C) Un reactive D) Strongly

basic

Key: A

Sol: Conceptual

18TH group elements

GENERAL PROPERTIES:

1. Select the incorrect order.

A) He  Ar  Kr  Ne  Xe  (abundance in air).

B) He  Ne  Ar  Kr  Xe  (boiling point).

C) XeF6  XeF4  XeF2  (melting point).

D) XeF6  XeF4  XeF2  (Xe  F bond length ) .

Key: AC

Sol: A) Ar  Ne  He  Kr  Xe

C) XeF2  XeF4  XeF6

2. Which of the following inert gas(es) form(s) clatharate compoud(s) with quinol ?

A) Helium B) Xenon C) Krypton D) Neon

Key: BC

Sol: Ar, Kr, Xe can form clatharate compounds. Due to enough large size

237
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
3. Which among the following statements is / are correct?

A) XeF4 and SbF5 combine to form salt.

B) He and Ne do not form clathrate.

C) He diffuses through rubber and polyvinyl chloride.

D) He has lowest boiling point in its group.

Key: ABCD

Sol: A) XeF4  SbF5  SbF6  XeF3

B) Due to small size

C) Due to very low boiling point (4.2 k)

D) B.P = 4.2 k

4. Thermal decomposition product (s) of XeF6 is /are :

A) Xe B) XeF2 C) XeF4 D) F2

Key: BCD

Sol: XeF6  XeF2  XeF4  F2

COMPOUNDS OF XENON:

5. Which of the following statements(s) is /are true for XeF6 ?

A) Its partial hydrolysis gives XeOF4 .

B) Its reaction with silica gives XeOF4

C) It is prepared by the reaction of XeF4 and O 2 F2

D) Its reaction with XeO 3 gives XeOF4 .

Key: ABCD

Sol: A) XeF6  H 2O  XeOF4  2 HF

B) 2 XeF6  SiO2  2 XeOF4  SiF4

C) XeF4  O2 F2  XeF6  O2

D) XeO3  XeF6  XeOF4  XeO2 F2

238
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
6. Which of the following is/are properties of helium?

A) It is chemically inert B) It has very high thermal conductivity

C) It has extremely low boiling point. D) It has very low viscosity

Key: ABCD

Sol: properties of helium

7. Select the correct statement(s) regarding the fluorides of xenon

A) All three fluorides are decomposed by water, XeF2 slowly and XeF4 and XeF5
rapidly.

B) All three fluorides are powerful oxidising agents

C) XeF4 and XeF6 can act as fluoride ion acceptors as well as fluoride ion donors

D) All three fluorides are volatile, readily subliming at room temperature 298 k

Key: ABCD

Sol: Properties of xenon fluorides

Passage Type Questions

Passage – I

The noble gases have closed - shell electronic configuration and are monoatomic gases
under normal conditions. The low boiling points of the lighter noble gases are due to
weak dispersion forces between the atoms and the absence of other inter atomic
interactions. The direct reaction of xenon with fluorine leads to a series of compounds
with oxidaturn numbers 2, 4 and 6.XeF4 reacts violently with water to give XeO 3 . The
compounds of xenon exhibit rich stereochemistry and their geometries can be deduced
considering the total number of electron pairs in the valence shell.

1. Argon is used in arc welding because of its.

A) low reactivity with metal B) ability to lower the melting point of

metal

C) flammability D) high calorific value

Key: A

Sol: Non reactive

239
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
2. The structure of XeO 3 is

A) linear B) planar C) pyramidal D) T – shaped

Key: C
Sol: One lone pair & 3 bond pairs
3. XeF4 and XeF6 are expected to be

A) oxidizing B) reducing C) unreactive D) strongly basic

Key: A
Sol: Due to fluorinating nature
Passage - 2
The chemical reactivity of noble gases involves the loss of electrons and hence it can
form compounds with highly electronegative elements like F and O. Although Xe forms
several fluorides, xenon tetrafluoride is the most important among fluorides The various
compounds of xenon involve xenon in first, second or third excited states.
4. The maximum possible number of unpaired electrons in Xe atom in forming compounds
is
A) zero B) 2 C) 6 D) 8
Key: C
Sol: Upto 3rd excitation
5. The type of hybridization and number of lone pair (s) of electrons on Xe in XeOH 2
respectively are
A) sp 3d and 1 B) sp 3d and 2 C) sp 3 d 2 and 1 D) sp 3 d 2 and 2
Key: B
O

Xe 2 l. p & sp3d
H
H
Sol:
6. The type of hybridization and shape of XeF2 respectively are

A) sp 3d and angular B) sp 3d and pyramidal

C) sp 3d and linear D) sp and linear

Key: C

240
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS

F Xe F sp 3 d

Sol:

Previous Question: 2019 APRIL 10TH

7. The noble gas that does not occur in the atmosphere is:

A) Ne B) He C) Kr D) Ra

Key: D

Sol: obtained from nuclear reactions

7a. The noble gas that is most abundant in the atmosphere is

A) Ne B) He C) Kr D) Ar

Key: D

Sol: Ar  Ne  He  Kr  Xe

EXERCISE –IV (Matrix Matching)

1.
COLUMN – I COLUMN – II
A) 
NH 4 HCO3   p) One of the products formed is used in the
preparation of fertilizer
B) NaOH  P4 
 q) One of the products formed is a monobasic
acid
C) 
H 3 PO3   r) One of the products formed has basicith
three
D) 
BN  H 2O   s) One of the products formed will be used in
Holme’s signal
t) Central atom of at least one of the products
formed will exhibit sp3 hybridisation

Key: A  p, t; B  p, s, t; C  p, r,s,t; D  p, t
Sol: A) NH 4 HCO3  
 NH 3  H 2O  CO2

B) P4  3NaOH  3H 2O  PH 3  3NaH 2 PO2

C) H 3 PO3 

 H 3 PO4  PH 3

D) BN  H 2O  H 3 PO3  NH 3

241
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
2. Match the following :

COLUMN – I COLUMN – II
A) Hypophosphorus acid p) All hydrogens are
ionisable in water
B) Orthoboric acid q) Mono basic acid
C) Hypophosphoric acid r) Sp3 hybridised central
atom(s)
D) Pyro sulphurous acid s) Lewis acid only.
Key: A  QR, B  QS , C  PR, D  PR

Sol: H 3 PO2  monobasic, SP3

H 3 BO3  monobasic, Lewis acid

H 4 P2O6  SP 3 , Tetra basic

H 4 S 2O5  dibasic, SP 3and SP 2

3. Match the following

COLUMN – I COLUMN – II
A) Br2 p) Reacts with water to form ozone
B) Cl2 q) Evolves oxygen from concentrated
alkali
C) I2 r) Prepared by heating the
corresponding sodium or
potassium halide with
concentrated sulphuric acid
D) F2 s) Forms X  and XO 3 with hot and
concentrated alkali
t) Prepared by heating the
corresponding sodium or
potassium halide with
concentrated sulphuric acid
and MnO2
Key: A  r , s, t ; B  s, t ; C  r , s, t ; D  p , q

Sol: Only F2 evolves O2 , O3 with water

 NaX  MnO2  H 2 SO4  X 2

x2  Cl2 , Br2 , I 2

242
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
 NaX  H 2 SO4  x2  SO2

x2  Br2 I 2

4. Match the following

COLUMN – I COLUMN – II
A) Cl2  Cold dil NaOH 
 p) Disproportionation
reaction
B) Cl2  Hot & conc. NaOH 
0
 50 C q) Chloride  Cl   is
produced
C) KClO3


r) Chlorate  ClO3  is
at low temp  100 C produced
D) ClO2  NaOH  s) Hypchlorite is
produced
 OCl 


t) Chlorite  ClO2  is
produced
Key: A  p, q, s; B  p, q, r; C  p, q; D  p, r, t
Sol: 2ClO2  2 NaOH  NaClO2  NaClO3  H 2O

  
 4KClO3 3KClO 4  KCl 
 at low temp 

5. This selection contains questions each with two columns I and II .Match the items given
in column I with that in column II

COLUMN – I COLUMN – II
A) Dithionous acid p) S-O-S bond is not present
B) Thiosulphuric acid q) All ‘'S’ atoms in the molecule have
oxidation state +3

C) Caro’s acid r) Acidic strength of —OH groups

present in the molecule is
different
D) Pyrosulphurous acid s) At least one S atom has oxidation
state +5 in the molecule
Key: A  pq, B  p, C  pr , D  prs

O O

Sol: HO  S  S  OH dithionous acid

243
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
S

HO  S  OH Thiosulphuric acid

O
O O
S
HO O O H HO  S  O  S  OH
O
Caro's acid O O

pyro sulphuric acid

6.

COLUMN – I COLUMN – II
A) Na2 S2O3  HCl p) Na2 S4O6
B) Na2 S2O3  Cl2  H 2O  q) SO2
C) Na2 S2O3  FeCl3 r) S
D) Na2 S2O3  I 2 s) NaHSO4
Key: A  q, r ; B  s; C  p; D  p

Sol: Na2 S2O3  2HCl  2 NaCl  S  SO2  H 2O

Na2 S2O3  Cl2  5H 2O  2 NaHSO4  8HCl

Na2 S 2O3 get oxidised to Na2 S 4O6 by I 2 , FeCl3

7.

Column-l(Compound) Column-II(Correct
characteristics)
A) Sulphurous acid p) Dibasic acid
B) Sodium thiosulphate q) Reducing agaent
C) Oleum r) Sulphur - sulphur Bond is
present
D) Hydrogen peroxide s) +5 oxidation state of
sulphur is not present
Key: A  pqs, B  qrs , C  ps , D  pq

244
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
O
S O O
S H
OH Na  O   S  O  Na  HO  S  O  S  OH , O  O
HO
O H
O O
Sol:

8.

COLUMN – I COLUMN – II
A) SO 2  PCl5 p) Product gives RCl with alcohols
B) SO2  Cl2 q) Product gives only strong acids on
Hydrolysis
C) N 2 H 4  HNO 2 r) Product is weak monobasic acid
having Ka value equal to
acetic acid
D) C3 O 2  H 2 O s) Product is weak dibasic acid
t) On heating product gives monobasic
acid
Key: A  p; B  p, q; C  r; D  s, t

Sol: A) SO2  PCl5  SOCl2  POCl3

B) SO2  Cl2  SO2Cl2

C) N2 H 4  HNO2  HN3  2H 2O

COOH
C3O2  H 2O  CH 2

D) COOH

9.
COLUMN – COLUMN – II(Products)
I(Reactions)
A) NH 3  NaOCl 
Tap
water
 p) NaOH
B) NCl3  H 2O  q) NH 2  NH 2
C) N 2O  NaNH 2  r) N 2
D) NH 3  excess   Cl2  s) HOCl
t) NH 3  aq 
Key: A  p, q, r ; B  q, r , s, t ; C  p, t ; D  r
Sol: A) 2 NH 3  3NaOCl  N 2  3NaCl  3H 2O

B) NCl3  3H 2O  NH 3  3HOCl
245
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
C) N2O  NaNH 2  NaN3  NaOH  NH 3

D) 8 NH 3  Cl2  N 2  6 NH 4Cl
excess

10. Match each of the reactions given in Column I with the corresponding product(s) given
in Column II.

COLUMN – I COLUMN – II
A) Cu  dil HNO3 p) NO
B) Cu  conc HNO3 q) NO 2
C) Zn  dil HNO3 r) N 2 O
D) Zn  conc HNO3 s) Cu  NO3 2
t) Zn  NO3 2
Key: A  ps, B  qs, C  rt , D  qt

Sol: 3Cu  8HNO3  3Cu  NO3 2  2 NO  4 H 2O

dil

Cu  4 HNO3  Cu  NO3 2  2 NO2  2 H 2O

conc

4Zn  10 HNO3  4Zn  NO3 2  N 2O  5H 2O

dil

Zn  4HNO3  2 NO2  Zn  NO3  2  2 H 2O

conc

11. Read the following table

Column – I Column – II

A) Cu p) With dil HNO3 metal nitrate is formed

B) Ag q) With dil HNO3 , N2O is formed

C) Fe r) With conc HNO3 , NO2 is formed

D) Zn s) With very dil HNO3 , NH 4 NO3 is formed

t) With conc HNO3 metal nitrate is formed

Key: A  prt , B  prt , C  pqrst , D  pqrst

Sol:  Fe, Zn give NH 4 NO3 with very dilHNO3

 Fe, Zn give N 2O with dilHNO3

246
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
 Cu , Ag give NO with dilHNO3

 Fe, Cu , Zn, Ag all give NO2 with ConcHNO3

12. Column-I Column-II

(A) PF5 (p) Trigonal Bipyramidal

(B) PCl5 (q) Zero dipole moment
All atoms surrounding central atom are
(C) PH5 (r)
at same distance.
Solid state contains tetrahedral cation
(D) PCl3 F2 (s)
and octa hedral anion

(t) Does not exist

Key: A  p, q, r ; B  p, q, s; C  t ; D  p, q
Sol: In PF5 &Fe(CO)5 Both axial bond lengths and equatorial bond lengths are equal because
they will inter convert each other because of less energy gap. It is not
possible in PCl5 because more energy gap.

13. Match the reactions mentioned in Column-I with the nature of the
reaction/characteristic(s) of the products mentioned in Column-II

Column I Column II

(A) H 3 PO 2 
strongly heated
 (p) One of the products acts as reducing
agent

(B) PCl3 

i) H O
ii ) 
 2
(q) One of the products is tribasic acid

(C) NO2  H 2O  (r) Dehydration

(D) HNO3  P4O10 

 (s) In one of the products the central atom
is in +5 oxidation state

(t) Disproportionation

Key: (a  p, q, s, t; b  p, q,s, t; c  p, s, t; d  r, s)

Sol: A) H 3 PO2 

 PH 3  H 3 PO4

B) PCl3 
H O 2 
 H 3 PO3   H 3 PO4  PH 3

C) NO2  H 2O  HNO2  HNO3

D) 4HNO3  P4O10  2 N 2O5  4HPO3

247
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
14. Match the following
Column-I Column- II
(A)One oxygen atom per silicate unit is shared (p) Si 4 O1310

(B) Three shared corners and ten unshared corners (q) SiO44

(C) Si-atom is present at the center of every tetrahedral (r) Si 4O128

and every oxygen atom is present at each corner of every tetra hedral
(D) Non-planar geometry (s) Si 2O76

Key: A  s; B  p; C  p, q, r , s; D  p, q, r , s
Sol: In pyrosilicates one oxygen per tetra hydro unit is shared .
In all silicates silicon is present at the centre of the tetra hydral and all silicates non planar
15. Column-I Column- II
(A) Silicates (p) On hydrolysis produce Boric Acid
(B) Silicones (q) Hybridisation of the central atom is sp3

(C) B2 H6 (r) Produce green edge flame with

CH3OH / H2SO4

(D) Na 2 B4O7 (s) Contain Si  O  Si bonding

Key: A  qs, B  qs, C  pq, D  pqr

Sol:  Both silicates and silicones contain Si-O-Si bonding & Si is SP 3 hybridised
 I 4 B2 H 6 boron is SP 3 hybridised

 Both B2 H 6 , Na2 B4O7 on hydrolysis produce boric acid

248
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
16. Match the following
Column - I Column – II
(A) Borazine  H 2 O  (p) One of the product is gas

(B) Borax  NH 4Cl  (q) Mono basic acid


(C) BF3  NaH 
180 C
 (r) Graphite like structure

(D) B2 H6  H 2O  (s)One of the product turns mercurous

nitrate paper black or can be used as a brightener
in washing powder

(t) Acidic oxide

Key: A  p, q, s; B  r, t; C  p; D  p, q

Sol: B3 N 3 H 6  9 H 2O  3NH 3  3H 3 BO3  3H 2

Na2 B4O7  2 NH 4Cl  2BN  2 NaCl  B2O3  4H 2O
0
2 BF3  6 NaH 
180 C
 B2 H 6  6 NaF

B2 H 6  6 H 2O  2 H 3 BO3  3H 2

17. Match the following column-I with the property given in column - II.

Column - I Column - II

A) B3 N3H 6 P) Planar geometry

B) (BN) x Q)No lone pair on central atom

C) B2 H6 R) Non-polar molecule

D) BF3 S) Non-planar geometry

T) Bond order 1.33

Key: A  PQR, B  PQRT, C  QS, D  PQRT

Sol:   BH  x has graphite like layered structure planar, B.0 = 1.33

 B3 M 3 H 6 is like benzene SP 2 ,planar

 B2 H 6 is non planar

 BF3 is planer

249
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
18. All the compounds listed in Column I react with water. Match the result of the respective
reactions with the appropriate options listed in Column II. Jee Adv 2010

Column I Column II

A)  CH3 2 SiCl2 p) Hydrogen halide formation

B) XeF4 q) Redox reaction

C) Cl2 r) Reacts with glass

D) VCl5 s) Polymerization

t) O2 formation

Key: A  ps, B  pqrt , C  pq, D  p

Sol:   CH 3 2 SiCl2 on hydrolysis form linear silicones

1
 2 XeF4  4 H 2O  XeO3  Xe  O2  8 HF
2

 Cl2  H 2O  HCl  HOCl

19. The unbalanced chemical reactions given in List I show missing reagent or condition(?)
which are provided in List II. Match List I with List II and select the
correct answer using the code given below the lists : Jee Adv
2013

List – I List - II

A. PbO2  H 2SO 4 
?
 PbSO 4  O 2  other product p. NO

B. Na 2 S2O3  H 2O 
?
 NaHSO 4  other product q. I 2

C. N 2 H 4 
?
 N 2  other product r. Warm

D. XeF2 
?
 Xe  other product s. Cl2

Key: A  r , B  s, C  q , D  p

Sol: XeF2  2 NO  Xe  2 NOF

N 2 H 4  2I 2  N 2  4HI

250
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
20. Column – I Column – II Jee Adv 2006

A) Bi 3   BiO 

p) heat
B) AlO2  Al  OH  3 q) hydrolysis
C) SiO 44  Si 2O 76 r) Acidification
D) B4O72  B  OH 3 s) Dilutoin by water
Key: A  q B  r C  p D  q, r
A) Bi+3 hydrolysis to BiO 

B) AlO2 Exist in Basic medium on acidification gives Al(OH)3

C) Ortho silicate on heating changes to Pyrosilicate

D) Tetrborate ion on treatment with dilute acid hydrolyse gradually to orthoboric acid.

P-BLOCK-ELEMENTS
EXCERCISE-5
1. Given below are two statements one is labeled as Assertion A and the other is labeled as
Reason R
Assertion (A ):- In TlI 3 , isomorphous to CsI 3 , the metal is present in +1 oxidation state
Reason (R ):- Tl metal has fourteen f-electrons in its electronic configuration
In the light of the above statements choose the most appropriate answer from the options
given below
A) A is correct but R is not correct
B) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
C) A is not correct but R is correct
D) Both A and R are correct but R is not the correct explanation of A
Ans: D
Sol: TlI 3  Tl 1  I 3 ( Thalium tri iodide)
CsI 3  Cs   I 3 ( caesium triiodile)
Both are isomorphous i.e., they have same crystalline structure. Thalium has 14 f-
electrons.
2. Assertion (A ):- borax bead test is applicable only to colored salt
Reason (R ):- In borax bead test, colored salt are decomposed to give colored metal meta
borates
A) If both A and R are true (R ) is the correct explanation of A
B) If both (A) and (R ) are true but R is not correct explanation of (A )
C) If (A ) is true but R is false
D) If (A ) is false and (R )is true
Ans: A

251
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
3. Assertion: Borax bead test is not soluble for Al(III)
Reason (R ) :- Al2O3 is water insoluble
A) If both A and R are true (R ) is the correct explanation of A
B) If both (A) and (R ) are true but R is not correct explanation of (A )
C) If (A ) is true but R is false
D) If (A ) is false and (R )is true
Ans: B
4. Given below are two statements : One is labeled as
Assertion(A) and the other is labeled as reason(R )
Assertion (A ): boron is unable to form BF63
Reason (R ) : Size of B is very small
A) Bat (A) and ( R ) are true and (R ) is the correct explanation of A
B) Both (A ) and (R ) are true but (R ) is not the correct explanation of A
C) (A ) is true but R is false
D) (A ) is false but (R ) is true
Ans: B
Sol: Boron do not form BF63 because boron can’t expand its covalency beyond four due to
non availability of d- orbitals.
5. Assertion (A) : Among IIIA group elements, Boron highest melting point
Reason (R ): Boron has giant polymeric structure
A) Both (A) and (R ) are true and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A)
B) Both (A) and (R ) are true and (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A )
C) Both (A) and (R ) is false
D) Both (A) and (R ) are false
Ans: A
6. Assertion(A ): In water orthoboric acid behaves as a weak monobasic acid
Reason (R ): In water orthoboric acid acts as a proton donor
A) Both Assertion (A) and reason (R)are true and reason (R )is the correct explanation of
assertion
B) Both Assertion(A) and Reason (R ) are true and Reason (R ) is not the correct
explanation of Assertion (A )
C) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R ) is false
D) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R ) are false
Ans: C

252
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
7. Assertion (A) In IIIA group ionization enthalpy do not decrease smoothly down the group.
Reason(R ) : In the heavier elements of IIIA group the ‘d’ and ‘f’ electrons have poor
shielding effect.
A) Both Assertion (A) and reason (R)are true and reason (R )is the correct explanation of
assertion
B) Both Assertion(A) and Reason (R ) are true and Reason (R ) is not the correct
explanation of Assertion (A )
C) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R ) is false
D) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R ) are false
Ans: A
8. Assertion (A): Al is highly electro positive metal in IIIA group
Reason (R ): ‘ Al ’ has lowest negative S.R.P in IIIA group
A) Both Assertion (A) and reason (R)are true and reason (R )is the correct explanation of
assertion
B) Both Assertion(A) and Reason (R ) are true and Reason (R ) is not the correct
explanation of Assertion (A )
C) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R ) is false
D) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R ) are false
Ans: C
9. Assertion (A) : Boron forms only covalent compounds.
Reason(R ): Due to the small size of boron the sum of its first three ionizations are very
high.
A) Both assertion and reason are correct and reason is the correct explanation for assertion
B) Both assertion and reason are correct but reason is not the correct explanation for
assertion
C) Assertion is correct but the reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect but reason is correct
Ans: A
10. Assertion (A): Boron is hardest element in group-13.
Reason (R ): High lattice enthalpy due to strong crystalline lattice.
A) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of Assertion
B) Both A and R are correct and R is not the correct explanation of the A
C) A is correct but R is incorrect
D) A is incorrect but R is correct
Ans: A

253
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
11 Assertion(A): Carbon has a strong tendency to either lose or gain electrons to attain noble
gas configuration.

Reason(R ): Carbon has four electrons in its outermost shell and has the tendency to share
electrons with carbon or other elements.

A) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of Assertion

B) Both A and R are correct and R is not the correct explanation of the A

C) A is correct but R is incorrect

D) A is incorrect but R is correct

Ans: D

12. Assertion (A): Carbon has the ability to form long carbon chains.

Reason (R ): Carbon has a unique property of ability to form long straight and branched
chains called catenation.

A) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of Assertion

B) Both A and R are correct and R is not the correct explanation of the A

C) A is correct but R is incorrect

D) A is incorrect but R is correct

Ans: A

13. Assertion(A): PbI 4 is not known probably because of the oxidising power of Pb(IV) and
reducing power of I  .

Reason(R ): Iodide stabilizes higher oxidation state

A) Both the A and the R are correct and the reason(R) is a correct explanation of the A.

B) Both the A and R are correct but the R is not a correct explanation of the A.

C) A is true but R is incorrect.

D) Both the A and R are incorrect.

Ans: C

254
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
14. Assertion (A) : Carbon does not form complexes.
Reason (R ): Due to absence of d orbitals in the valence shell carbon cannot expand its
octet and cannot form complexes.
A) A and R both are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
B) A and R both are correct and R is the not correct explanation of A
C) A and R are both are incorrect
D) A is correct but R is incorrect
Ans: A
15. Assertion(A): Among the carbon allotropes, diamond is an insulator. Whereas. Graphite
is a good conductor of electricity
Reason(R): Hybridization of carbon in diamond and graphite are sp3and sp 2 . Respectively.
A) Both assertion and reason are correct, but the reason is not the correct explanation for
the assertion
B) Both assertion and reason are correct, and the reason is the correct explanation for the
assertion
C) Both assertion and reason are incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect statement, but the reason is correct.
Ans: B
16. Assertion(A ): Silicones are water repelling in nature.
Reason (R ): Silicones are organosilicon polymers, which have   R2 SiO   as repeating
unit
A) A and R both are correct and R is the correct explanation of A.
B) Both A and R are correct and R is the not correct explanation of A.
C) A and R are both are not true.
D) A is not true but R is true.
Ans: B
17. Assertion (A) : Dinitrogen directly combines with lithium to form ionic nitrides.
Reason(R ): Lithium nitride has height melting point.
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: B
18. Assertion (A): Nitrogen has more electron gain enthalpy than phosphorus.
Reason(R) : Phosphorus has half filled configuration
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
255
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Ans: D
19. Assertion(A): When a metal is treated with conc. HNO3 it generally yields a nitrate,
NO2 and H 2O .
Reason(R): Conc. HNO3 reacts with metal and first produces a metal nitrate and nascent
hydrogen. The nascent hydrogen then further reduces HNO3 to NO2
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: A
20. Assertion (A): White phosphorus is more reactive than red phosphorus.
Reason (R): Red phosphorus consists of P4 tetrahedral units linked to one another to form
linear chains.
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: B
21. Assertion (A): P4 is more reactive than N 2
Reason (R): P-P bonds are relatively weaker than N  N
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: A
22. Assertion (A): Bismuth compounds are stable in +V oxidation state than in +III
oxidation state.
Reason (R ): Inert pair effect is observed in Bismuth compounds.
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: D

256
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
23. Assertion (A): The hydrides of VA group elements are good reducing agents.
Reason (R): NH 3 is a weak reducing agent among the hydrides of VA group.
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: B
24. Assertion (A): P2O3 is more basic then N 2O3
Reason (R): P2O3 is the anhydride of H 3 PO3 where as N 2O3 is anhydride of HNO2 .
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: B
25. Assertion (A): Ortho phosphoric acid is tribasic acid
Reason (R):Orthophosphoric acid forms three series of salts.
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: A
26. Assertion (A): In the synthesis of Ammonia by Habers process, mixture of potassium
and aluminum oxides can be used as promoter.
Reason (R): Promotor enhances the activity of catalyst
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: B
27. Assertion (A): Anhydrous Calcium chloride is used as catalyst in cyanamide process
Reason (R): Anhydrous calcium chloride increases the rate of reaction.
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: A

257
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
28. Assertion (A): The basic nature of VA group hydrides decreases from ammonia to
bismuthine.
Reason (R): Availability of lone pair on the central atom in hydrides decreases down the
group.
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: A
29. Assertion (A): Stability of NH 3 is greater than PH 3
Reason (R): M- H bond energy increases down the group in the hydrides of pnicogens.
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: C
30. Assertion (A): PH 3 is more basic than NH 3
Reason (R): EN of N is more than that of P
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: D
31. Assertion (A): NH 3 is liquid while the other hydrides of V-A group elements are gases at
room temp.
Reason (R): NH 3 possess inter molecular H – bonds in liquid state
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: D
32. Assertion (A): NH 4 NO3 on gently heating gives N 2O
Reason (R): N 2O is acidic in nature
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: C

258
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
33. Assertion (A): HNO3 is stronger acid than HNO2
Reason (R): Both are monobasic acids
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: B
34. Assertion (A): N3 is isostructural with I 3
Reason (R): Both N3 and I 3 are linear
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: A
35. Assertion (A): A mixture of CaCN 2 and graphite is known as nitrolim
Reason (R): Nitrolim is a nitrogeneous fertilizer
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: B
36. Assertion (A): Nitrogen is inactive in normal chemical reactions.
Reason (R): The bond dissociation energy is directly proportional to reactivity.
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: C
37. Assertion (A): White phosphorous is less reactive than red phosphorous.
Reason (R): White phosphorous has more bond angle strain than red phosphorous
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: D

259
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
38. Assertion (A): Nitric oxide is neutral oxide
Reason (R): Nitric oxide is paramagnetic, as it possess an odd electron.
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: B
39. Assertion (A): NO2 is paramagnetic molecule, where as N 2O4 is diamagnetic
Reason (R): Molecules with unpaired electrons are diamagnetic.
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: C
40. Assertion (A): The basicity of orthophosphorous acid is two
Reason (R): In orthophosphorous acid, two replaceable hydrogen atoms are present
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: A
41. Assertion (A): Nitrogen cannot form pentahalides.
Reason (R): Nitrogen cannot expand its octet configuration.
A) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is a correct explanation for assertion.
B) Assertion is correct, reason is correct; reason is not a correct explanation for assertion
C) Assertion is correct, reason is incorrect
D) Assertion is incorrect, reason is correct.
Ans: A

42. Assertion (A) : Tailing of mercury occurs on passing O3 through it.

Reason (R): This is due to oxidation of mercury.
a) if both (A) and (R ) are correct and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
b) if both (A) and (R )are correct but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
c) if (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
d) if (A) is wrong but (R ) is correct.
Ans: A

260
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
43. Assertion (A) : H 2O is the only hydride of the chalcogens which is liquid.
Reason (R): In ice, each O atom is surrounded by 4 H atoms.
a) if both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
b) if both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
c) if (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
d) if (A) is wrong but (R) is correct.
Ans: B
44. Assertion (A): Ozone is powerful oxidising agent in comparison to O2
Reason (R): Ozone is diamagnetic while O2 is paramagnetic.
a) if both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
b) if both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
c) if (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
d) if (A) is wrong but (R ) is correct.
Ans: B
45. Assertion (A) : SeCl4 does not have a tetrahedral structure.
Reason (R ): Se in SeCl4 has two lone pairs.
a) if both (A) and (R ) are correct and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
b) if both (A) and (R ) are correct but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
c) if (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
d) if (A) is wrong but (R ) is correct.
Ans: C
46. Assertion (A): H 2 SO4 forms only one series of salts.
Reason (R ): The molecule of H 2 SO4 consists of only one OH group.
a) if both (A) and (R ) are correct and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
b) if both (A) and (R) are correct but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
c) if (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
d) if (A) is wrong but (R ) is also wrong.
Ans: D
47. Assertion (A): SO3 acts as an oxidising as well as a reducing agent.
Reason (R ): SO2 acts as an oxidising as well as reducing agent.
a) if both (A) and (R ) are correct and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
b) if both (A) and (R) are correct but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
c) if (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
d) if (A) is wrong but (R ) is correct.
Ans: D

261
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
48. Assertion(A): SO3 has a planar structure.
Reason(R): S atom in SO3 is sp 2 hybridized and O  S  O bond angle is 1200 .
a) if both (A) and (R ) are correct and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
b) if both (A) and (R ) are correct but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
c) if (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
d) if (A) is wrong but (R ) is correct.
Ans: A
49. Assertion (A) : Conc. H 2 SO4 cannot be used to prepare HBr or HI from KBr or KI.
Reason(R ): Conc. H 2 SO4 is a strong oxidisng agent while HBr or HI are reducing agent.
a) if both (A) and (R ) are correct and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
b) if both (A) and (R ) are correct but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
c) if (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
d) if (A) is wrong but (R ) is correct.
Ans: A
50. Assertion (A): At room temperature, oxygen exists as a diatomic gas, where sulphur
exists as solid.
Reason (R ): The catenated –O-O-O- chains are less stable as compared to O  O molecule.
a) if both (A) and (R ) are correct and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
b) if both (A) and (R ) are correct but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
c) if (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
d) if (A) is wrong but (R ) is correct.
Ans: B
51. Assertion (A): Sulphur exhibits paramagnetic behavior in vapour state.
Reason (R ): In vapour state sulphur exists as S 2 molecule which has two unpaired
electrons in antibonding  -orbitals.
a) if both (A) and (R ) are correct and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
b) if both (A) and (R )are correct but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
c) if (A) is correct but (R) is wrong.
d) if (A) is wrong but (R ) is correct.
Ans: A
52.Assertion (A): HClO4 is a stronger acid than HClO3
Reason (R) : Oxidation state of chlorine in HClO4 is +7 and in HClO3 ; it is +5.
A) If both (A) and (R ) are true and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
B) If both (A) and (R ) are true but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
C) If (A) is true but (R ) is false
D) If (A) is false but (R ) is true
E) If both (A) and (R ) are false.
Ans: B
262
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
53. Assertion (A): The bond between F-F is stronger than between Cl  Cl .
Reason (R) :Atomic size of F is smaller than that of Cl .
A) both (A) and (R ) are true and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
B) both (A) and (R ) are true but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
C) (A) is true but (R ) is false
D) If (A) is false but (R ) is true
Ans: D
54. Assertion (A): Iodine displaces chlorine from KClO3 .
Reason (R) :Iodine is stronger oxidising agent than chlorine.
A) both (A) and (R ) are true and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
B) both (A) and (R ) are true but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
C) (A) is true but (R ) is false
D) (A) is false but (R ) is true
Ans: C
55. Assertion (A): All the halogens are coloured.
Reason (R) :Halogen molecules absorb some wavelengths of visible light and the ellctrons
are promoted to higher energy molecular orbitals.
A) both (A) and (R ) are true and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
B) both (A) and (R ) are true but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
C) (A) is true but (R ) is false
D) (A) is false but (R ) is true
Ans: A
56. Assertion (A): Fluorine does not show oxidation number greater than zero.
Reason (R) :The halogens chlorine, bromine and iodine can show positive oxidation states
of +1, +3, +5 and +7.
A) both (A) and (R ) are true and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
B) both (A) and (R ) are true but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
C) (A) is true but (R ) is false
D) (A) is false but (R ) is true
Ans: B
57. Assertion (A): The boiling point of HF is maximum among the hydracids of halogens.
Reason (R) :The high boiling point of HF is due to H-bonding on account of high
electronegativity of fluorine.
A) both (A) and (R ) are true and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
B) both (A) and (R ) are true but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
C) (A) is true but (R ) is false
D) (A) is false but (R ) is true
Ans: A

263
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
58. Assertion (A): Fluorine forms a salt of an oxyacid when treated with NaOH solution.
Reason (R) :Fluorine can be prepared by passing chlorine through sodium fluoride
solution.
A) both (A) and (R ) are true and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
B) both (A) and (R ) are true but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
C) (A) is true but (R ) is false
D) both (A) and (R ) are false.
Ans: D
59. Assertion (A): Halogens do not directly combine with oxygen. However, oxides are
obtained indirectly.
Reason (R) :The oxides of fluorine form oxyacids with water.
A) both (A) and (R ) are true and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
B) both (A) and (R ) are true but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
C) (A) is true but (R ) is false
D) (A) is false but (R ) is true
Ans: C
60. Assertion (A): ClO2 possesses odd number of electrons.
Reason (R) : ClO2 dimerises to provide the pairing of odd electrons.
A) both (A) and (R ) are true and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
B) both (A) and (R ) are true but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
C) (A) is true but (R ) is false
D) (A) is false but (R ) is true
Ans: C
61. Assertion (A): Bond energy of Cl2 is more than F2 .
Reason (R) : The small size of fluorine atoms brings large electron repulsion between the
lone pairs of electrons of two fluorine atoms which weakens the bond.
A) If both (A) and (R ) are true and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
B) If both (A) and (R ) are true but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
C) If (A) is true but (R ) is false
D) If (A) is false but (R ) is true
Ans: A
62. Assertion (A): An acidified aqueous solution of KClO3 when boiled with iodine forms
KIO3
Reason (R) : KClO3 is an oxidising agent and evolves oxygen on heating.
A) If both (A) and (R ) are true and (R ) is the correct explanation of (A).
B) If both (A) and (R ) are true but (R ) is not the correct explanation of (A).
C) If (A) is true but (R ) is false
D) If (A) is false but (R ) is true

264
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Ans: B
63. Assertion (A) : Noble gases have very low boiling points
Reason (R ): Noble gases being mono atomic have no interatomic forces except weak
dispersion forces
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the incorrect explanation of ‘A’
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
D) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
And: B
Sol: Noble gases being mono atomic have no interatomic forces except weak dispersion
forces. They are liquefied at very low temperatures
64. Assertion (A) : The radius of group 18 is always greater than elements of corresponding
group 17
Reason (R ): Complete subshell have relatively greater radius
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the incorrect explanation of ‘A’
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
D) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Ans: A
Sol: Across the period in the periodic table atomic size decreases up to halogens but
increases in noble gases this is because all the orbitals are completely filled and hence
inter electronic repulsions are maximum
65. Assertion (A) : Group 18 gases exhibit very high ionization enthalpy
Reason (R ): They have a stable electronic configuration
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the incorrect explanation of ‘A’
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
D) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Ans: A
Sol: Group 18 gases exhibit very high ionization enthalpy because they have stable
electronic configuration.
66. Assertion (A) : Compared to other noble gases ‘Xe’ is chemically active
Reason (R ): ‘Xe’ has low IP value and vacant d orbitals which can accommodate excited
electrons from p-orbitals of valence shell
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the incorrect explanation of ‘A’
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
D) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Ans: A
265
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol: ‘X’ is chemically active because it has correct low ionization potential and vacant d
orbitals which can accommodate excited from ‘p’ orbitals of valence shell
67. Assertion (A) : The hydrolysis of XeF6 is a redox reation
Reason (R ): The hydrolysis products of XeF6 are XeOF4 and XeO2 F2
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the incorrect explanation of ‘A’
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
D) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Ans: D
Sol: When XeF6 undergoes hydrolysis it forms XeOF4 , XeO2 F2 and XeO3 as products
XeF6  H 2O  XeOF4  2 HF
XeF6  2 H 2O  XeO2 F4  4 HF
In these compounds there is no change in oxidation state of Xe. Thus the hydrolysis of
XeF6 is not a redox reaction
68. Assertion (A) : Helium is place in group 18 along with P block elements
Reason (R ): It shows properties similar to p-block elements
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the incorrect explanation of ‘A’
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
D) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Ans: C
Sol: Helium is very stable and inert similar to other noble gases. It has completely filled
e  configuration because ‘He’ placed with Noblegases reason is false
Helium does not show properties similar to p-block elements. It is a s-block element
69. Assertion (A) : The group 18 consists of elements which are in gaseous state under
ordinary conditions
Reason (R ): All the elements of group 18 have stable configuration
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the incorrect explanation of ‘A’
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
D) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Ans: 2
Sol: Group 18 elements have stable configuration group 18 elements are gases and
chemically non reactive which means they do not form many compounds

266
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
70. Assertion (A) : Group 18 elements do not combine with any other elements
Reason (R ): All the elements of group 18 have a stable configuration
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the incorrect explanation of ‘A’
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
D) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Ans: B
Sol: Group 18 elements have 8 e in their valence shell (Except ‘He’). Their electronic
configuration is considered be stable since they are chemically un reactive. They
don’t combines with other elements to form compounds
71. Assertion (A) : Noble gas element exist as mono atoms in molecules
Reason (R ): Noble gas elements have stable outer electronic configuration
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the incorrect explanation of ‘A’
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
D) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Ans: A
Sol: Noble gases have stable electron configuration because they exist in monoatomic
state
72. Assertion (A) : Xenon forms fluorides
Reason (R ): Because 5d orbitals are available for valence shell expansion
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the incorrect explanation of ‘A’
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
D) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Ans: A
Sol: ‘Xe’ have vacant ‘5d’ orbitals. In excited state Xe can forms bonds with other
substances like ‘F’ and ‘O’ (strong electro negative element)
73. Assertion (A) : H 2 S is less acidic than H 2Te
Reason(R) : The bond (E-H) dissociation enthalpy decreases down the group in group 16
hydrides.
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the incorrect explanation of ‘A’
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
D) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Ans: A

267
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
74. Assertion(A): Fluorine exhibits only -1 oxidation state whereas other halogens exhibit +1,
+3, +5 and +7 oxidation states.
Reason(R ): Other halogens have d orbitals and therefore, can expand their octets and
show +1, +3, +5 and +7 oxidation states also.
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the incorrect explanation of ‘A’
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
D) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Ans: A
75. Assertion(A): Nitrogen and oxygen are the main components in the atmosphere but these
do not react to form oxides of nitrogen.
Reason(R ): The reaction between nitrogen and oxygen requires a high temperatures.
A) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of ‘A’
B) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the incorrect explanation of ‘A’
C) ‘A’ is true but ‘R’ is false
D) ‘A’ is false but ‘R’ is true
Ans: A

Statement type questions

Read the statement I and statement II carefully to mark the correct option out of the
options given below :
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
1. Statement I : H 2O is the only hydride of chalcogen family which is liquid.
Statement II : Acidic nature of hydrides of chalcogen family increases down the group.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans: B

268
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Solution: H 2O is the only hydride of chalcogen family (group16) which is liquid while
rest of the hydrides are gases because H 2O is associated through hydro gen bonding.
Also in chalcogen family, the acidity of hydrides increases down the group but this is
not the explanation of Assertion.
2. Statement I: PF5 and IF5 have similar shapes.
Statement II : All the bond lengths are equal in PF5 .
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans: D
Solution: PF5 is sp3 d hybridized because it contains five bond pairs while IF5 is sp3d2
hybridized because it five bond pair and one lone pair, therefore they have different
shapes. PF s has trigonal bipyramidal shape in which three P-F bonds are equatorial
and 2 P-F bonds are axial and axial bonds are longer than equatorial bonds.
3. Statement I : Atomic size of F is smaller than that of Cl .
Statement II: F-F bond is stronger than Cl  Cl bond.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans: C
Solution: Atomic size of F is smaller than Cl because Cl contains extra shell. F-F bond is
weaker than Cl-Cl bond because there is repulsion between lone pairs of
4. Statement I: P4 is more reactive than N 2 .
Statement II : P-P bonds are relatively weaker than N ≡ N bond.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.

269
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Ans: A
Solution: P4 is more reactive than N 2 because N 2 contains a triple bond which requires a
high amount of energy to break, whereas in P4 single bonds are present which can be
easily broken. Hence P4 is more reactive.
5. Statement I : Noble gases have highest ionization energies in their respective periods.
Statement II : The outermost sub-shell of noble gases in which electron enters is
completely filled.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans: A
Solution: Higher the stability of an element, higher is its ionization enthalpy. Noble gases
are very stable due to completely filled sub-shells hence exhibit highest ionization
enthalpy among their respective period.
6. Statement I : The bond angle of NH 3 is greater than BiH 3 .
Statement II : 'Bi' is metal while 'N' is non-metal.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans: B
Solution: Bond angle depends on the electronegativity of control atom. N is mor
electronegative than B and pulls the electrons of N-H towards itself, which makes the
bond angle greater in NH 3 than in BH 3
7. Statement I : The valency and oxidation number of sulphur in S8 respectively are 2 and 0.
Statement II : S8 Rhombic is the most stable allotropic form of sulphur.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans:B

270
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Solution: Valency of S in S8 is two since each S is linked with other two S atoms and in
elemental state oxidation state of every element is 0. Rhombic sulphur is the most
stable allotropic form of sulphur, but this reason does not explains the Assertion.
8. Statement I : N 2 is more stable than O2 .
Statement II: Bond order of N 2 is 3.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans:A
Solution: N 2 contains a triple bond whereas O2 contains a double bond. Since a triple
bond is more stable than a double bond N 2 is more stable than O2 . Bond order of three
indicates triple bond. Higher the bond order, higher is the stability.
9. Statement I: PH 5 is not possible.
Statement II : -5 oxidation state of phosphorus is not possible.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans:A
Solution: PH 5 does not exist because five oxidation state of phosphorus is not possible.
10. Statement I: NH 3 is more polar than NF3 .
Statement II: NF3 cannot be hydrolysed.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans:B

271
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Solution: NH 3 is more polar than NF3 because in NF3 magnetic moment due to lone pair
and N-F bond are aligned in opposite direction. NF3 does not undergoes hydrolysis.
11. Statement I : O3 is better oxidizing agent than H 2O2
Statement II : O3 converts Ag to Ag 2O .
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans:B
Solution: O3 is a better oxidizing agent than H2O2 because O2 is unstable and easily
provides oxygen required for oxidation O3 oxidizes Ag to Ag2O. This Reason is not the
correct explanation of Assertion.
12. Statement I: Cl2 on reaction with NaOH (cold and dilute) gives NaClO3 .
Statement II : Cl2 get oxidized only in this reaction.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans:D
Solution: Ch on reaction with cold and dilute NaOH gives NaOCl
Cl2  2 NaOH  NaCl  NaCl  H 2O
This is a disproportionation reaction in which Cl goes both oxidation as well
as reduction.
13. Statement I: 2 F  Cl2  2Cl  F2 , is a reaction having G  Ve
Statement II: Cl2 is better oxidizing agent then F2 .
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
272
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Ans: D
Solution: 2 F   Cl2  2Cl   F2
This reaction is not feasible because fluorine is the strongest oxidizing agent. G for this
reaction is positive
14. Statement I : H 3 PO4 is less acidic than H 3 PO3 .
Statement II : Oxidation state of phosphorus in H 3 PO4  H 3 PO3 .
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans:C
Solution: H 3 PO4 is less acidic then H 3 PO3 because H 3 PO3 contains only two O-OH group
which can be easily ionized as compared H 3 PO4 which contains 3-OH group.
Oxidation state of P in H 3 PO4 is +5 whereas in H 3 PO4 it is +3.
15. Statement I : Xe is the only element of group 18 which from compounds.
Statement II : Xe does not form clathrates.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans:D
Solution: In group 18, Kr can also form compound. Xe forms clathrates with phenol
derivatives. Hence both Assertion and Reason are false.
16. Statement 1 : SnCl2 is reducing in nature.
Statement 2 : Sn 2 is more stable than Sn 4
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans : C
273
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
2 2 4
Sol : Sn is more stable than Sn . Hence Sn readily gets oxidized to Sn .
4

17. Statement 1 : Be and Al have similar properties

Statement 2 : Be 2 and Al 3 have nearly the same charge / volume ratios and similar
polarizing power.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans : A
Sol : The properties Be and Al are similar due to diagonal relationship. Diagonal
relationship is araised due to nearly same atomic and ionic radii and similar polarizing
power.
18. Statement 1 : CCl4 do not hydrolyse
Statement 2 : Carbon has no d orbitals in the valency shell.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans : A
Sol : Tetrachlorides of group 14 elements are easily hydrolysed except CCl4 because all
other elements have vacant d orbital which can accommodate the lone pair of electron
from oxygen atom of water molecules but carbon doesnot have vacant d-orbitals.
19. Statement 1 : SiF6 is known but SiCl6 is not
2 2

Statement 2 : Size of fluorine is small and its lone pair of electrons interacts with d-
orbitals of Si strongly.
(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans : A

274
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Sol : SiF is known because F as small size therefore can be easily arraged around silicon
6
2

to form SiF62 and thus the ion is quite stable unlike SiCl62 in which size of Cl atom is
large which destabilize it and create steric hindrance to each other therefore cannot be
arranged around silicon in excess.
20. Statement 1 : P4O10 is not used to dry NH 3
Statement 2 : P4O10 is acidic and NH 3 is basic.

(A) If both statement I and statement II are true and the statement II is the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(B) If both statement I and statement II are true ,but statement II is not the correct
explanation of the statement I.
(C) If statement I is true, but statement II is false.
(D) If the statement I and statement II both are false.
(E) If statement I is false, but statement II is true.
Ans : A
Sol :The drying agent used is CaO in the case of ammonia. Other drying agents like
P2O5 and CaCl2 are not used. As ammonia being basic reacts with them.

21. Statement-I: In trivalent state most of the compounds are hydrolysed in water
Statement-II: These are covalent in nature.
A) Both I and II are correct B) Both I and II are incorrect
C) I is correct and II is incorrect D) I is incorrect and II is correct
Ans: A
22. Statement-I: Thallium compounds are stable in +1 oxidation state
Statement-II: The 6s 2 electrons in Tl show reluctanace in participating in bond formation
A) Both I and II are correct
B) Both I and II are incorrect
C) I is correct and II is incorrect
D) I is incorrect and II is correct
Ans: A
23. Given below are two statements
Statement (I) : Colorless cupric meta borates is reduced to cuprous meta borate in a
luminous flame
Statement (II): Cuprous meta borate is obtained by heating boric anhydride and copper
suplhate in a non-luminous flame
In the light of the above statements, choose the most appropriate answer from the options
given below.
A) Statement I is true but statement II is false
B) Both statement I and statement II is false
C) Statement I is false but statement II is true.
D) Both statements I and statement II are true
Ans: B
Sol: Blue cupric meta borate is reduced to colorless cuprous meta borate in a luminous
flame
275
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
Cu 2
3  BO3 2  2 NaBO2  C  3Cu  BO2 2  Na2 B4O7  CO
luminous flame
Reducing flame
1

Cupric Sodium
Borate Meta borate
 
Na2 B4O7 .10 H 2O   Na2 B4O7   2 NaBO2  B2O3
Borax boric anhydride
Cupric meta borate is obtained by heating boric anhydride and copper sulphate in a Non-
luminous flame.
24. Given below are two statements
Statement - I : The chlorides of Be and Al have Cl-bridged Structure both are soluble in
inorganic solvents and act as lewis bases.
Statement – II: Hydroxides of be and Al dissolve in excess alkali to give beryllate and
aluminate ions
In the light of the above statements. Choose the correct answer from the options given
below.
A) Both statement I and statement II are true
B) Both statement I and statement II are false
C) Statement I is true but statement II is false
D) Statement I is false but statement II is true
Ans: D
Sol: BeCl2 and AlCl3 act as lewis acid due to incomplete octet and having vacant orbitals
Statement II is ture
2
Be  OH 2  OH    Be  H 2O 4 
beryltateion

 Al  OH 3   OH    Al  OH  4 
Aluminateion
25. Statement –I: White fumes appear around the bottle of anhydrous aluminium chloride
Statement-II: Anhydrous aluminium chloride is partially hydrolysed with atmospheric
moisture to liberate HCl gas. Moist HCl appears white in colour.
A) Both I and II are correct B) Both I and II are incorrect
C) I is correct and II is incorrect D) I is incorrect and II is correct
Ans: A
26. Statement-I: Most of the AlCl3 is dimerised through halogen bridging, Al2Cl6
Statement-II: This metal species complete its octet by accepting electrons from halogen in
halogen bridged molecules. Al2Cl6
A) Both I and II are correct B) Both I and II are incorrect
C) I is incorrect and II is incorrect D) I is incorrect and II is correct
Ans: A

276
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
27. Statement-I: Boron has unusually high melting point.
Statement-II: Boron has very strong crystalline lattiee.
A) Both I and II are correct B) Both I and II are incorrect
C) I is correct and II is incorrect D) I is incorrect and II is correct
Ans: A
28. Statement –I: Boron forms covalent compounds
Statement-II: Boron is a non metal
A) Both I and II are correct B) Both I and II are incorrect
C) I is correct and II is incorrect D) I is incorrect and II is correct
Ans: D
29. Statement-I : Ga is a useful material for measuring high temperature.
Statement-II: Because boiling point of Ga is high
A) Both I and II are correct B) Both I and II are incorrect
C) I is correct and II is incorrect D) I is incorrect and II is correct
Ans: A
30. Statement-I : Al shows passivity with conc. HNO3
Statement-II: Al forms a protective layer of Al2O3 with conc. HNO3
A) Both I and II are correct B) Both I and II are incorrect
C) I is correct and II is incorrect D) I is incorrect and II is correct
Ans: A
31. Statement –I: Pb 4 compounds are stronger oxidising agents than Sn 4 compounds
Statement-II: The higher oxidation state for group 14 elements are more stable for the
heavier members of the group due to inert pair effect
A) Both Statement-I and statement-II are true
B) Both Statement-I and statement-II are false
C) Statement –I is true. Statement – II is false
D) S-I is false, Statement-II is true
Ans: C
32. Statement-I: Silica is soluble in HF
Statement-II: SiO2  4 HF  SiF4  2 H 2O
SiF4  2 HF  H 2 SiF6
A) Both Statement-I and statement-II are true
B) Both Statement-I and statement-II are false
C) Statement-I is true, Statement-II is false
D) Statement-I is false, statement-II is true
Ans: A

277
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
33. Statement-I : Pb3O4 reacts with HNO3 and forms PbO2
Statement-II: Lead is stable in +4 oxidation state
A) Both Statement-I and statement-II are true
B) Both Statement-I and statement-II are false
C) Statement-I is true, Statement-II is false
D) Statement-I is false, statement-II is true
Ans: C
34. Statement-I: I 2O5 is used to detect CO
Statement-II: In I 2O5 oxidation number of iodine is 5
A) Both statement –I and statement-II are true
B) Both statement-I and statement-II is false
C) Statement-I is true, Statement-II is false
D) Statement-I is false, Statement-II is true
Ans: A
35. Statement-I :- PbI 4 has not been prepared so far
Statement-II :- I  is a powerful oxidising agent
A) Both Statement-I and Statement-II are true
B) Both Statement and Statement –II are false
C) Statement –I is true, Statement-II is false
D) Statement-I is false, Statement-II is true
Ans: C
36. Statement-I: Graphite has layers of sp 2 hybridized carbon atoms
Statement-II Graphite has aromatic six membered rings
A) Both Statement-I and Statement-II are true
B) Both Statement and Statement –II are false
C) Statement –I is true, Statement-II is false
D) Statement-I is false, Statement-II is true
Ans: A
37. Statement-I: Carborundum is used as an abrasive
Statement-II: Its structure is similar to diamond
A) Both Statement-I and Statement-II are true
B) Both Statement and Statement –II are false
C) Statement –I is true, Statement-II is false
D) Statement-I is false, Statement-II is true
Ans: A

278
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
38. Statement-I: Covalency of silicon and oxygen in SiO2 are 4 and 2
Statement-II In silica, Si atom has tetrahedral structure
A) Both Statement-I and Statement-II are true
B) Both Statement and Statement –II are false
C) Statement –I is true, Statement-II is false
D) Statement-I is false, Statement-II is true
Ans: A
39. Statement-I Even though diamond is covalent, it has a high melting point
Statement-II: Diamond is a three dimensional gaint molecule.
The C-C bonds in it are very strong
A) Both Statement-I and Statement-II are true
B) Both Statement-I and t statement-II are false
C) Statement-I is true, Statement-II is false
D) Statement-I is false, Statement-II is true
Ans: A
40. Statement-I: SiCl4 reacts with water but CCl4 does not react with water.
Statement-II:- SiCl4 is ionic but CCl4 is covalent.
A) Statement –I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II is a correct explanation for Statement-I
B) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II NOT a correct explanation for Statement-I.
C) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is False
D) Statement-I is False, Statement-II is True
Ans: C
41. Statement-I:- SiF62 is known but SiCl62 in not known
Statement-II:- Interaction of ‘F’ lone pair electrons with ‘Si’ is stronger than that of
chlorine and due to smaller size of ‘F’ steric repulsion will be less.
A) Statement –I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II is a correct explanation for Statement-I
B) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II NOT a correct explanation for Statement-I.
C) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is False
D) Statement-I is False, Statement-II is True
Ans: A

279
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
42. Statement-I: Carbonate and silicates are isostrucutral.
Statement-II:- Carbon and silicon have same number of valence electrons
A) Statement –I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II is a correct explanation for Statement-I
B) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II NOT a correct explanation for Statement-I.
C) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is False
D) Statement-I is False, Statement-II is True
Ans: D
43. Statement –I:- Diamond is extremely hard and non volatile substance
Statement-II: In diamond strong C-C bonding is present throughout the crystal.
A) Statement –I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II is a correct explanation for Statement-I
B) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II NOT a correct explanation for Statement-I.
C) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is False
D) Statement-I is False, Statement-II is True
Ans: A
44. Statement-I:- C3O2 has linear structure
Statement-II:- Each carbon atom in C3O2 is sp-hybridized
A) Statement –I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II is a correct explanation for Statement-I
B) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II NOT a correct explanation for Statement-I.
C) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is False
D) Statement-I is False, Statement-II is True
Ans: A
45. Statement-I:- CO2 is a gas, while SiO2 is solid
Statement-II:- Carbon has no vacant ‘d’ orbitals but silicon has.
A) Statement –I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II is a correct explanation for Statement-I
B) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II NOT a correct explanation for Statement-I.
C) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is False
D) Statement-I is False, Statement-II is True
Ans: B

280
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
46. Statement-I:-  CH 3 3 SiCl produces polymeric silicons on hydrolysis and followed by
condensation
Si  O
Statement-II:- Silicon does not form due to less effective lateral overlapping of 3p-
2p orbitals
A) Statement –I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II is a correct explanation for Statement-I
B) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II NOT a correct explanation for Statement-I.
C) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is False
D) Statement-I is False, Statement-II is True
Ans: D
47. Statement-I:- The value of x of  Si4O12  is 8
X

Statement-II:- In  Si4O12 
X
every SiO4 tetrahedral unit having 2 oxygen shared and 2
oxygen unshared.
A) Statement –I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II is a correct explanation for Statement-I
B) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is True;
Statement-II NOT a correct explanation for Statement-I.
C) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is False
D) Statement-I is False, Statement-II is True
Ans: A

48. Given below are two statements.

Statement-I Stannane is an example of a molecular hydride.
Statement-II: Stannane is a planar molecule.
Appropriate answer from the options given below:
A) Both statement-I and statement-II are true.
B) Both Statement-I and statement –II are false.
C) Statement I is true but statement II is false.
D) Statement I is false but statement II is true.
Ans: C
49. Statement I : Stannane is an example of a moleculer hydride.
Statement II: Stannane is a tetrahedral molecule.
A) Both statement I and statement II are true
B) Both statement I and statement II are false
C) Statement I is true but statement II is false
D) Statement I is false but statement II is true
Ans: A
281
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India P-BLOCK ELEMENTS
50. Statement I: When diborane is heated with NH 3 at 200 C borazole is obtained
0

Statement II: Borazole is known as inorganic benzene

A) Both statement I and statement II are true
B) Both statement I and statement II are false
C) Statement I is true but statement II is false
D) Statement I is false but statement II is true
Ans: A

282